CURRICULUM, PROGRAM OUTCOMES AND … OUTCOMES - CIVIL.pdf · 2018-03-22 · linear equations using...

DEPARTMENT OF

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Program:

B. Tech (CE)

CURRICULUM,

PROGRAM OUTCOMES

AND COURSE

OUTCOMES (For Kakatiya University Syllabus)

Vision:

To become a school of excellence that brings out civil engineers with high technical

competencies and promotes high-end research to meet the current and future challenges in civil

engineering.

Mission :

To offer Under-Graduate and Post-Graduate programmes in civil engineering and other

skill development courses that add value to student competencies.

To promote quality education, research and consultancy for industrial and societal needs.

To inculcate moral and ethical values among the students.

To impart knowledge with emphasis on the development of leadership qualities in students.

To provide state-of-the-art resources that contributes to a congenial learning

environment.

To encourage students to pursue higher education and take competitive exams and various career enhancing courses.

To establish centres of excellence in emerging areas of research.

To have regular interaction with industry and offer solutions to their problems.

PROGRAM: B. TECH (CE)

Program Educational Objectives and Student Outcomes

“Graduates” are defined as civil engineering alumni within 3-5 years of graduation

Program Educational Objective 1: Graduates will be actively engaged in a

professional career as a civil engineer or pursuing advanced study.

Program Educational Objective 2: Graduates will understand professional practice

issues and demonstrate a commitment to professional licensure and continuing education.

Program Educational Objective 3: Graduates, guided by the principles of sustainable development and

global interconnectedness, will understand how civil engineering projects affect society and the environment.

“Students” are defined as civil engineering students at the time of graduation from the University

Student Outcome a: an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering

Student Outcome b: an ability to design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data

Student Outcome c: an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within

realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety,

manufacturability, and sustainability

Student Outcome d: an ability to function on multidisciplinary teams

Student Outcome e: an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems

Student Outcome f: an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility

Student Outcome g: an ability to communicate effectively

Student Outcome h: the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a

global, economic, environmental, and societal context

Student Outcome i: a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in lifelong learning.

Student Outcome j: a knowledge of contemporary issues

Student Outcome k: an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering

practice

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES

PEO1

Apply principles of basic and engineering sciences in analysis, design and operation of civil engineering systems.

PEO2

Assess societal needs and plan suitable infrastructure

PEO3

Analyze and design components of civil engineering projects

PEO4

Develop team spirit and inter personal dynamics for effective execution and management of projects.

PEO5

Engage in lifelong learning and adapt to changing professional and societal needs.

Mapping of mission statements (MS) with program educational objectives (PEOs)

PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4 PEO5

MS1 3 3 3 2 1

MS2 2 2 2 1 2

1: Slightly 2: Moderately 3: Substantially

GA1

GA2

GA3

GA4

GA5

GA6

GA7

GA8

GA9

GA10

GA11

GA12

PEO1

3

3

3

3

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

PEO2

1

2

3

2

2

3

3

3

-

-

-

2

PEO3

2

2

3

2

2

1

2

3

2

3

3

2

PEO4

-

1

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2

PEO5

2

3

3

3

2

1

3

3

2

3

2

3

Mapping of Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) with Graduate Attributes (GAs)


PROGRAM OUTCOMES: At the end of the program, the student will be able to:

PO1

Apply principles of mechanics and basic sciences to analyze civil engineering structures

PO2

Survey, map, measure and analyze data for sustainable infrastructure planning.

PO3

Characterize and evaluate materials for adoptability in civil engineering projects

PO4

Analyze and design concrete & steel structures, earthen embankments, irrigation structures, water supply, waste treatment systems and transport systems.

PO5 Apply best management practices for construction and maintenance of infrastructure facilities.

PO6

Predict and forecast societal needs, floods, droughts, pollution and travel demand.

PO7 Work and lead in multi disciplinary projects and demonstrate social responsibility and professional ethics.

PO8

Engage in research and life-long learning to adapt to changing environment.

Mapping of Program Outcomes (POs) with Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PEO1

3

2

2

2

1

2

-

-

PEO2

1

3

3

3

3

-

-

-

PEO3

3

1

3

3

2

2

1

2

PEO4

-

-

-

1

2

-

2

2

PEO5

-

-

-

1

1

-

2

2


Mapping of Programme Outcomes (Pos) with Graduate Attributes (GAs)

GA1

GA2

GA3

GA4

GA5

GA6

GA7

GA8

GA9

GA10

GA11

GA12

PO1

3

3

2

2

2

1

1

-

1

-

-

2

PO2

3

3

1

3

3

2

2

1

2

1

-

2

PO3

3

1

1

3

2

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

PO4

3

3

3

2

3

1

-

-

2

1

-

2

PO5

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

3

2

2

3

2

PO6

3

3

2

2

3

3

3

1

1

-

-

2

PO7

2

2

1

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

2

3

PO8

1

1

2

3

2

2

2

1

2

2

1

3

DETAILED SYLLABUS

MA101

MATHEMATICS – I

BSC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Pre-requisites: None.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1

Solve linear system equation

CO2

Determine the Eigen values and vectors of a matrix

CO3

Determine the power series expansion of a function

CO4

Estimate the maxima and minima of multivariable functions

CO5

Solve any given first order ordinary differential equation

CO6

Solve any higher order linear ordinary differential equation with constant coefficients

Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes

Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

CO2

2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

CO3

1

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

CO4

2

1

-

2

1

1

-

1

CO5

2

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO6

1

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Matrix Theory: Elementary row and column operations on a matrix, Rank of matrix – Normal form

– Inverse of a matrix using elementary operations –Consistency and solutions of systems of linear equations using elementary operations, linear dependence and independence of vectors - Characteristic roots and vectors of a matrix - Caley-Hamillton theorem and its applications, Complex matrices, Hermitian and Unitary Matrices - Reduction to diagonal form - Reduction of a quadratic form to canonical form – orthogonal transformation and congruent transformation.

Differential Calculus: Rolle’s theorem; Mean value theorem; Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s theorems with remainders, Expansions; Indeterminate forms; Asymptotes and curvature; Curve tracing; Functions of several variables, Partial Differentiation, Total Differentiation, Euler’s theorem and generalization, maxima and minima of functions of several variables (two and

three variables) – Lagrange’s method of Multipliers; Change of variables – Jacobians.

Ordinary differential equations of first order: Formation of differential equations; Separable equations; equations reducible to separable form; exact equations; integrating factors; linear first order equations; Bernoulli’s equation; Orthogonal trajectories and Newton’s law of cooling.

Ordinary linear differential equations of higher order : Homogeneous linear equations of arbitrary order with constant coefficients - Non-homogeneous linear equations with constant coefficients; Euler and Cauchy’s equations; Method of variation of parameters; System of linear differential equations, Vibrations of a beam.

Reading:

1. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Pub. House,

2008.

2. Erwyn Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition, 2008.

3. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications, 2009.

HS101

ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION

HSC

3 – 0 – 2

4 Credits


Course outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1

Understand basic grammar principles

CO2

Write clear and coherent passages

CO3

Write effective letters for job application and complaints

CO4

Prepare technical reports and interpret graphs

CO5

Enhance reading comprehension

CO6

Comprehend English speech sound system, stress and intonation


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

2

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

1

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

CO6

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed syllabus

Grammar Principles and Vocabulary Building: -Exposure to basics of grammar- parts of

speech, with emphasis on tenses—active and passive voice- their usage- reported speech -

Idioms and Phrases—their meanings and usage, Vocabulary development through

prefixes, suffixes and word roots

Effective Sentence Construction –clarity and precision in construction—strategies for

effectiveness in writing

Paragraphs: Definition- structure- Types and Composition-unity of theme- coherence-

organisation patterns

Note-making – its uses- steps in note-making—identification of important points-reduction to

phrases –selection of suitable note format- types of notes—tree diagram, block list, table-

Letter Writing: Business, Official and Informal letters-- communicative purpose-strategy-

letter format and mechanics- letters of request , complaint and invitation-

Reading techniques: Skimming and Scanning – quick reading for gist and –suggesting titles-

looking for specific information

Description of Graphics- kinds of graphs- their construction and use and application in

scientific texts- interpretation of graphs using expressions of comparison and contrast

Reading Comprehension – reading to retrieve information –—techniques of comprehension

-find clues to locate important points- answering objective type questions –inference,

elimination

Technical Report-Writing - kinds of reports-proposals, progress and final reports- their

structure- features- process of writing a report-editing

Book Reviews- Oral and written review of a chosen novel/play- a brief written analysis including summary and appreciation- oral presentation of the novel before class

Reading

A Textbook of English for Engineers and Technologists (combined edition, Vol. 1 & 2); Orient Black Swan 2010.

PH101

PHYSICS

BSC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: None.


CO1

Solve engineering problems using the concepts of wave and particle nature of radiant energy

CO2

Understand the use of lasers as light sources for low and high energy applications

CO3

Understand the nature and characterization of acoustic design, nuclear accelerators and new materials

CO4

Apply the concepts of light in optical fibers, light wave communication systems, and holography and for sensing physical parameters

CO5

Construct a quantum mechanical model to explain the behaviour of a system at microscopic level


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

CO2

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

CO3

-

-

-

1

-

2

-

1

CO4

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

1

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Interference: Superposition principle, Division of amplitude and wave front division, Interferometers (Michelson, Fabry-Perot, Mach-Zehnder), Applications; Diffraction: Fraunhoffer diffraction (single, double & multiple slits), Resolving power, Dispersive power, Applications.

Polarization: Production & detection of polarized light, wave plates, optical activity, Laurents Half- shade polarimeter, photoelasticity and applications; LASERS: Basic principles of Lasers, He-Ne, Nd-YAG, CO2 and semiconductors lasers, applications of lasers, Holography and holographic NDT.

Optical fibers: Light propagation in Optical fibers, types of optical fibers, optical fibers for communication and sensing.

Functional materials: Fiber reinforced plastics, fiber reinforced metals, surface acoustic wave materials, biomaterials, high temperature materials, smart materials and their applications, Introduction to Nano materials.

Modern physics: Qualitative review of different experiments, de-Broglie waves, Dual nature of matter, Schrodinger wave equation, wave function and its interpretation, potential well problems in one dimension, Tunneling, Uncertainty principle, Particle Accelerators: Cyclotron, Synchro Cyclotron, Betatron and applications.

Acoustics: Introduction, Reverberation and reverberation time, growth and decay of energy, Sabine’s formula, absorption coefficient and its measurement, factors affecting architectural acoustics; Production, detection and applications of Ultrasound.

Reading:

1. Halliday, Resnic and Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, 9th Ed.,John Wiley, 2011.

2. Beiser A, Concepts of Modern Physics, 5th Ed., McGraw Hill International, 2003.

3. Ajoy Ghatak, Optics, 5th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.

4. M. Armugam, Engineering Physics, Anuradha Agencies, 2003.

CY101

CHEMISTRY

BSC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits



CO1

Understand and apply the concepts in electrochemistry and corrosion science

CO2

Understand the concepts in molecular interactions

CO3

Understand the synthesis and analysis of modern materials

CO4

Apply the concepts of organic chemistry for synthesis

CO5

Understand the synthesis and applications of polymer science

CO6

Identify the structure of organic molecules using photo chemistry and chemical spectroscopy


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

2

1

-

-

-

1

CO2

-

-

1

2

-

-

-

1

CO3

1

-

3

1

-

-

-

2

CO4

-

-

1

2

-

-

-

1

CO5

-

-

2

1

-

-

-

1

CO6

-

1

1

-

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus: Electrochemistry - Review of the concepts of electrode potentials, Nernst equation, Reference electrodes, Ion selective electrodes – Concept – Glass electrode – Determination of pH of a solution using a glass electrode – Derivation of equation between Ecell and pH, Determination of

F- ion using fluoride electrode (Numerical calculations), Chemically modified electrodes (CMEs) – Concept, CMEs as potentiometric and amperometric sensors, Electrochemical energy systems, Electrochemistry of secondary cells e.g. Lead – acid and Ni-Cd cells, Rechargeable lithium batteries, Fuel cells – Electrochemistry of a H2–O2 fuel cell, methanol–O2 fuel cell. Corrosion and Its Prevention - Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Corrosion due to dissimilar metal cells (galvanic cells), Corrosion due to differential aeration cells, Uniform corrosion, pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking, Effect of pH, Potential-pH diagram for Iron, temperature and dissolved oxygen on corrosion rate, Corrosion prevention and control by cathodic protection. Molecular Interactions - Molecular orbital theory applicable to understanding of bonding in heteronuclear diatomic molecules, e.g. CO and NO, Molecular orbital energy diagram of an Octahedral complex, MO diagram of a molecule involving charge transfer (e.g. KMnO4), Nature

of supramolecular interactions: ion-ion interactions, ion-dipole interactions, dipole-dipole interactions, hydrogen bonding, cation-л interactions, л-л interactions, van der Walls forces, Concept of self-assembly involving different types of interactions (Micellar formation; Membrane Formation; Surface films). Chemistry of Nanomaterials - Introduction to Nanomaterials, Chemical synthesis of nanomaterials: sol-gel method, Reverse micellar method, electrolytic method, Characterization of nanoparticles by BET method, Characterization of nanomaterials by TEM (includes basic principle of TEM), Applications of nanomaterials in Industry as drug delivery materials, as catalysts, in water treatment. Basic Principles Of Organic Chemistry – Introduction, Homolytic and Heterolytic cleavages and free radicals Carbocations, carbanions and addition reactions Elimination and substitution reactions. Stereochemistry: chirality, optical activity, enantiomers and diastereomers, Projection formulae and geometrical isomerism, Reactions - Hofmann reaction and Riemer-Tiemann reaction, Diels- Alder reaction and Cannizaro reaction, Skraup synthesis.

Polymer Chemistry - Concept of polymerization – Types of polymerization, Chain growth polymerization – mechanisms of free radical and cationic polymerizations, Mechanisms of simple anionic polymerization and co-ordination anionic polymerization (complex forming mechanism), Step-growth polymerization ,Mechanism and examples. Thermoplastic resins and Thermosetting resins- examples and applications, conducting polymers: Mechanism of conduction in polymers – Examples – and applications. Review Of Chemical Spectroscopy - Review of electromagnetic spectrum, Quantization of energy, Born – Oppenheimer approximation, Frank Condon Principle Vibrational spectra (Infra-red) of diatomic molecules – Selection rules Determination of force constant Problems, Identification of functional groups using IR spectroscopy Electronic spectroscopy - Types of electronic transitions –calculation of chromophoric absorptions For Diene and ene-one chromophors Qualitative analysis by electronic spectroscopy, Lambert – Beer’s law- Applications in Quantitative analysis and problems. NMR spectroscopy: Basic principles, Concept of chemical shift. Concept of spin-spin splitting and

examples, Applications of UV,I.R and 1H NMR spectra in the determination of structures of Ethyl alcohol, Dimethyl ether, Acetic acid and Benzyl alcohol. Photo Chemistry – Principles of photochemistry – Rates of intermolecular processes, Jablonski diagram – fluorescence, phosphorescene and Chemiluminescence, Types of Photochemical

Organic reactions, Laws of photochemistry and quantum yields-problems, Photosensitized

reactions. Reading:

1. P. W. Atkins & Julio de Paula, Atkins Physical Chemistryl Chemistry, Oxford University Press York, 7th Edn, 2002.

2. Shashi Chawla, A Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, 3rd Edition, Dhanpat Rai & Co New Delhi, 2007.

3. S. Vairam, P. Kalyani & Suba Ramesh, Engineering Chemistry, Ist Edn, John Wiley & Sons, India, 2011.

4. Lee J.D., Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 7th Edn, Blackwel Science Publications Oxford, London, 2004.

5. Jerry March., Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6th Edn, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersy, 2007. 6. FehFuYen, Chemistry for Engineers, Imperial College Press, 2008. 7. Octave Levenspiel, Chemical Reaction Engineering, 2nd Edition, Wiley India, 2006. 8. Smith J.M., Chemical Engineering Kinetics, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 1981.

EC101

BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ESC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Characterize semiconductors, diodes, transistors and operational amplifiers

CO2

Design simple analog circuits

CO3

Design simple combinational and sequential logic circuits

CO4

Understand functions of digital multimeter, cathode ray oscilloscope and transducers in the measurement of physical variables

CO5

Understand fundamental principles of radio communication


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

1

-

-

-

1

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Electronics Systems: Introduction to electronics, review of p-n junction operation, diode applications, Zener diode as regulator.

Transistor and applications: Introduction to transistors, BJT Characteristics, biasing and applications, simple RC coupled amplifier and frequency response. Cascaded amplifiers, FET and MOSFET characteristics and applications.

Feedback in Electronic Systems: open loop and closed loop systems, Negative and positive feedback merits and demerits, Principle of oscillators, LC and RC oscillators.

Integrated Circuits: Operational amplifiers, Applications: adder, subtractor, Integrator and Differentiators.

Digital Circuits: Number systems and logic gates, Combinational Logic circuits, Flip-Flops, counters and shift registers, data converters, Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog converters (ADC/DAC’s).

Electronic Instrumentation: Measurement, Sensors, Laboratory measuring instruments: digital multi-meters and Cathode Ray Oscilloscopes (CRO’s).

Principles of Communication: Need for Modulation, Modulation and Demodulation techniques.

Reading:

1. Neil Storey, “Electronics A Systems Approach”, 4/e - Pearson Education Publishing Company Pvt Ltd, 2011.

2. Salivahanan, N Suresh Kumar, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” 3/e, McGraw Hill Publications, 2013.

3. Bhargava N. N., D C Kulshreshtha and S C Gupta, “Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2/e, 2013 .

http://www.google.co.in/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=basic+electronics+niel+storey&source=web&cd=1&ved=0CGcQFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.pearsoned.co.in%2Fweb%2Fbooks%2F9788131734124_Electronics_Neil-Storey.aspx&ei=3PDNT6KpDYSytAav-YTuCg&usg=AFQjCNHCuikiOKyIKzpjIiix-8GqfiidfA

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22William+David+Cooper%22

EE101

BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

ESC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Analyze and solve electric and magnetic circuits

CO2

Identify the type of electrical machines for a given application

CO3

Recognize the ratings of different electrical apparatus

CO4

Identify meters for measuring electrical quantities


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

1

1

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

DC Circuits: Kirchhoff’s Voltage & Current laws, Superposition Theorem, Star – Delta Transformations.

AC Circuits: Complex representation of Impedance, Phasor diagrams, Power & Power Factor, Solution of Single Phase Series & Parallel Circuits. Solution of Three Phase circuits and Measurement of Power in Three Phase circuits.

Magnetic Circuits: Fundamentals and Solution of Magnetic Circuits, Concepts of Self and Mutual Inductances, Coefficient of Coupling.

Single Phase Transformers: Principle of Operation of a Single Phase Transformer, EMF equation, Phasor diagram, Equivalent Circuit, Determination of Equivalent Circuit Parameters, Regulation and Efficiency of a single phase transformer. Principle of operation of an Auto Transformer.

DC Machines: Principle of Operation, Classification, EMF and Torque equations, Characteristics of Generators and Motors, Speed Control Methods and Starting Techniques.

Three Phase Induction Motor: Principle of Rotating Magnetic Field, Principle of Operation of 3-φ I.M., Torque-Speed Characteristics of 3-φ I.M., Starting Methods and Applications of Three Phase Induction Motors.

Measuring Instruments: Moving Coil and Moving Iron Ammeters and Voltmeters, Dynamometer Type Wattmeter and Induction Type Energy Meter.

Reading:

1. Edward Hughes, Electrical Technology, 10th Edition, ELBS, 2010.

2. Vincent Del Toro, Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2003.

3. V.N. Mittle, Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH, 2000.

CE101

ENGINEERING MECHANICS

ESC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits



CO1

Determine the resultant force and moment for a given system of forces

CO2

Analyze planar and spatial systems to determine the forces in members of trusses, frames and problems related to friction

CO3

Calculate the motion characteristics of a body subjected to a given force system

CO4

Determine the deformation of a shaft and understand the relationship between different material constants

CO5

Determine the centroid and second moment of area


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO2

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO3

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO4

3

-

1

2

-

-

-

-

CO5

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

Detailed syllabus:

Introduction - Specification of force vector, Formation of Force Vectors, Moment of Force – Cross product – Problems, Resultant of a general force system in space, Degrees of freedom - Equilibrium Equations, Kinematics – Kinetics – De’ Alemberts principle, Degree of Constraints – Freebody diagrams.

Spatial Force systems - Concurrent force systems - Equilibrium equations – Problems, Problems (Vector approach) – Tension Coefficient method, Problems (Tension Coefficient method), Parallel force systems - problems, Center of Parallel force system – Problems.

Coplanar Force Systems - Introduction – Equilibrium equations – All systems, Problems on Coplanar Concurrent force system, Coplanar Parallel force system, Coplanar General force system – Point of action, Method of joints, Method of sections, Method of sections, Method of members, Friction – Coulombs laws of dry friction – Limiting friction, Problems on Wedge friction, Belt Friction-problems.

Mechanics of Deformable Bodies - Stress & Strain at a point- Normal and shear stresses, Axial deformations – Problems on prismatic shaft, tapered shaft and deformation due to self-weight,

Deformation of Stepped shaft due to axial loading, Poisson’s Ratio – Bulk Modulus - Problems, change in dimensions and volume.

Centroid & Moment of Inertia - Centroid & M.I – Arial & Mass M.I – Radius of Gyration, Parallel axis– Perpendicular axis theorem – Simple Problems.

Dynamics of Particles - Rectilinear Motion – Kinematics Problems, Kinetics – Problems, Work & Energy – Impulse Moment, Direct Central Impact – coefficient of restitution, Curvilinear Motion – Projectile Motion, Work & Energy in Curvilinear motion.

Dynamics of Rigid Bodies - Rigid body rotation – Kinematics - Kinetics, Problems – Work & Energy in Rigid body rotation, Plane Motion – Kinematics, Problem – Instantaneous center of rotation.

Reading:

1. J.L.Meriam and L.G. Kraige, Engineering Mechanics, 7th Ed, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

2. Timoshenko and Young, Engineering Mechanics, 3rd Ed, McGraw Hill Publishers, 2006.

3. Gere and Timoshenko, Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Ed, CBS Publishers, 2011.

CE102

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

ESC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1 Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological

activities and the science behind those problems.

CO2 Estimate the population - economic growth, energy requirement and demand.

CO3 Analyse material balance for different environmental systems.

CO4 Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological

balance.

CO5 Identify the major pollutants and abatement devices for environmental management and sustainable development

Correlation between the Course Outcomes(CO) and the Program Outcomes(PO)

Course

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 1 1 1 1 2 1

CO2 2 3 1 3 1

CO3 1 2 2 2 2 1 1

CO4 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1

CO5 1 2 3 2 1 1

Detailed Syllabus:

Nature and scope of Environmental Problems: Environment and society, environmental disturbances, role of technology, sustainable development, quantification of environmental issues.

Population and Economic growth: Economic growth and industrialization urbanization, Resource consumption, Renewable and nonrenewable resources, Energy requirement and development.

Global Atmospheric systems: Concept of climate change, green house effect, global energy balance, global warming, carbon cycle, Intergovernmental Panel for Climate Change (IPCC) emission scenarios, impact of climate change.

Mass balance and Environmental chemistry: Mass and Energy balance, Particle dispersion, oxygen demand, carbon emission, enthalpy in environmental systems, chemical equilibria.

Ecology and Biodiversity: Energy flow in ecosystem, food chain, nutrient cycles, eutrofication, value of biodiversity, biodiversity at global, national and local levels, threats for biodiversity, conservation of biodiversity

Water Pollution: water pollutants, effects of oxygen demanding waste on water, water quality in lakes, reservoirs and groundwater, contaminant transport, self cleaning capacity of streams and water bodies, water quality standards, principles of water and wastewater treatment.

Air Pollution: Overview of emissions, pollutant standard index, toxic air pollutants, vehicle emissions, indoor air quality, principles of air pollution control.

Solid and Hazardous Waste: Characteristics of Solid and Hazardous Waste, Collection and transfer system, recycling, composting, waste to energy conversion, landfills.

Environmental Management: Sustainable development, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), Environmental Ethics, Legal aspects.

Reading:

1. J.G. Henry and G.W. Heinke, Environmental Science and Engineering, Pearson Education, 2004

2. G.B. Masters, Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, Pearson Education, 2004.

ME101

BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ESC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand basics of thermodynamics and components of a thermal power plant

CO2

Identify engineering materials, their properties, manufacturing methods encountered in engineering practice

CO3

Understand basics of heat transfer, refrigeration and internal combustion engines

CO4

Understand mechanism of power transfer through belt, rope, chain and gear drives

CO5

Understand functions and operations of machine tools including milling, shaping, grinding and lathe machines


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

1

1

-

-

1

1

CO2

1

-

3

1

-

-

2

1

CO3

1

-

1

1

2

-

1

1

CO4

2

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Introduction: Introduction to Thermodynamics - Concept of a System – Types of Systems, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Properties, State, Process and Cycle, Zeroth Law, Energy Interactions - Heat and Work, Types of Work, Work interactions in a closed System for various processes

First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics: First Law: Cycle and Process, Specific Heats (cp and cv), Heat interactions in a Closed System for various processes, Limitations of First Law, Concept of Heat Engine (H.E.) and Reversed H.E. (Heat Pump and Refrigerator), Efficiency/COP, Second Law: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements, Carnot Cycle, Carnot Efficiency, Statement of Clausius Inequality, Property of Entropy, T-S and P-V Diagrams

Thermal Power Plant: Thermal Power Plant Layout – Four Circuits, Rankine Cycle, Boilers: Fire Tube vs Water Tube; Babcock & Wilcox, Cochran Boilers, Steam Turbines:

Impulse vs Reaction Turbines, Compounding of Turbines: Pressure Compounding, Velocity Compounding, Pressure-Velocity Compounding, Condensers: Types – Jet & Surface Condensers, Cooling Towers

Manufacturing Processes: Engineering Materials: Classification, Properties of Materials, Manufacturing Processes: Metal Casting, Moulding, Patterns, Metal Working: Hot Working and Cold Working, Metal Forming: Extrusion, Forging, Rolling, Drawing

Internal Combustion Engines and Refrigeration: IC Engines: 2 - Stroke and 4 - Stroke Engines, S.I. Engine and C.I. Engine: Differences, P-V and T-S Diagrams

Refrigeration System and Refrigerants: Principle and working of standard vapor compression refrigeration system and Brief description of Refrigerants

Heat Transfer: Heat Transfer: Modes; Thermal Resistance Concept, Conduction: Composite Walls and Cylinders, Combined Conduction and Convection: Overall Heat Transfer Co-efficient, Simple Numerical Problems: Heat Transfer

Welding: Welding: Gas Welding and Arc Welding, Soldering, Brazing

Power Transmission: Transmission of Mechanical Power: Belt Drives – Simple Numerical Problems, Gear Drives – Simple Numerical Problems

Basics of Automotive Vehicle: Lay out of Automobile Transmission; Brakes – Types, Clutch, Differential

Machine Tools and Machining Processes: Machine Tools Machine Tools: Lathe Machine, Lathe Operations, Milling Machine-Types, Milling Operations, Shaper and Planer Machines: Differences, Quick-Return Motion Mechanism, Drilling Machine: Operations, Grinding Machine: Operations

Reading:

1. Mathur, M.L., Mehta, F.S., and Tiwari, R.P., Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Jain Brothers, New Delhi, 2011.

2. Roy, K.P., and Hazra Chowdary, S.K.., Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2002.

3. Rudramoorthy, R.., Thermal Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2003.

4. Hazra Chowdary., S.K. and Bose, Workshop Technology, Vol. I and II, Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2002.

ME102

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

ESC

2 – 0 – 3

4 Credits



CO1

Draw Orthographic projections of Lines, Planes, and Solids

CO2

Construct Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections and Views

CO3

Draw Sections of various Solids including Cylinders, cones, prisms and pyramids

CO4

Draw projections of lines, planes, solids, isometric projections and sections of solids including Cylinders, cones, prisms and pyramids using AutoCAD


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

2

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

2

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

2

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

2

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Overview of the course, Examination and Evaluation patterns.

Lines Lettering and Dimensioning: Types of lines, Lettering, Dimensioning, Geometrical Constructions, Polygons, Scales.

Orthographic projection of points: Principles of Orthographic projection, Projections of points.

Projections of Lines: Projections of a line parallel to one of the reference planes and inclined to the other, line inclined to both the reference planes, Traces

Projections of Planes: Projections of a plane perpendicular to one of the reference planes and inclined to the other, Oblique planes.

Projections of Solids: Projections of solids whose axis is parallel to one of the reference planes and inclined to the other, axis inclined to both the planes.

Section of Solids: Sectional planes, Sectional views - Prism, pyramid, cylinder and cone, true shape of the section.

Isometric views: Isometric axis, Isometric Planes, Isometric View, Isometric projection, Isometric views – simple objects.

Auto-CAD practice: Introduction to Auto-CAD, DRAW tools, MODIFY tools, TEXT, DIMENSION, PROPERTIES tool bar, Standard Tool bar, LAYERS

Reading:

1. N.D. Bhat and V.M. Panchal, Engineering Graphics, Charotar Publishers 2013 2. E. Finkelstein, “AutoCAD 2007 Bible”, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2007

CS101

PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

ESC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits



CO1

Develop algorithms for mathematical and scientific problems

CO2

Explore alternate algorithmic approaches to problem solving

CO3

Understand the components of computing systems

CO4

Choose data types and structures to solve mathematical and scientific problem

CO5

Develop modular programs using control structures

CO6

Write programs to solve real world problems using object oriented features


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

2

-

-

2

-

1

-

1

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

CO4

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO6

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Problem solving techniques – algorithms.

Introduction to computers - Basics of C++ - Number representation, Basic data types - int, float, double, char, bool, void.

Flow of Control - Conditional statements - If-else, Switch-case constructs, Loops - while, do- while, for.

Functions - user defined functions, library functions, parameter passing - call by value, call by reference, return values, Recursion.

Arrays - Single, Multi-Dimensional Arrays, initialization, accessing individual elements, passing arrays as parameters to functions.

Pointers and Dynamic Arrays - Multidimensional Dynamic Arrays, creation and deletion of single and multi-dimensional arrays.

C Strings, Standard String Class

I/O Streams, stream flags, stream manipulators, formatted I/O, binary I/O, Character I/O, File I/O - Opening, closing and editing files.

Structures and Classes - Declaration, member variables, member functions, access modifiers, inheritance, function overloading, overriding, redefinition, virtual functions, operator overloading, polymorphism - compile time and runtime binding.

Reading:

1. Walter Savitch, Problem Solving with C++, Sixth Edition, Pearson, 2007.

2. Cay Horstmann, Timothy Budd, Big C++, Wiley, Indian Edition, 2006.

PH102

PHYSICS LABORATORY

BSC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1

Use CRO, signal generator, spectrometer, polarimeter and GM counter for making measurements

CO2

Test optical components using principles of interference and diffraction of light

CO3

Determine the selectivity parameters in electrical circuits

CO4

Determine the width of narrow slits, spacing between close rulings using lasers and appreciate the accuracy in measurements


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

1

1

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

1

1

-

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

1

1

-

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Determination of Wavelength of Sodium light using Newton’s Rings.

2. Determination of Wavelength of He-Ne laser – Metal Scale.

3. Measurement of Width of a narrow slit using He- Ne Laser.

4. Determination of Specific rotation of Cane sugar by Laurent Half-shade Polarimeter.

5. Determination of capacitance by using R-C circuit.

6. Determination of resonating frequency and bandwidth by LCR circuit.

7. Measurement of half-life of radioactive source using GM Counter.

8. Diffraction grating by normal incidence method.

Reading:

1. Physics Laboratory Manual.

CY102

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

BSC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1

Synthesize polymers

CO2

Analyze ores and bleaching powder

CO3

Estimate the Hardness of water in terms of Calcium and Magnesium ions

CO4

Determine salt content using chromatographic techniques

CO5

Standardize solutions using titration, conductivity meter, pH-meter, potentiometer and colorimeter

CO6

Verify the Freundlich adsorption isotherm


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

CO6

-

-

2

1

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Cycle 1

1. Standardization of potassium permanganate.

2. Determination of MnO2 in Pyrolusite.

3. Determination of Iron in Haematite.

4. Determination of available Chlorine in bleaching powder and of Iodine in Iodized salt.

5. Determination of hardness of water and of calcium in milk powder.

6. Chemistry of blue printing.

7. Preparation of phenol formaldehyde resin.

Cycle 2

1. Conductometric titration of an Acid vs Base.

2. pH-metric titration of an Acid vs Base.

3. Potentiometric titration of Fe2+ against K2Cr2O7.

4. Colorimetric titration of potassium permanganate.

5. Determination of rate of corrosion of mild steel in acidic environment in the absence and presence of an inhibitor.

6. Determination of salt content by Ion-exchange.

7. Separation of Ions by paper chromatography.

8. Verification of Freundlich adsorption isotherm.

Reading:

1. Valentin, W. G. “A Course of Qualitative Chemical Analysis” Read Books Design, 2010; ISBN: 1446022730, 9781446022733.

2. G. Svehla: Vogel's Qualitative Inorganic Analysis. J. Mendham, R. C. Denny, J. D. Barnes, M. J. K. Thomas: Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis.

3. G. N. Mukherjee: Semi-Micro Qualitative Inorganic Analysis (CU Publications) Vogel’s Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry (5th Edition).

4. N. G. Mukherjee: Selected Experiments in Physical Chemistry.

CS102

PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

ESC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1

Design and test programs to solve mathematical and scientific problems

CO2

Develop and test programs using control structures

CO3

Implement modular programs using functions

CO4

Develop programs using classes


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Programs on conditional control constructs.

2. Programs on loops (while, do-while, for).

3. Programs using user defined functions and library functions.

4. Programs on arrays, matrices (single and multi-dimensional arrays).

5. Programs using pointers (int pointers, char pointers).

6. Programs on structures.

7. Programs on classes and objects.

8. Programs on inheritance and polymorphism. Reading:

1. Walter Savitch, Problem Solving with C++, 6th Edition, Pearson, 2008.

2. R.G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson, 2008.

ME103

WORKSHOP PRACTICE

ESC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1

Study and practice on machine tools and their operations

CO2

Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including fitting, carpentry, foundry and welding

CO3

Identify and apply suitable tools for machining processes including turning, facing, thread cutting and tapping

CO4

Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

CO2

-

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

CO3

-

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

CO4

-

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Fitting Trade: Preparation of T-Shape Work piece as per the given specifications, Preparation of U-Shape Work piece which contains: Filing, Sawing, Drilling, Grinding, and Practice marking operations.

Plumbing: Practice of Internal threading, external threading, pipe bending, and pipe fitting, Pipes with coupling for same diameter and with reducer for different diameters and Practice of T-fitting, Y-fitting, Gate valves fitting.

Machine shop: Study of machine tools in particular Lathe machine (different parts, different operations, study of cutting tools), Demonstration of different operations on Lathe machine, Practice of Facing, Plane Turning, step turning, taper turning, knurling and parting and Study of Quick return mechanism of Shaper.

Power Tools: Study of different hand operated power tools, uses and their demonstration and Practice of all available Bosch Power tools.

Carpentry: Study of Carpentry Tools, Equipment and different joints, Practice of Cross Half lap joint, Half lap Dovetail joint and Mortise Tenon Joint

House Wiring: Introduction to House wiring, different types of cables. Types of power supply, types of motors, Starters, distribution of power supply, types of bulbs, parts of tube light, Electrical wiring symbols, Stair case wiring: Demo and Practice (2 switches with one lamp control) and Godown wiring

Foundry Trade: Introduction to foundry, Patterns, pattern allowances, ingredients of moulding sand and melting furnaces. Foundry tools and their purposes, Demo of mould preparation and Practice – Preparation of mould by using split pattern.

Welding: Introduction, Study of Tools and welding Equipment (Gas and Arc welding), Selection of welding electrode and current, Bead practice and Practice of Butt Joint, Lap Joint.

Reading:

1. Raghuwanshi B.S., Workshop Technology Vol. I & II, Dhanpath Rai & Sons.

2. Kannaiah P. and Narayana K.L., Workshop Manual, 2nd Edn, Scitech publishers.

3. John K.C., Mechanical Workshop Practice. 2nd Edn. PHI 2010.

4. Jeyapoovan T.and Pranitha S., Engineering Practices Lab Manual, 3rd Edn. Vikas Pub.2008.

MA151

MATHEMATICS – II

BSC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Mathematics – I.


CO1

Solve linear differential equations using Laplace transforms

CO2

Evaluate multiple integrals and improper integrals

CO3

Convert line integrals to area integrals

CO4

Convert surface integrals to volume integrals

CO5

Determine potential functions for irrotational force fields


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

3

-

-

-

2

CO2

2

2

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO3

2

2

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO4

2

2

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO5

2

1

-

2

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Laplace Transformation: Laplace transform - Inverse Laplace transform - properties of Laplace transforms - Laplace transforms of unit step function, impulse function and periodic function - convolution theorem - Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and system of linear differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transform.

Integral Calculus: Fundamental theorem of integral calculus and mean value theorems; Evaluation of plane areas, volume and surface area of a solid of revolution and lengths. Convergence of Improper integrals – Beta and Gamma integrals – Elementary properties – Differentiation under integral sign. Double and triple integrals – computation of surface areas and volumes – change of variables in double and triple integrals.

Vector Calculus : Scalar and Vector fields; Vector Differentiation; Level surfaces - directional derivative - Gradient of scalar field; Divergence and Curl of a vector field - Laplacian - Line and surface integrals; Green’s theorem in plane; Gauss Divergence theorem; Stokes’ theorem.

Reading:

1. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Pub. House, 2008.

2. Erwyn Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition, 2008.

3. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications, 2009.

MA235

MATHEMATICAL METHODS

BSC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Mathematics - I and Mathematics – II.


CO1

Determine Fourier series expansion of a given function

CO2

Evaluate improper integrals involving trigonometric functions

CO3

Solve finite difference equations by using Z transforms

CO4

Solve PDEs by variables separable method

CO5

Analyze null hypothesis for large and small samples

CO6

Solve initial value problems


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

CO2

1

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

CO3

1

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO4

1

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

1

CO6

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Fourier series: Expansion of a function in Fourier series for a given range - Half range sine and cosine expansions.

Fourier Transforms: Fourier transformation and inverse transforms - sine, cosine transformations and inverse transforms - simple illustrations.

Z-transforms: Z-transforms – Properties – Initial and final value theorems – Inverse transform - convolution theorem - Difference equations – solution of difference equations using z-transforms.

Partial Differential Equations: PDE types, Solution of Heat equation-method of separation of variables.

Complex Variables: Analytic function - Cauchy Riemann equations, Bilinear transformations, Conformal mapping – applications – combination of flow pattern.

Probability and Statistics: Probability laws – Addition and Multiplication theorems on probability - Baye’s theorem –Expectation, Moments and Moment generating function of Discrete and

continuous distributions, Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions, Testing of Hypothesis - Z- test for single mean and difference of means - t-test for single mean and difference of means, F- test for comparison of variances,. Chi-square test for goodness of fit. – Correlation, regression.

Numerical Analysis: Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations by Regula- Falsi method Newton-Rapson’s method - Newton’s Forward, backward differences - Lagrange interpolation - Numerical Integration with Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rule, Simpson’s 3/8 rule

- solving first order differential equations -Euler’s method, modified Euler’s method, Runge- Kutta method of 2nd & 4th order.

Reading:

1. R.K.Jain and S.R.K.Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Narosa Publ., 2008. 2. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khannna Publishers.

CE212

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits


CO1

Analyse the statically determinate and indeterminate problems

CO2

Determine the stresses and strains in the members subjected to axial, bending and torsional loads

CO3

Evaluate the slope and deflection of beams subjected to loads

CO4

Determine the principal stresses and strains in structural members


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

CO2

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

CO3

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

CO4

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

Detailed Syllabus:

Stress And Strain: Concept of Statical determinacy and indeterminacy- Determinate and Indeterminate problems in Tension and Compression - Thermal Stresses.

Elastic Constants and Impact Loading: Stress-strain diagrams for brittle and ductile materials - working stress - Strain energy in tension and compression - Impact loading - pure shear - Modulus of rigidity and Bulk modulus - Relation between E, G and K.

Shear Force And Bending Moment: Types of supports - Types of determinate beams - Simply supported, Cantilever, Overhanging and compound beams with articulations -Shear Force and Bending Moment diagrams - Principles of Superposition.

Thin Cylinders: Thin Cylinders under internal fluid pressure – Riveted Joint Connection - Wire wound thin cylinders.

Riveted Joints: Types of failures of riveted joints - Lap and Butt joints - Efficiency of the joint.

Theory Of Simple Bending: Assumptions - Theory of Simple Bending - Bending stresses in beams - Discussion of efficiency of various shapes of cross sections - Flitched beams.

Shear Stress Distribution: Flexural shear stress distribution in various shapes of cross section of beams.

Torsion Of Circular Shafts: Theory of Pure Torsion in Solid and Hollow circular shafts - Torsional Shear Stresses and angle of twist - transmission of Power.

Reading:

1. Timoshenko and Gere, Mechanics of Materials, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1996. 2. S.B.Junarkar and H.J.Shah, Mechanics of Structures, Charotar Publishers, Anand, 1998. 3. Beer and Johnston, Mechanics of Materials, McGraw Hill International Edition, 1995. 4. E.P.Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1998.

CE214

FLUID MECHANICS - I

PCC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits


CO1

Apply conservation laws to derive governing equations of fluid flows

CO2

Compute hydrostatic and hydrodynamic forces

CO3

Analyze and design simple pipe systems

CO4

Apply principles of dimensional analysis to design experiments


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

-

-

-

-

2

-

1

CO2

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO4

2

2

-

2

-

-

-

2

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Purpose of study of fluid mechanics for design and operation of engineering systems in the fields of Mechanical Engineering, Aeronautical Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Biomedical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Fundamental difference between a solid and a fluid, constituent relationships for solids and fluids, conservation principles applied in fluid mechanics.

Properties of fluids, concept of continuum, viscosity, compressibility, ideal and real fluids, surface tension, cavitations.

Stress at a point, pressure, Pascal’s law, Variation of pressure with elevation in compressible and incompressible fluids, hydrostatic law, Pressure measurement, piezometers and manometers Hydrostatic forces exerted on submerged surfaces.

Description of fluid flow: with reference to translation, rotation and deformation, concept of continuum, control mass & control volume approach, Reynolds transport theorem. Steady flow and uniform flow.

Velocity field, one & two-dimensional flow analysis, circulation and vorticity, stream function and velocity potential function, potential flow, standard flow patterns, combination of flow patterns, flownet.

Forces exerted in a fluid flow, derivation of Continuity equation and Euler’s equation.

Bernoulli’s equation and its applications.

Momentum equation and its applications.

Dimensional Analysis as a tool in design of experiments, identification of non-dimensional numbers and their significance, dimensional analysis methods.

Measurement of flow in pipes and open channels.

Laminar flow and its characteristics, Reynolds experiment.

Laminar flow between parallel plates.

Laminar flow through pipes, Hazen-Poiseuille equation.

Head loss in flow through pipes, Darcy Weisbach equation, major and minor losses.

Turbulence, Reynolds turbulent stresses, Prandtl’s mixing length theory.

Velocity distribution in turbulent flow.

Flow through pipes and pipe networks, equivalent pipe.

Reading:

1. F M White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication 2011.

2. Robert W. Fox, Philip J. Pritchard, Alan T. McDonald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Student Edition Seventh, Wiley India Edition, 2011.

3. Shames, Mechanics of Fluids, McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1988. 4. Streeter V.L., Benjamin Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1999.

CE222

SURVEYING

PCC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits



CO1

Calculate angles, distances and levels

CO2

Identify data collection methods and prepare field notes

CO3

Understand the working principles of survey instruments

CO4

Estimate measurement errors and apply corrections

CO5

Interpret survey data and compute areas and volumes


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

3

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

3

-

-

1

-

-

-

CO3

-

3

-

-

1

-

-

-

CO4

-

3

-

-

1

-

-

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Surveying objectives, plane surveying principles and classification, scales, linear measurements, instruments for surveying, preparation of map and plan.

Chain surveying: Measurement of distance, chain surveying principles, selection of stations, offsets, locating building corners, field book, chain surveying instruments, conventional signs.

Compass surveying: Measurement of directions and angles, types of compass, meridians and bearings, local attraction, magnetic declination, traversing with a chain and compass, plotting of traverse, adjustment of closing error.

Plane table surveying: Principle and instruments used in plane table surveying, working operations, methods of plane table surveying.

Levelling and contouring: Description of a point (position) on the earth’s surface, instruments for leveling, principle and classification of leveling, bench marks, leveling staff, readings and booking of levels, field work in leveling, longitudinal section and cross section, plotting the profile, height (level) computations, contours, characteristics of contours, contours of natural features, methods of contouring, interpolation, contour gradient, contour maps.

Areas and volumes: Computation of areas from plans, calculation of areas of a closed traverse, instruments for map areas computation, measurements from cross section, calculation of volumes from spot levels, earth work calculations, practical problems.

Theodolite survey and traversing: Theodolite component parts, classification, theodolite observations, principle of theodolite survey and traversing, field work, traverse computations, practical problems.

Tacheometric surveying: Instruments, principle of tacheometry, methods of tacheometry, tacheometric tables, reduction diagram, tacheometry as applied to subtense measurement, field work for tacheometric surveying, errors.

Trigonometrical surveying: Base of the object accessible, base of an inclined object accessible, reduced level of the elevated points with inaccessible bases, instrument axes at different levels.

Curve settting: Types of curves, elements of a curve, setting out a simple curve, setting out a compound curve, checks on field work, reverse curve, transition curves, super elevation, deflection angles, transition curves, characteristics of transition curves, method of setting out a compound curve, types of vertical curves, setting out vertical curves, sight distance.

Triangulation: Principle of triangulation, purpose and classification of triangulation surveys, layout of triangulation, field work, triangulation stations, triangulation computations, EDM instruments, Total Station, Global Positioning System.

Reading:

1. B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Ashok Kr. Jain, Arun Kr. Jain., Surveying I & II, Laxmi Publications, 2005.

2. Chandra A. M., Higher Surveying, New Age International Publishers, 2007. 3. Chandra A. M., Plane Surveying, New Age International Publ., 2007. 4. Charles D Ghilani, Paul R Wolf., Elementary Surveying, Prentice Hall, 2012.

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Dr.+B.C.+Punmia%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Ashok+Kumar+Jain%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Ashok+Kr.+Jain%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Arun+Kr.+Jain%22

CE213

BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits


CO1

Identify and characterize building materials

CO2

Understand the manufacturing process of bricks and cement

CO3

Identify the methods for preservation of timber and metals

CO4

Understand the use of non-conventional Civil Engineering materials


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

1

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO2

2

2

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

3

1

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO4

2

2

-

3

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Building stones: Classification of stones- Characteristics of good building stones, important types of building atones, their properties and stones and uses.

Brick & other clay products: Composition of brick-earth, manufacturing process of bricks, characteristics of good building bricks, classification and testing of bricks, special types of bricks and their uses. Types of tiles and their use in buildings. Terracotta, stoneware.

Lime & cement: IS classification of lime and uses, flow diagram of manufacturing process of cements, chemical composition of cement, IS specifications and tests on Portland cement, different types of cements and their uses.

Mortar & concrete: Preparation of cement mortar and concrete, proportion of mortars and concrete for different types of works, properties of concrete in plastic and hardened stages, factors affecting strength of concrete, types of concrete and their specific use.

Timber & wood based products: Classification of timber trees, cross section of exogenous tree, hard wood and soft wood, seasoning of timber, important types of timber and their uses, ply wood and its uses.

Steel & aluminium: Types of steel-mild steel, high carbon steel, high strength steel- properties and uses, commercial forms of steel and their uses.

Introduction to some new materials: Ferro cement, super plasticizers, FAL-G brick, fly ash, plastics, paints, and geotextiles.

Reading:

1. Civil engineering Materials and Construction Practices by R.K. GUPTA, Jain Brothers, (New Delhi).

2. Civil engineering Materials by S.C. Rangwala, Charotar Publishing House (1992).

3. Civil engineering Materials by Tech. Teachers Training Institute, Tata Mc Graw Hill (1992).

CE217

MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY

PCC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits

Prerequisites: Strength of Materials.


CO1

Conduct tension test on steel, aluminium, copper and brass

CO2

Conduct compression tests on spring, wood and concrete

CO3

Conduct flexural and torsion test to determine elastic constants

CO4

Determine hardness of metals


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

1

2

-

-

-

-

2

CO2

3

1

2

-

-

-

-

2

CO3

3

1

2

-

-

-

-

2

CO4

3

1

2

-

-

-

-

2

Detailed Syllabus:

To study the stress -strain characteristics of (a) Mild Steel and (b) Tor steel by conducting tension test on U.T.M.

To study the stress - strain characteristics of (a) Copper and (b) Aluminium by conducting tension test on Hounsfield Tensometer.

To find the Compressive strength of wood and punching shear strength of G.I. sheet by conducting relevent tests on Hounsfield Tensometer.

To find the Brinnell’s and Vicker’s hardness numbers of (a) Steel (b) Brass (c) Aluminium (d) Copper by conducting hardness test.

To determine the Modulus of rigidity by conducting Torsion test on (a) Solid shafts (b) Hollow shaft.

To find the Modulus of rigidity of the material of a spring by conducting Compression test.

To determine the Young’s modulus of the material by conducting deflection test on a simply supported beam.

To determine the Modulus of elasticity of the material by conducting deflection test on a

Propped Cantilever beam.

To determine the Modulus of elasticity of the material by conducting deflection test on a continuous beam.

Ductility test for steel.

Shear test on Mild Steel rods.

Reading:

1. Timoshenko and Gere, Mechanics of Materials, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.

CE215

FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY

PCC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1

Apply dimensional analysis for design of experimental procedures

CO2

Calibrate flow measuring devices used in pipes, channels and tanks

CO3

Determine fluid and flow properties

CO4

Characterize laminar and turbulent flows


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

2

CO2

2

3

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO3

3

3

2

-

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

3

-

2

-

-

-

2

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Calibration of Venturi metre, Orifice metre (discharge measuring device in pipes).

2. Calibration of Orifice and mouthpiece (discharge measuring device in Tanks).

3. Calibration of Triangular – Notch and rectangular notch (discharge measuring device in Channels).

4. Measurement of Viscosity of water, SAE – 10 Oil by Hazen- Poiseuille method and that of gleserene by Stoke’s method.

5. Determination of Darcy Friction Factor, relative roughness for laminar and turbulent flows.

6. Application of momentum equation for determination of coefficient of impact of jets on flat and curved blades and Pelton bucket.

Reading:

1. K.L.Kumar. “Engineering Fluid Mechanics” Experiments, Eurasia Publishing House, 1997.

2. Jagdish Lal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan Book Co, Delhi, 1995.

CE229

SURVEYING FIELD WORK-I

PCC

0 – 0 – 4

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Surveying.


CO1

Conduct survey and collect field data

CO2

Prepare field notes from survey data

CO3

Interpret survey data and compute areas and volumes


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

3

-

1

1

-

-

-

CO2

2

1

-

1

1

-

-

-

CO3

3

3

-

2

1

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Introduction & list of equipments.

2. Survey of an area by chain survey (closed traverse) & plotting.

3. Compass Traversing.

4. Theodololite Traversing.

5. Radiation method, intersection methods by plane table survey.

6. Traversing by plane table survey.

7. Fly leveling (differential leveling).

8. Longitudinal and Cross Sectioning.

9. Grid Contouring.

10. Indirect Contouring.

11. Total Station Surveying.

Reading:

1. B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Ashok Kr. Jain, Arun Kr. Jain., Surveying I & II, Laxmi Publications, 2005.

2. Chandra A. M., Higher Surveying, New Age International Publishers, 2007.

3. Chandra A. M., Plane Surveying, New Age International Publ., 2007.

4. Charles D Ghilani, Paul R Wolf., Elementary Surveying, Prentice Hall, 2012.

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Dr.+B.C.+Punmia%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Ashok+Kumar+Jain%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Ashok+Kr.+Jain%22

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Arun+Kr.+Jain%22

CE223

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Strength of Materials.


CO1

Determine slope and deflection of beams

CO2

Analyze columns and struts

CO3

Understand the concept of failure theories

CO4

Analyze and design springs and thick cylinders


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

CO2

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

CO3

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

CO4

3

-

-

2

-

-

-

3

Detailed Syllabus:

Deflection Of Beams: Double Integration method. Conjugate Beam method - Calculation of Slope and deflections of Simply Supported Beams, Cantilever Beams and Overhanging Beams.

Strain Energy in Flexure and Castigliano’s Theorem: Strain Energy of Beams in bending - Deflection of beams from Strain Energy. Castigliano’s Theorems and Unit load method - application to statically determinate beams for determining slopes and deflections.

Columns and Struts: Direct and Bending stresses - Kernel of a section - Euler's critical load for columns with ordinary end conditions - Slenderness ratio and effective length of a column - Rankine's Formula - IS Code formula - Critical load of eccentrically loaded columns.

Principal Stresses and Strains at a Point: Analysis of Biaxial state of stress at a point - Principal Planes - Principal stresses and strains - Mohr's Circle and its application to different cases - combined bending and torsion with or without end thrust - Equivalent Bending Moment and Equivalent Twisting Moment.

Springs: Types and classification of springs – Analysis of Close and open coiled helical springs subjected to axial load and axial twist – Strain energy of springs.

Shear Centre: Concept of Shear Centre – Shear Centre of various cross sections – Shear flow – Shear lag.

Failure Theories: (1) Maximum Principal Stress Theory (2) Maximum Principal Strain Theory (3) Maximum Shear Stress Theory (4) Total Energy Theory (5)Distortion energy theory, Application to shafts under the action of combined bending and torque.

Reading:

1. Beer and Johnston, Mechanics of Materials, McGraw Hill International Edition, 1995.

2. Timoshenko and Gere, Mechanics of Materials, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.

3. S.B.Junarkar, Mechanics of Structures, Charotar Publishers, Anand, 1998.

CE224

FLUID MECHANICS – II

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Mathematical Methods and Fluid Mechanics – I.


CO1

Compute drag and lift coefficients

CO2

Design channels

CO3

Compute flow profiles in channel transitions and analyze hydraulic transients

CO4

Design the working proportions of hydraulic machines

CO5

Analyze compressible flows of liquids and gases


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

2

-

3

-

-

-

2

CO2

2

-

-

3

-

-

1

2

CO3

3

-

-

3

2

2

2

3

CO4

1

-

-

3

2

-

1

2

CO5

3

-

-

1

-

-

2

2

Detailed Syllabus:

Boundary Layer Theory: Concepts of boundary layer flows, Laminar and turbulent boundary layers, Integral momentum equation for boundary layer flows, Boundary layer separation and control, Drag and lift.

Uniform Flow in Open Channels: Specific energy, Critical flow, Channel transitions, Uniform flow formulae, best hydraulic sections.

Steady Gradually Varied Flow: Non uniform flow in open channels, gradually varied flow equation, Type of GVF profiles, Computation of GVF profiles.

Steady Rapidly Varied Flow: Hydraulic jump in a horizontal rectangular channel, Specific force, Computation of energy loss.

Unsteady Flow: Celerity of a gravity wave, Monoclonal rising wave, Positive and negative surges, St. Venant’s equations, Method of characteristics, Hydraulic routing.

Hydraulic Similitude: Review of dimensional analysis, Similarity laws, and Model studies.

Hydraulic Machinery: Classification of hydraulic machines, Euler’s equation of turbo machines, one dimensional flow analysis and velocity triangles, Design of Pelton turbine, Design of Francis turbine, Design of centrifugal pump, Design of a Kaplan turbine/ axial flow pump, Selection of hydraulic machines.

Compressible Flows: Celerity of an elasticity wave, Area velocity relationships, Flow through nozzles, Constant area flow, Normal shocks, Water Hammer.

Reading:

1. Chow V.T. Open Channel Hydraulics, Blackburn Press , 2009.

2. Franck M White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications 2011.

3. Robert W. Fox Ogukuo H. Orutcgardm Alan T. Mc Donald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Student Edition 7th Wiley India Edition, 2011.

4. Subramnaya, K., Flow In Open Channel, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2008.

CE323

STRUCTURAL DESIGN -II

PCC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Mathematical Methods and Mechanics of Materials.


CO1

Design tension and compression members

CO2

Design beams and beam columns

CO3

Design bolt and weld connections

CO4

Design built up members and column base


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO2

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO4

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: General- Types of Steel – Mechanical behaviour of steel – Measures of Yielding – Measures of Ductility – Types of Structures – Structural Steel Sections.

Methods of Structural design: Introduction-Design Philosophies-Working Stress method-Ultimate Strength method-Load and Resistant factor- Limit State Method-Partial safety factor-Load-Load combinations-Classification of Cross sections- General aspects in the design.

Design of Steel fasteners: Types of fasteners – Riveted connections- Bolted connections- Assumptions- Failure of bolted joints – Strength of bolted joints – Design examples – Design of Welded connections – Butt weld- fillet weld – Design examples.

Design of Tension Members: General – Modes of Failure of Tension member- Analysis of Tension members- Example - Design steps – Design examples – Lug angles – Design.

Design of Compression Members: General – Strength of Compression members- Design

Compressive strength- Example on analysis of Compression members – Design of Angle struts – Design Examples- Built up Columns- Design of Lacing – Design of Battens- Design Examples- Design of Roof members.

Design of Beams: General- Lateral Stability of Beams- Bending Strength of Beams – Plastic Section Modulus - Design Examples.

Design of Beam Columns: Behaviour of members under combined loading – Modes of Failures – Design Examples.

Design of Column Splices and Column Base: Design of Column Splice-Design Examples- Design of Column Base- Slab Base- Gusseted Base- Design Examples.

Design of Eccentric Connections: Design of Brackets- Type-1 and Type 2 – Moment Resistant connections - Design Examples.

Design of Plate Girder: General- Components of Plate Girder- Optimum depth – Bending Strength

– Shear Strength – Shear Buckling- Simple Post critical method- Tension Field method- Stiffeners-Bearing- Transverse stiffeners - Design Examples.

Reading:

1. Design of Steel Structures – Duggal.

2. Design of Steel structures – Bhavikatti S S.

3. IS-800-2007.

4. Design of Steel Structures - Arya & Azmani.

CE422 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Civil Engineering Materials.


CO1

Identify the factors to be considered in planning and construction of buildings.

CO2

Understand the construction practices and techniques

CO3

Plan a building following the bye-laws

CO4

Understand the techniques of damp proofing and fire resistance


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

2

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO2

3

3

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

2

1

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO4

1

2

-

3

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Functional Planning of buildings: General aspects to consider for planning, bye-laws and regulations, Selection of site for building construction, Principles of planning, Orientation of building and its different elements, Components of building.

Masonry: Definitions of terms used in masonry, Materials used, Stone masonry, Brick masonry, Different bonds used for brick masonry, Composite masonry.

Floors and Roofs: Components of a floor, materials used for floor construction, Different types of flooring, Ground floor and upper floors, Types of roofs, Basic roofing elements and Roof coverings.

Doors and Windows: Location of roofs and windows, Definition of technical terms, Size of doors and windows, Door frames, Types of doors and windows, Ventilators, Fixtures and fastenings.

Damp proofing, Fire protection and Thermal insulation: Causes and effect of dampness on buildings, Materials and methods used for damp proofing, Fire hazards, Grading of buildings according to fire resistance, Fire resisting properties of common building materials, Fire resistant construction, General methods of thermal insulation and thermal insulating materials.

Reading:

1. Varghese P. C. Building construction, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2008.

2. Punmia B. C., Jain A. J. and Jain A. J. Building construction, Laxmi Publications, 2005.

3. Arora S. P., and Bindra S. P. The text book of building construction, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.

4. Design of Steel Structures - Arya & Azmani.

CE325

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Civil Engineering Materials.


CO1

Identify Quality Control tests on concrete making materials

CO2

Understand the behavior of fresh and hardened concrete

CO3

Design concrete mixes as per IS and ACI codes

CO4

Understand the durability requirements of concrete

CO5

Understand the need for special concretes


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

2

3

2

-

-

-

2

CO2

-

2

3

2

-

-

-

2

CO3

-

2

3

2

-

-

-

2

CO4

-

2

3

2

-

-

-

2

CO5

-

1

-

1

-

-

-

2

Detailed Syllabus:

Concrete Making Materials: Cement, Fine Aggregate, Coarse aggregate, Water, Chemical & Mineral admixtures.

Hydration of Cement: Bogue’s compounds, Hydration, Gel formation, Types of cement, pore & capillary water.

Quality tests on cement: Different test on cement as per Indian standards

Aggregates: Tests on aggregates as per Indian standards, Bulking of sand, Sieve analysis – Grading.

Fresh concrete: Properties of fresh concrete- Workability – different tests of workability- Factors influencing workability compaction, finishing, curing.

Hardened concrete: Tests on hardened concrete as per IS codes – Relationship between different strengths – factors influencing strength, NDT techniques.

Durability: Factors influencing durability – Chemical effects on concrete- Carbonation, Sulphate attack, Chloride attack.

Concrete Mix design: Different methods of mix design – factors affecting mix design – exercises.

Special concrete: Heavy density concrete, underwater concrete, self-compacting concrete, light weight concrete etc.

Reading:

1. Properties of Concrete – AM Nevelli – 5th Ed, Prentice Hall Publishers, 2012.

2. Concrete Technology – M. S. Shetty – S Chand Co., Publishers – 2006.

3. Concrete Technology – M. L. Gambhir – Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers – 2012.

CE228

HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LABORATORY

0 – 0 – 3 2 Credits

Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Laboratory.


CO1

Compute drag coefficients

CO2

Test the performance of pumps and turbines

CO3

Determine Manning’s and Chezy’s coefficients for smooth and rough channels

CO4

Determine Energy loss in Hydraulic jump and Calibrate standing wave flume


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

3

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

3

-

-

1

-

-

-

CO3

-

3

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

3

-

1

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Determination of Manning’s and Chezy’s coefficients for smooth and rough channels by gradually varied flow method.

2. Determination of Energy loss in Hydraulic jump.

3. Calibration of standing wave flume.

4. Determination Velocity distributions in open channels.

5. Rainfall-runoff model by basic hydrology system.

6. Computation of pressure drag coefficient for flow past a cylinder in a subsonic wind tunnel.

7. Performance Characteristics of single stage centrifugal pump, multi stage centrifugal pump,

8. Submersible pumps, and varying speed centrifugal pump.

9. Performance Characteristics of Pelton turbine, Francis turbine, and Kaplan turbine.

Reading:

1. K.L.Kumar. “Engineering Fluid Mechanics” Experiments, Eurasia Publishing House, 1997.

2. Jagdish Lal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan Book Co, Delhi, 1995.

CE226

COMPUTER AIDED BUILDING DRAWING

PCC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits

Prerequisites: Engineering Graphics.


CO1

Draw the plan, section and elevation of a building

CO2

Create, analyze and produce 2D drawings of buildings in AUTO CAD environment

CO3

Detailing building plans in CAD environment


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Getting started with AutoCAD.

2. Understanding the basic commands.

3. Executing Electric drawings.

4. Executing Mechanical drawings.

5. Drawing a civil engineering structures with design notations.

6. Drawing various plans and elevations.

7. Executing a spiral stair case in 3D.

Reading:

1. AutoCAD Manual.

CE327

CONCRETE LABORATORY

PCC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits

Prerequisites: Civil Engineering Materials and Concrete Technology.


CO1

Conduct Quality Control tests on concrete making materials

CO2

Conduct Quality Control tests on fresh & hardened concrete

CO3

Design and test concrete mix

CO4

Conduct Non-destructive tests on concrete


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

2

3

-

2

-

-

1

CO2

1

2

3

-

2

-

-

1

CO3

1

2

-

-

-

-

-

1

CO4

1

2

-

-

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Determination of Fineness and Specific Gravity of cement.

2. Determination of consistency of standard Cement Paste.

3. Determination of initial and Final Setting times of Cement.

4. Determination of Compressive Strength of Cement.

5. Determination of Fineness modulus of Coarse and Fine Aggregates.

6. Determination of percentage of voids, Bulk density, Specific Gravity of coarse and Fine Aggregates.

7. Workability Tests: Slump Cone Test, Compaction factor test, Vee-Bee consistometer Test.

8. Preparing and curing concrete specimens for tests & Determination of compressive strength of concrete cubes.

9. Study of stress - strain characteristics of concrete and tests for tensile strength of concrete.

10. Experiments to demonstrate the use of non-destructive test equipment.

11. Mix Design: IS Code method.

Reading:

1. Properties of Concrete, AM Nevelli – 5th Ed, Prentice Hall Publishers, 2012.

2. Concrete Technology, M. S. Shetty – S Chand Co., Publishers, 2006.

3. Concrete Technology, M. L. Gambhir – Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers, 2012.

HS311

MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY

HSC

3 – 0 – 0 3 Credits



CO1

Prepare accounting records and summarize and interpret the accounting data for managerial decisions

CO2

Understand the macro-economic environment of the business and its impact on enterprise

CO3

Understand cost elements of the product and its effect on decision making

CO4

Understand the concepts of financial management and smart investment


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

1

-

-

1

-

1

1

CO2

-

1

-

-

1

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

-

2

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Engineering Economics: Introduction to Engineering Economics – Fundamental concepts – Time value of money – Cash flow and Time Diagrams – Choosing between alternative investment proposals – Methods of Economic analysis. The effect of borrowing on investment- Various concepts of National Income – Significance of National Income estimation and its limitations, Inflation –Definition – Process and Theories of Inflation and measures to control, New Economic Policy 1991 – Impact on industry.

Accountancy: Accounting Principles, Procedure – Double entry system – Journal – Ledger, Trail Balance – Cash Book – Preparation of Trading, Profit and Loss Account – Balance sheet.

Cost Accounting – Introduction – Classification of costs – Methods of costing – Techniques of costing – Cost sheet and preparation of cost sheet- Breakeven Analysis – Meaning and its application, Limitations.

Reading:

1. Engineering Economic Principles, Henry Malcom Stenar- McGraw Hill Pub.

2. “Modern Economic Theory”, Siltan Chand & Co.

3. Agrawal AN, “Indian Economy”, Dewett K.K., - Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi.

4. “Accounting Part-I’, Jain and Narang - Kalyani Publishers.

5. “Cost Accounting”, Arora, M.N. - Vikas Publications.

CE312 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS -1

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Mechanics of Materials.


CO1

Formulate Equilibrium and compatibility equations for structural members

CO2

Analyze one dimensional and two dimensional problems using classical methods

CO3

Analyze indeterminate structures

CO4

Analyse structures for gravity loads, moving loads and lateral loads


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO2

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO4

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Fixed and Continuous beams: Analysis of fixed and continuous beams for shear force and bending moment-Statement of Clapeyron’s theorem of three moments - deflection of fixed beams - effect of sinking of supports.

Column Analogy Method: Principle - Application to fixed beams - Application to non-prismatic members - stiffness coefficients.

Slope - Deflection Method: Principle of the method - analysis and application to continuous beams - portal frames (single bay - Single storey).

Moment-Distribution Method: Principle of the method - analysis of continuous beams and portal frames (single storey - single bay).

Moving Loads: Maximum bending moment and shear force diagrams for simply supported spans traversed by single point load - two concentrated loads - Uniformly distributed load, shorter and longer than the span - enveloping parabola and equivalent uniformly distributed load, determination of maximum bending moment and shear force for a system of concentrated loads on simply supported girders - focal length of a girder - counter bracing.

Influence Lines: (a) Influence lines for reaction bending moment and shear force diagrams for simply supported beams - stresses in members of statically determinate pin jointed plane frames due to moving loads.

Reading:

1. L.S. Negi, Theory and Problems in Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Pub, 1997.

2. Junarkar. S. B and Shah H.J- Mechanics of Structures Vol 1 & Vol.2 – 27th Edition, Charotar Publishers, 2008.

3. Wang C.K. - Intermediate Structural Analaysis – Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers, 2010.

CE313 STRUCTURAL DESIGN – I

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Concrete Technology and Mechanics of Materials.


CO1

Design the Reinforced Concrete beams using limit state and working stress methods

CO2

Design Reinforced Concrete slabs

CO3

Design the Reinforced Concrete Columns and footings

CO4

Design structures for serviceability

CO5

Design stair cases, canopy, retaining wall and water tanks


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO2

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO4

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO5

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction- Review of Concrete making materials- Structural concrete- Grades- properties of Concrete- Modulus of elasticity-flexural strength-Characteristic and Design values-Partial safety factor.

Methods of design- Aims of design- RCC- Limit State method- Assumptions- Stress-Strain behavior of Steel and Concrete- Stress block parameters- Working stress method- comparison of design process.

Analysis and Design of Singly Reinforced Beams- Analysis of Singly Reinforced RC Section- Neutral axis-Balanced-Under Reinforced-Over Reinforced Sections- Moment of Resistance- Design parameters- Design examples.

Analysis and Design of Doubly Reinforced Beams- Necessity of Doubly Reinforced sections- Analysis of Doubly Reinforced RC Section-Moment of Resistance- Design parameters- Design.

Shear and Bond design of RCC- Shear forces in RC-Shear Resistance of RC- Truss analogy- design of Vertical stirrups-Bent-up bars- Limitation- Bond failure in RC- Check for bond resistance-Development length-Design for shear and bond.

Analysis and Design of Flanged Beams- Analysis of flanged RC section- Singly and Doubly reinforced-Effective flange width- Moment of Resistance- design examples.

Design of RCC Slabs- Design of One and Two way slabs- Effect of edge conditions- Moment of resistance-Torsion reinforcement at corners- Design examples.

Design of Continuous Slab and Beams- Effect of continuity- analysis of continuous beam/slab- Moment and shear coefficients for continuous beam/slab- Critical sections.

Design of RC Columns- Design principles of RC columns- Assumptions- Rectangular and Circular columns- Helical reinforcement- Minimum eccentricity-Use of Interaction diagrams for Axial load and Moment.

Design of RC Footings- RC footings-Minimum depth of footing- Safe bearing capacity- Design for Bending-Shear in One way and Shear in Two way- Transfer of load at base of column.

Design for Serviceability- Concept of Serviceability- Deflection- Span to depth ratio- Short term- Long term deflection due to Shrinkage, Creep- Cracking-Crack width calculation.

Design of Miscellaneous RC Structures- Design of Stair case – Design of Canopy Slab and Beam – Design of cantilever Retaining walls- Design of RC Circular Water tank- Design of single story RC Building.

Reading:

1. IS-456-2000, IS 3370(Part-IV), BIS 2000.

2. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (Limit State) – A.K.Jain, 1st Edition, Nemchand Brothers, Roorkee.

3. P.C. Verghese, Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2009.

CE316 HYDROLOGY

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics – II.


CO1

Analyse hydro-meteorological data

CO2

Estimate abstractions from precipitation

CO3

Compute yield from surface and subsurface basin

CO4

Develop rainfall-runoff models

CO5

Formulate and solve hydrologic flood routing models


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

3

-

-

-

2

-

-

CO2

3

3

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO3

3

1

-

3

2

-

1

2

CO4

2

2

-

2

2

3

-

2

CO5

1

1

-

-

2

3

-

2

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction- Description of Hydrologic Cycle, Overview of application of hydrology in engineering.

Forms and types of precipitation, basic concepts of weather systems, characteristics of precipitation in India.

Precipitation- Measurement of precipitation, types of rain gauges, rain gauge network, collection and presentation of rainfall data, Test for consistency and continuity of data, analysis of rainfall data, average precipitation over an area, intensity-duration-frequency analysis and depth-area- duration analysis.

Abstractions from Precipitation- Evaporation and Evaporation Process, measurement, estimation and control of evaporation, Evapotranspiration, measurement and estimation of evapotranspiration, interception and depression storage, Infiltration process, measurement of infiltration, infiltration models and infiltration indices and effective rainfall.

Stream Flow Measurement- Methods of measurement of stream flow, stage-discharge relationship, Runoff characteristics, catchment characteristics effecting the runoff, yield from a catchment, flow duration curve and flow mass curve.

Hydrograph Theory- Components of hydrograph, base flow separation, direct runoff hydrograph, Unit hydrograph theory, derivation of unit hydrograph, S-hydrograph and

instantaneous unit hydrograph, Derivation of unit hydrograph for ungauged catchments, conceptual models, synthetic unit hydrograph and its derivation.

Floods- Estimation of peak discharge, rational method, SCS method and unit hydrograph method, Design flood, return period, flood frequency analysis, probabilistic and statistical concepts. Gumbel’s and log Pearson Type III methods.

Flood Routing- Concepts of flow routing, hydraulic and hydrologic routing, Reservoir routing, Channel routing, Muskingum and Muskingum-Cunge methods of channel routing and flood forecasting.

Groundwater- Occurrence of groundwater, types of aquifers, aquifer properties, Groundwater movement, Darcy’s law, Conductivity and Transmissivity, yield from a well under steady state conditions, Pumping tests, unsteady flow in unconfined aquifers, well losses and specific capacity.

Reading:

1. Subrahmanya, K., 2008, Engineering Hydrology, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co., New Delhi.

2. Chow, V. T., Maidment and Mays, L. A., 2010, Applied Hydrology, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co., New York.

3. Viesmann W and Lewis G Lt (2008) “Introduction to Hydrology”. Prentice Hall of India.

CE314

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - I

PCC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics – II and Mechanics of Materials.


CO1

Characterise and classify soils

CO2

Identify shear strength parameters for field conditions

CO3

Compute and analyze the consolidation settlements

CO4

Understand the principles of compaction and its control


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO2

3

3

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO3

3

1

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO4

3

3

-

3

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Soil formation- Development of soil mechanics- Importance of soil engineering- Major soil deposits of India.

Basic Definitions and Relationships: 3-phase soil system, volumetric relationships and weight - volume relationships.

Determination of Index Properties: Water content, Specific gravity, Grain size distribution by sieve and hydrometer analysis, Relative density, Atterberg’s limits and indices.

Classification of Soils: Classification of soil systems – Particle size classification, Textural classification, AASHTO classification, Unified soil classification and Indian soil classification- Field identification of soils.

Soil Water: Types of soil water, Capillarity in soils, Permeability of soils, Darcy’s law, Determination of permeability of soils, Permeability of stratified soils, Seepage velocity, Absolute coefficient of permeability, Factors affecting permeability- Effective stress principle- Effective stress under different field conditions- Seepage pressure-Quick sand condition.

Compaction of Soils: Definition and importance of compaction – Standard Proctor compaction test, Modified compaction test- Factors affecting compaction- Influence of compaction on soil properties – Field compaction and its control.

Stress distribution in Soils: Importance of estimation of stresses in soils – Boussinesq’s and Westergaard’s theories for point loads, uniformly loaded circular and rectangular areas, pressure bulb, variation of vertical stress under point load along the vertical and horizontal planes – Newmark’s influence chart.

Consolidation: Types of compressibility, Types of compressibility – Immediate settlement – Primary consolidation and secondary consolidation – Stress history of clay, normally consolidated soil, over consolidated soil and under consolidated soil- preconsolidation pressure and its determination- Estimation of settlements -Terzaghi’s 1-D consolidation theory – Coefficient of consolidation and its determination.

Shear Strength: Definition and use of shear strength - Source of shear strength- Normal and Shear stresses on a plane – Mohr’s stress circle- Mohr-Coulomb failure theory- Measurement of shear strength, Drainage conditions -Direct shear test, Triaxial shear test, Unconfined compression test and vane shear test – Factors affecting shear strength of granular soils and cohesive soils.

Stability of Soil Slopes: Types of slopes – Types of slope failures – Slip circle method, Determination of centre of most critical slip circle – Taylor’s stability charts and their use. Stabilisation of soil slopes.

Reading:

1. “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics” by Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R. Rao, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

2. “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg” by V.N.S. Murthy, CBS Pub. New Delhi. 2007

CE225

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand weathering process and mass movement

CO2

Distinguish geological formations

CO3

Identify geological structures and processes for rock mass quality

CO4

Identify subsurface information and groundwater potential sites through geophysical investigations

CO5

Apply geological principles for mitigation of natural hazards and select sites for dams and tunnels


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

3

1

-

-

-

-

CO2

2

3

3

2

2

-

1

2

CO3

2

3

3

3

2

2

1

2

CO4

-

2

2

2

2

1

2

2

CO5

3

-

2

3

2

-

2

3

Detailed Syllabus:

General Geology: Branches and scope of geology, Importance of geology in Civil engineering. Earth-surface features and internal structure, weathering of rocks.

Mineralogy: Definition of a crystal and mineral, physical properties in mineral identification, rock forming minerals and their identification – quartz and its varieties, feldspar, hornblende, olivine, mica, garnet, kyanite, calcite, talc, bauxite, corundum, gypsum, fluorite, apatite, beryl, barite, asbestos, magnetite, hematite.

Petrology: Formation and classification of rocks – Igneous, Sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, their texture and structures, properties of granite, pegmatite, dolerite, gabbro, charnockite, basalt, sandstone, conglomerate, breccia, limestone, shale, laterite, schist, gneiss, quartzite, marble, khondalite and slate. Drilling Techniques, Core Recovery, RQD, Engineering Properties of Rocks

Structural Geology: Outcrop, Strike and dip, types and classifications of folds, faults, joints, unconformities.

Engineering properties of rocks: Drilling, Core recovery, RQD, Sample preparation, tests on rock samples - compression, tensile, shear and slake durability tests.

Ground Water: Water tables, aquifers, occurrence of ground water in different geological formations, springs, selection of a site for well sinking and ground water investigations.

Earthquakes and Landslides: Causes and effects of earthquakes and landslides, Remedial measures to prevent damage for engineering structures.

Subsurface Investigations: Soil Profile, Geophysical methods – Electrical Resistivity and Seismic refraction methods.

Dams: Types of dams, Requirements of dam sites, preliminary and detailed geological investigations for a dam site. Case histories of dam failures and their causes. Geology of the major dam sites of India. Factors affecting the seepage and leakage of reservoir and the remedial measures.

Tunnels: Purpose of tunneling, geological considerations for tunneling, geothermal step, over break, stand up time, and logging of tunnels.

Reading:

1. K.V.G.K. Gokhale, “Principles of Engineering Geology”, BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2005.

2. David George Price, “Engineering Geology: Principles and Practice”, Springer, 2009.

3. Chennakesavulu, N., “Text book of Engineering Geology”, Mac Millan Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

4. Parbin Singh., “Engineering and General Geology”, Katson Publishers, 2009.

CE317

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY

PCC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1

Determine index properties of soils

CO2

Classify soils

CO3

Determine engineering properties of soils


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

3

3

2

-

-

-

1

CO2

-

2

2

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

-

2

2

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Specific Gravity of soil particles.

2. Sieve Analysis.

3. Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit & Shrinkage Limit.

4. Proctor’s Standard Compaction Test.

5. Determination of Field Density.

6. Constant Head Permeameter Test.

7. Variable Head Permeameter Test.

8. Unconfined Compression Test.

9. Triaxial Compression Test (U.U Test).

10. Consolidation Test.

Reading:

Soil Mechanics Laboratory Manual.

CE227

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LABORATORY

PCC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1 Identify minerals and rocks

CO2

Measure strike and dip of the bedding planes

CO3

Interpret geological maps


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

2

3

3

2

1

1

1

CO2

2

3

2

2

2

1

2

2

CO3

1

3

2

2

2

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Introduction to Crystallography – Identification of Crystals.

2. Introduction of minerals and the study of Physical properties, Identification of Quartz and feldspars.

3. Identification of pyroxenes and Amphiboles and other silicates.

4. Identification of important economic minerals.

5. Identification of important ore deposits.

6. Identification of Igneous rocks.

7. Identification of Sedimentary rocks.

8. Identification of metamorphic rocks.

9. Structural geology- strike and dip, three and 3-point problems point problems.

10. Structural geology – Completion of out crops maps, order of superposition.

11. Subsurface analysis – Resistivity sounding.

12. Subsurface analysis – Seismic survey.

Reading:

1. Chennakesavulu, N., “Text book of Engineering Geology”, MacMillan Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

2. Structural Geology Manual.

CE322

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - II

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Theory of Structures – I.


CO1

Formulate Equilibrium and compatibility equations for structural members

CO2

Analyze one dimensional and two dimensional structures using matrix methods of structural analysis

CO3

Analyze structures up to three degrees of indeterminacy

CO4

Analyze cables and suspension bridges

CO5

Determine dynamic parameters for single degree of freedom vibration problems


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO2

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO4

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO5

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Kani’s Method: Application to continuous beams - yielding of supports - portal frames (Single bay - Single Storey) with and without side sway.

Deflection of Pin Jointed Plane Trusses: Deflection of Simple Plane trusses using Castigliano’s theorem No. 1 - Deflections due to thermal changes

Analysis of Indeterminate Pin Jointed Plane Trusses: Castigliano’s theorem No. 2 - Solution of statically indeterminate plane trusses with a maximum of two degrees of redundancy ( both external and internal) - assembly stresses due to lack of fit - stress due to temperature variations.

Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis: Basic structural principles - static and kinematics indeterminacies of a structure - flexibility and stiffness matrices - flexibility and stiffness influence coefficients.

Matrix Force (Flexibility) Method: Basic principles - choice of redundants - released structure - application of fixed beams, continuous beams and portal frame upto two degree static indeterminacy.

Matrix Displacement (Stiffness) Method: Concept of stiffness method - restrained structure - applications to continuous beams and portal frames upto two degree of kinematic indeterminacy.

Reading:

1. Junarkar. S. B and Shah H.J- Mechanics of Structures Vol 1 & Vol.2 – 27th Edition, Charotar Publishers, 2008.

2. Mario Paz, Structural Dynamics-Theory and Computation, 2nd Edition, CBS Publishers, 2010.

3. Wang C.K. - Intermediate Structural Analysis – Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers, 2010.

CE412

IRRIGATION ENGINEERING AND HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

PCC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Engineering Hydrology.


CO1

Plan an Irrigation System

CO2

Design irrigation canals and canal network

CO3

Plan and design diversion head works

CO4

Design irrigation canal structures

CO5

Analyze gravity and earth dams

CO6

Design spillways and energy dissipations works


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

2

-

3

1

-

2

2

CO2

2

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

2

2

-

3

1

-

-

1

CO4

2

2

-

3

1

-

-

1

CO5

3

1

1

3

-

-

-

1

CO6

2

2

-

3

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Irrigation Systems: Types of irrigation systems, Soil moisture, Irrigation water requirements, Irrigation efficiencies, Methods of application of irrigation water, Water logging.

Canal Systems: Types of canals, Principles of design of stable irrigation canals, Silt theories, Tractive force theory, Design of lined canal, Design of longitudinal section.

Surface and subsurface flow analysis in hydraulic structures: Hydraulic structures on permeable foundations, Seepage theories, Principles of design of hydraulic structures on permeable foundation, Principles of energy dissipation.

Design of diversion head works: Types of hydraulic structures, Layout of a diversion head work, Design of vertical drop weir, Design of sloping glacis weir.

Design of Canal Structures: Canal regulators, Types of canal falls, Design of Sarda type fall, Design of straight glacis fall, Types of cross drainage works, Design of canal fluming, Design of aqueduct/ syphon aqueduct.

Gravity Dams: Types of storage head works, Forces acting on gravity dams, Analysis of gravity dams, Profile of a gravity dam.

Earth dams: Types of earth dams, Causes of failure of earth dams, Seepage analysis, Seepage control, Stability analysis.

Spillways and energy dissipation systems: Types of spillways, Design of Ogee spillway, Design of stilling basins.

Reading:

1. Modi P.M, Irrigation Water Resources and Hydropower Engineering, Standard Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2000.

2. Arora K.L. Irrigation Water Resources Engineering, Standard Book Publishing Co., Delhi, 1996.

3. Asawa G.L., Irrigation and Engineering, New Age Publishing Co., Delhi, 1996.

4. Murthy C.S.N., Water Resources Engineering – Principles and Practice, New Age

Publishing Company, Delhi, 2002.

CE414

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

PCC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Chemistry and Engineering Hydrology.


CO1

Analyze characteristics of water and wastewater

CO2

Estimate the quantity of drinking water and domestic wastewater generated

CO3

Design components of water supply systems

CO4

Design sewerage system


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

3

3

-

-

-

2

-

CO2

2

2

-

-

-

3

2

-

CO3

3

2

-

3

2

-

2

1

CO4

3

2

-

3

2

-

2

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Sources, Quality and Quantity Perspectives of Water: Surface sources, subsurface sources, physical characteristics, chemical characteristics, biological characteristics, water quantity estimation, water consumption rate, fluctuations in rate of demand, design periods, population forecasting methods.

Collection and Conveyance of Water: Intakes, types of Intakes, factors governing location of intakes, pumps, types of conduits, types of pipes, pipe appurtenances

Purification of Water – Water Treatment: Operations involved in water treatment, screening, plain sedimentation, sedimentation aided with coagulation, filtration, disinfection, water softening, miscellaneous treatments.

Distribution System: Requirements of a good distribution system, methods of distribution, systems of supply of water, Distribution reservoirs, layout of distribution system, design of distribution system, analysis of pipe networks of distribution system, appurtenances in distribution system, detection and prevention of wastage of water in a distribution system.

Quality and Quantity Perspectives of Sewage: Physical, chemical and biological characteristics of sewage, analysis of sewage, estimation of dry weather flow, estimation of storm water flow.

Sewers and sewer appurtenances: Hydraulic design of sewers: hydraulic formulae for design of sewers, minimum velocity of flow in sewers, maximum velocity of flow in sewers, effect of variation in flow of sewage on velocity of flow in sewers, forms of sewers, design of storm water drains. Construction of sewers: factors affecting the selection of material for sewer construction, materials for sewers, joints in sewers, shapes of sewers, maintenance, cleaning & ventilation of sewers. Sewer appurtenances.

Treatment of sewage: Preliminary & primary treatment of sewage: screening, grit removal basins, tanks for removal of oil and grease, sedimentation, sedimentation aided with coagulation. Secondary treatment of sewage: activated sludge process, sewage filtration, miscellaneous methods such as oxidation ditch, oxidation ponds, aerated lagoons, rotating biological

contractors. Treatment and disposal of sludge, on-site disposal methods, advanced sewage treatment, treated effluent disposal & reuse.

Reading:

1. Peavy, H.S, Rowe, D.R., and G. Tchobanoglous (1985), Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill Inc., New York.

2. P.N. Modi (2006), Water supply Engineering – Environmental Engineering (Vol.I) – Standard Book House.

3. S.K. Garg (1999), Water supply Engineering – Environmental Engineering (Vol.I) – Khanna Publishers.

4. P.N. Modi (2008), Sewage treatment & Disposal and waste water Engineering – Environmental Engineering (Vol.II) – Standard Book House.

5. S.K. Garg (1999), Sewage Disposal and Air Pollution Engineering – Environmental Engineering (Vol.II) – Khanna Publishers.

6. Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. (2003), Waste water Engineering Treatment and Reuse, McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi.

7. Masters, G.M. (1994), Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

8. Ruth F. Weiner and Robin A. Matthews (2003), Environmental Engineering, Butterworth- Heineman.

9. Nicholas P. Cheremisinoff (2002), Handbook of Water and Wastewater Treatment Technologies, Butterworth- Heineman.

CE326

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING

PCC

4 – 0 – 0

4 Credits



CO1

Plan highway networks

CO2

Design highway geometrics.

CO3

Design Intersections and prepare traffic management plans.

CO4

Design flexible and rigid pavements.

CO5

Understand the principles of construction and maintenance of highways


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

3

-

-

-

3

-

-

CO2

-

3

-

3

-

3

-

-

CO3

-

3

-

3

1

2

-

-

CO4

3

-

3

3

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Highway Network Planning: Different modes of transportation, role of highway transportation, classification, network patterns, planning surveys, preparation of plans, final report, master plan, evaluation by saturation system, 20 year road development plans, salient features, determination of road lengths, introduction to highway economics.

Highway Alignment and Geometric Design: Principles of highway alignment, requirements, controlling factors, engineering surveys, importance of geometric design, design controls and criteria, cross section elements, pavement surface characteristics, camber, carriageway, kerbs, road margins, formation, right of way, typical cross sections. Sight distance, stopping sight distance, overtaking sight distance, sight distance at intersections. Design of horizontal alignment, super elevation, transition curves. Design of vertical alignment, gradients, vertical curves.

Traffic Engineering Principles: Traffic characteristics; components of traffic stream: flow-speed- Density, measurement and analysis, q-k-v relationships, design hourly volume, concept of EPCU, capacity and level of service. Parking studies and accident studies. Design of intersections, at grade intersections, channelized and rotary. Introduction to grade separated intersections, cloverleaf, trumpet, flyovers.

Traffic Management and Control: Traffic regulations, one-way streets, traffic signs, road markings, signals, warrants. Design of isolated fixed time signal, introduction to signal coordination.

Pavement Materials and Mix Design: Subgrade soil properties, CBR test, aggregates, desirable properties, tests, bituminous materials, bitumen and tar, tests. Bituminous mixes, requirements, design, Marshall Method.

Design of Pavements: Types of pavement structures, functions of pavement components, design factors. Design of flexible pavements, methods, GI method, CBR method, IRC method, Burmister’s method. Design of rigid pavements, design considerations, wheel load stresses, temperature stresses, frictional stresses, design of joints, IRC method of rigid pavement design.

Highway Construction: Types of highway construction, construction of earth roads, gravel roads, WBM roads. Bituminous pavements, types, surface dressing, penetration macadam, built up spray grout, bitumen bound macadam, bituminous carpet, bituminous concrete. Cement concrete pavements.

Highway Maintenance: Pavement failures, causes, failures in flexible pavements and rigid pavements. Maintenance of highways, routine maintenance, periodic maintenance, special

repairs. Strengthening of existing pavements, evaluation, overlay design. Highway drainage, surface and sub-surface drainage.

Reading:

1. Kadiyali L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, India, 1997.

2. Khanna, S.K. and C.E.G. Justo Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee, India, 2001.

3. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. Specifications for Road and Bridge Works, Fourth Edition, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2001.

4. IRC Codes of Practices

5. Papacostas C.S. and PD Prevedouros. Transportation Engineering and Planning, Third Edition. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, India, 2002.

6. Jotin Khisty C. and B. Kent Lall. Transportation Engineering – An Introduction, Third Edition. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, India, 2002.

7. Chakroborty, P. and A. Das Principles of Transportation Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, India, 2005.

8. Rao G.V. Principles of Transportation and Highway Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, India, 1996.

9. McShane, W.R. and R.P. Roess Traffic Engineering, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA, 1990.

10. Huang, Y.H. Pavement Analysis and Design, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA, 2004.

CE324

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - II

PCC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Geotechnical Engineering – I.


CO1

Determine the earth pressures on foundations and retaining structures

CO2

Analyze shallow and deep foundations

CO3

Calculate the bearing capacity of soils and foundation settlements

CO4

Understand soil exploration methods


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

3

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

3

3

2

-

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Lateral Earth Pressures: Lateral earth pressure theory, Different types of earth pressures, Rankine’s active and passive earth pressures, pressure distribution diagram for lateral earth pressures against retaining walls for different conditions in cohesionless and cohesive soils, Coulomb’s active and passive earth pressure theory, Culmann’s graphical construction, Problems.

Bearing capacity of foundation: Bearing capacity – Basic Definitions, Factors affecting bearing capacity, Estimation of Bearing capacity by different methods, Analytical measures – Terzaghi’s and Meyerhof methods and calculations, Field measures – SPT, CPT and Plate load tests.

Settlement of foundation: Settlement analysis – Types of foundation settlement, Components of settlements - their estimation, Allowable settlement values, Effects, Causes and remedial measures of total and differential settlements

Shallow foundations: Types of shallow foundations and choice, basic requirements, Significance of these foundations

Pile foundations: Classification and uses, Load carrying capacity calculations by different methods – static methods, dynamic methods, in-situ penetration tests, piles load test; Negative skin friction; under reamed pile foundations; Pile groups – Necessity, Efficiency, Group capacity and settlements.

Well foundations; Types of casissons and their construction; Different shapes of wells, component parts and forces; Estimation of bearing capacity; sinking of wells and remedial measures for tilts and shifts.

Soil Exploration: Introduction and different methods – Direct methods, Semi-direct and Indirect methods; Sampling in soils and rocks; subsurface exploration program - Preparation of bore logs and preparation of exploration report

Reading:

1. Murthy V.N.S (2007): Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering – CBS publications, Delhi.

2. Das, BM (2009): Geotechnical engineering – Cengage learning, New Delhi.

3. Gopal Ranjan, Rao ASR (2000): Basic and applied soil mechanics – New age publication, Delhi.

4. Iqbal H Khan (2007): Geotechnical Engineering – Prentice Hall, Delhi.

CE417

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY

PCC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits

Prerequisites: Chemistry Laboratory.


CO1

Determine physical, chemical and biological characteristics of water and wastewater

CO2

Determine optimum dosage of coagulant

CO3

Determine break - point chlorination

CO4

Assess the quality of water and wastewater


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

3

3

-

-

-

2

-

CO2

-

2

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

2

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

2

3

2

1

2

2

-

Detailed Syllabus:

1. Determination of pH.

2. Determination of Conductivity.

3. Determination of Acidity of water.

4. Determination of Alkalinity of Water.

5. Determination of Chlorides.

6. Determination of Hardness of water.

7. Determination of Fluorides.

8. Determination of Available Chlorine in bleaching powder.

9. Conducting Break Point Chlorination Test.

10. Determination of Residual Chlorine.

11. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen.

12. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand.

13. Determination of Biochemical Oxygen Demand.

14. Conducting Jar test for determining optimum dosage of coagulant.

15. Determination of Total Solids, Total Dissolved Solids & Settelable Solids.

Reading:

1. Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater. (2012). 21st Edition, Washington: APHA.

2. Sawyer, C. N., McCarty, P. L., and Perkin, G.F., Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science, 5th edition McGraw-Hill Inc., 2002

3. B. Kotaiah and Dr. N. Kumara Swamy, Environmental Engineering Laboratory Manual, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 1st Ed., 2007.

CE425 CIVIL ENGINEERING SOFTWARE APPLICATION LABORATORY

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits



CO1

Understand the need for software tools in analysis and design of Civil Engineering Systems

CO2

Identify the available open source software tools used for specific problems in Civil Engineering

CO3

Use the latest software tools for Modeling, Analysis and Design of Civil Engineering Systems


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

1

-

2

1

2

-

-

CO2

-

1

-

2

1

2

-

-

CO3

2

3

1

3

2

3

1

2

Detailed Syllabus:

This laboratory provides training to the students in using popular software’s for various Civil Engineering Applications as mentioned below.

S. No.

Software

Application

1

SAP

Structural analysis and Design

2

ETABS

Integrated Analysis, Design and Drafting of Building Systems.

3

Plaxis

Geotechnical modeling software

4

Civil 3D

Computer aided Drafting, used for all Civil Engineering Drawings

5

MxRoad Suite

Modeling software for Road & Highway design, Rehabilitation and Renewal

6

MIKE-SHE

Hydrologic and Hydraulic modeling

7

HEC-HMS

Hydrologic Modeling system

8

SWMM

Storm Water Management Model

9

SWAT

Soil and water Assessment Tool

10

EPANET

Hydraulic and water quality behavior of water distribution system

11

OPEN FOAM

Fluid flow Simulation and Analysis

Reading:

Software manuals

CE401 ESTIMATION AND VALUATION

PCC

1 – 0 – 3

3 Credits

Prerequisites: Building Planning and Construction, Building Drawing, Engineering Economics and Accountancy.


CO1

Prepare quantity estimates for buildings, roads, rails and canal works

CO2

Calculate the quantity of materials required for civil engineering works as per specifications

CO3

Evaluate contracts and tenders in construction practices

CO4

Prepare cost estimates


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

2

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

2

-

-

3

-

-

-

CO3

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction to estimates: Purpose of estimating; Different types of estimates - their function and preparation; Building estimates: Schedule of rates, Units of measurements, units of works; Road Estimates – Volume of earthwork, Different methods, Earthwork for hill roads; Railway and canal works – Estimates for a new track railway line; earthwork in canals.

Analysis of rates: Preparation for analysis of rates. Quantity of materials per unit rate of work, labour estimate.

Specifications: Necessity, types of specifications, specifications for different civil engineering materials.

Contracts: Essentials of contracts, types of engineering contracts – advantages and disadvantages.

Tenders: tender forms, tender documents & notices – time limits, necessity.

Valuation: Purpose, difference between value and cost, qualifications and functions of a valuer, scrap & salvage value, sinking fund, capitalised value.

Reading:

1. Chakraborti, M, Estimation, costing, specifications and valuation in civil engineering – National Halftone Co. Calcutta, 2005.

2. Dutta B.N., Estimation and costing in civil engineering: theory and practice – UBS Publishers Distributors Ltd, 2006.

3. Birdie, G.S. - Estimation and costing in civil engineering – Dhanpat Rai Publishing co. ltd.

CE328

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LABORATORY

0 – 0 – 3 2 Credits

Prerequisites: Transportation Engineering.


CO1

Conduct traffic studies for estimating traffic flow characteristics

CO2

Characterize the pavement materials

CO3

Perform quality control tests on pavements and pavement materials

CO4

Estimate earth work from longitudinal and cross-section details

CO4

Design grade intersections


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Volume studies - Direction, duration and classification of traffic volume at mid-block section and intersections, manual and mechanical methods, and headway distributions.

Speed studies - Spot speed studies – radar speed meters.

Parking Surveys- Parking inventory and turnover studies and drivers characteristics.

Tests on Aggregates- Aggregates: Gradation- Shape tests-Aggregate Impact Test- Los Angeles Abrasion Test – Compressive strength of Aggregates- Specific Gravity Test and Water Absorption Test.

Tests on Bitumen- Penetration Test-Ductility Test- Softening point Test-Flash and Fire Point Test- Viscosity test- Marshall Stability Mix Design-Analysis, Binder content determination Design of Roundabout and earth work calculations.

Reading:

1. Mc Shane, WR and RP Roess, Traffic Engineering, Prentice Hall.

2. Pignataro LJ. Traffic Engineering: Theory and Practice; Prentice hall, Inc.

3. L.R. Kadiyali, Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning, Khanna Publishers.

4. All laboratory tests are as per IS, ASTM, AASHTO, TRL, IRC, BS procedures /

specifications and guidelines.

CE418

PROJECT WORK

PRC

0 – 0 – 3

2 Credits

Prerequisites:.


CO1

Work in a team to select a problem for project work

CO2

Review and evaluate the available literature on the chosen problem

CO3

Formulate the methodology to solve the identified problem

CO4

Apply the principles, tools and techniques to solve the problem

CO5 Prepare and present project report


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

CO2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

CO3

3

1

1

3

3

2

1

1

CO4

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

2

CE422

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT

3 – 0 – 0 3 Credits

Prerequisites: Engineering Economics and Accountancy.


CO1

Understand the roles and responsibilities of a project manager

CO2

Prepare schedule of activities in a construction project

CO3

Prepare tender and contract document for a construction project

CO4

Understand safety practices in construction industry

CO5

Identify the equipment used in construction


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

2

-

-

3

2

2

3

CO2

-

-

-

-

3

2

2

3

CO3

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

3

CO4

-

-

-

-

3

3

-

3

CO5

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Importance of Project Management, Role of Project manager, Stakeholders in construction project, Different types of projects, similarities & dissimilarities in projects., Time, Scope & Money, Knowledge areas & Processes involved in construction projects, WBS of a major work, with examples, Planning, monitoring & executing, Planning, sequencing, scheduling, Bar Charts, Networks, CPM, PERT, Upgrading, Cash flow diagram, resource levelling & resource allocation, Crashing of project, Cost Optimization, Invoicing, Preparation of RA bill, Safety in construction, Estimation, Tenders & Contracts.

Equipment for construction, Construction Finances – decision making, Construction of piles, Construction of Tunnels, Construction of cofferdams.

Reading:

1. Puerifoy R.L. - Construction Planning Equipment & methods.

2. Punmia and Khandelwal K.K. - Project Planning and Control - Laxmi Publ. Delhi.

3. Srivatsava, 1998. Management in Construction Industry.

4. Antil & Woodh - Critical Path Method in Construction - Wiley International.

5. Mahesh Varma - Construction Planning and Equipment - Metropolitan Co.

6. Choudhary S. - Project Management - Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

CE426

PROJECT WORK

PRC

0 – 0 – 6

4 Credits

Prerequisites: Engineering Economics and Accountancy.


CO1

Work in a team to select a problem for project work

CO2

Review and evaluate the available literature on the chosen problem

CO3

Formulate the methodology to solve the identified problem

CO4

Apply the principles, tools and techniques to solve the problem

CO5

Prepare and present project report


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

CO2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

CO3

3

1

1

3

3

2

1

1

CO4

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

2

CE421 STRUCTURAL DESIGN -IV

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Design of concrete structures.


CO1

Understand the concepts of pre-stressing in concrete structures and identify the materials for pre-stressing

CO2

Analyse a Pre-stressed Concrete section

CO3

Estimate losses of pre-stressing

CO4

Design pre-tensioned and post tensioned girders for flexure and shear

CO5

Design continuous pre-tensioned and post tensioned beams


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

2

-

1

-

-

1

CO2

1

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

1

1

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO5

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Fundamentals of prestressing - Classification and types of prestressing- Concrete Strength and strain characteristics - Steel mechanical properties - Auxiliary Materials like duct formers.

Prestressing Systems: Principles of pretensioning and post tensioning - study of common systems of prestressing for wires strands and bars.

Losses of Prestress: Losses of prestress in pre tensioned and post tensioned members - I.S. code provisions.

Analysis of Sections: In flexure, simple sections in flexure, kern distance - cable profile - limiting zones - composite sections cracking moment of rectangular sections.

Design of Simply Supported Beams: Allowable stress as per I.S. 1343 - elastic design of rectangular and I-sections.

Shear and Bond: Shear and bond is prestressed concrete beams - conventional design of shear reinforcement - Ultimate shear strength of a section - Prestress transfer in pretensioned beams- Principles of end block design.

Reading:

1. Krishna Raju. N “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata Mc Graw Hill.

2. Lin.T.Y, “Prestressed concrete”, Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co.

3. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.

CE411 STRUCTURAL DESIGN-III

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Design of steel structures.


CO1

Design steel gantry girders and portal frames

CO2

Design connections for different loading conditions

CO3

Design storage structures, bunkers and silos

CO4

Design light weight metal structures


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO2

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO5

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Detailed Design of Steel Gantry Girders.

Detailed Design of Portal Frames-Single bay two storey.

Detailed Design of Gable Structures.

Detailed Design of Knee Brace.

Detailed Design of Light weight metal structures.

Design of connections-Shear and Flexure Design.

Detailed Design of Steel Bunkers.

Detailed Design of Silos.

Detailed Design of Self Supported Chimneys.

Reading:

1. Design of Steel Structures, Arya and Azmani, Nem Chand Brothers, Roorkee, 2004

2. Punmia B.C, Ashok Kr. Jain, Arun Kr. Jain, RCC Designs (Reinforced Concrete Design), 10th Edition, Lakshmi Publishers, 2006.

3. Ramachandra, Design of Steel Structures, 12th Edition, Standard Publishers, 2009.

CE212 : Strength of Materials

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Strength of Materials and Mathematical Methods.


CO1

Apply principles of elasticity theory to determine stresses and strains

CO2

Apply theory of elasticity and formulate plane stress and plane strain problems

CO3

Apply experimental techniques using strain gauges to solve field problems.

CO4 Apply principles of photoelasticity to solve elastic problems


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO2

2

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO3

2

2

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO4

2

3

-

1

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction to Theory of Elasticity, Assumptions made in strength of materials and theory of Elasticity, Necessary and sufficient conditions for analyzing a structure, State of stress at a point, Specification of stress at a point-Determination of Normal thrust and Shear stress, Problems on Specification of stress at a point.

Concept of Orthogonal Transformation of axes and Problems, Determination of Stress invariants, Determination of Principal Stresses and Planes, Determination of Maximum Shear Stresses and their corresponding planesems, Tresca’s criteria.

Derivation of Equilibrium conditions in three dimensions, Concept of Strain at a point, Determination of Normal and Shear Strain, Generalized Hooke’s Law and problems on interrelationship between stress and Strain in three dimensions, Formulation of a stress analysis problem using the necessary and sufficient conditions in three dimensions and modifying the same to identify the unknowns in plane cases, Derivation of Airy’s Stress function using the boundary conditions, equilibrium equations, compatibility conditions.

Solution to stress analysis problems, Torsion of circular shafts, Strain Measurement- Types of Strain gauges, Characteristics of ideal strain gauges, gauge factor, Strain gauge-Rosettes, Introduction to two dimensional photo elasticity, Stress-Optic law.

Reading:

1. Timoshenko and Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill 2010.

2. Sadhu Singh, Applied Stress Analysis, 4th Edition, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

3. J.W. Dally and W.F.Riley, Experimental Stress Analysis, 3rd Edition, Mc Gram Hill.

CE322

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS -II

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Physics, Mathematical Methods and Engineering Mechanics.


CO1

Analyse single degree of freedom systems without damping and with damping

CO2

Analyse multi degree freedom system and continuous systems using iterative techniques.

CO3

Evaluate dynamic response using numerical methods

CO4

Draw mode shapes and determine coefficients


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

3

-

-

1

2

CO2

2

-

-

3

-

-

1

2

CO3

2

-

-

3

-

-

1

2

CO4

2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Steady state forcing functions - Damping Vibrations system - Greens Function for computing response under general type of excitation.

Multidegree of Freedom Systems: Free vibration - Determination of Natural frequencies and mode shapes - Vanello Stodola and Matrix iteration methods - Energy methods - Forced vibrations - Lagrange’s equation - Simple applications.

Continuous Systems: Free and forced vibrations of beams - Approximate solutions - Rayleigh and Rayleigh - Ritz Methods - Vibrations of building frames - Model Analysis.

Numerical evaluation of dynamic response – Time stepping method – methods based of interpolation of excitation – central difference method – Newmark’s method.

Reading:

1. Structural Dynamics - Theory & Computations - Mario Paz, Van Nostrand Co., Inc., 1980.

2. Vibration problems in Engineering - Timoshenko Van Nostrand Co., Inc., 1955.

3. Introduction to Structural Dynamics - Biggs McGraw Hill Book Co. 1975.

4. Dynamics of Structures - Clough & Penzien McGraw Hill Book Col, 1975.

5. Dynamics of structures - Hurty and Rubinsteian.

6. Dynamics of structures by A.K. Chopra – Prentice Hall – 1996.

CE423 : Environmental Engineering-II

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Environmental Engineering.


CO1

Identify the characteristics of industrial wastewaters

CO2

Describe pollution effects of disposal of industrial effluent

CO3

Identify and design treatment options for industrial wastewater

CO4

Formulate environmental management plan


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

2

-

-

-

2

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

3

-

-

1

2

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Wastewater Characteristics, Standards of Disposal, Treatment Objective and, Strategies, Layouts of Primary, Secondary and Advanced Treatment Units.

Design of Preliminary and Primary Treatment Operations: Screens, Grit Chambers, Skimming Tank, Primary and Secondary Sedimentation Tanks.

Biological Treatment Processes: Types, Kinetics of Plug Flow and Completely Mixed Systems.

Attached Growth Processes: Trickling Filters (Standard Rate, High Rate), Biofilters, Practices,

Features and Design, Operational Difficulties and Remedial Measures, Rotating Biological Contactors.

Suspended Growth Processes: Activated Sludge Process, Modifications and Design Equations, Process Design Criteria, Oxygen and Nutrient Requirements - Classification and Design of Oxidation Ponds, Lagoons.

Sludge Treatment and Disposal: Sludge Thickening, Aerobic and Anaerobic Sludge Digestion Processes, Design of Digester Tank, Sludge Dewatering, Ultimate Disposal, Sludge Drying Beds, Other Methods of Sludge Treatment.

Reading:

1. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering - Collection, Treatment, Disposal and Reuse, McGraw Hill Pub. Co., 1995.

2. Nelson Leonard Nemerow, Industrial Waste Treatment, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2007.

3. Benefield L.D. and Randall C.D. Biological Process Designs for Wastewater Treatment, Prentice Hall Pub. Co., 1980.

CE415

EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Irrigation Engineering.


CO1

Analyse and design gravity dams

CO2

Analyse and design earth and rockfill dams

CO3

Design spillways and energy dissipation structures

CO4

Design of penstocks and surge tanks


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO2

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO3

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO4

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction - Classification of dams, Gravity dams, Earth dams, Arch dam, Buttress dam, Steel dams, Timber dams, selection of site for dam, selection of type of dam, investigations of dam sites, Engineering surveys, Geological investigations, Types of hydropower plants, site selection for power plant, General arrangement of a hydropower project.

Principles of Design of Hydraulic Structures - Hydraulic structures on permeable foundations, Theories of subsurface floor, Khosla’s method of independent variables, Exit gradient, Location of Hydraulic jump, water surface profiles, scour due to subsurface flow, Design Principles, Energy dissipation principles.

Gravity Dams - Types of storage head works, Forces acting on gravity dams, Analysis of gravity dams, Profile of a gravity dam, Finite Element Method, Design of gravity dam, joints in gravity dam, Galleries in gravity dam, Adits and shafts, Construction of gravity dam, Foundation Grouting, Instrumentation of gravity dams.

Earth dams - Types of earth dams, Causes of failure of earth dams, Seepage analysis, phreatic line, flow net construction, criteria for safe design of gravity dams, typical cross sections of earth dams, Stability analysis, Seepage control, design of filters.

Spillways and energy dissipation systems - Essential requirements of spillways, Required spillway capacity, component parts of spillway, Types of spillways, Design of Ogee spillway, Design of shaft spillway, Design of siphon spillway, Design of stilling basins. Hydropower structures - Storage power plant, Runoff River plant, Pumped storage plant, Water conveyance systems, Tunnels and Penstocks, Gates, Surge tanks, Power house layout.

Reading:

1. Golze, A. R., Handbook of Dam Engineering, Von Rostrand Reinhold Co., 1977

2. Sharma, H.D., Concrete Dams, CBIP Publication, 1998.

3. Siddiqui, I H, Dams and Reservoirs: Planning, Engineering, Oxford University Press, USA, 2009.

4. Novak, P., Moffat, A. I. B., Nalluri, C and Narayan, R., Hydraulic Structures, Taylor & Francis, 2006.

5. Modi P.M., Irrigation Water Resources and Hydropower Engineering, Standard Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2000.

6. Arora K.L. Irrigation Water Resources Engineering, Standard Book Publishing Co., Delhi,

1996.

CE424

FOUNDATION ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Engineering Geology and Geotechnical Engineering - II.


CO1

Understand the behaviour of problematic soil

CO2

Design foundations on expansive soils

CO3

Analyse the lateral stability of piles and wells

CO4

Evaluate design parameters for dynamic loading


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

CO2

1

-

-

3

-

-

-

2

CO3

1

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

CO4

1

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Well foundations: Introduction – types and shapes of Caissons – Grip length, Estimation of bearing capacity and settlement of well foundation, Sinking of well foundation and remedial measures, Design of various elements/components of well foundation, Forces acting on well foundation, Lateral stability of well foundations by IRC method, Problems.

Pile foundations: Pile behavior under axial loads (piles under compression) – Review uplift capacity / resistance of piles (piles under tension), Lateral load capacity/ Resistance of piles, WINKLER’S hypothesis – Differential equations, BROM’S solution for laterally loaded vertical piles in sand and clay, IS Code method, Problems.

Combined Footings and Mat/Raft foundations: Computation of loads – Design steps – Proportioning of footings, Bearing capacity and settlement of Mat foundation, Types of rafts – Conventional methods of design (Rigid beam analysis), Beams on Elastic foundations, Problems.

Foundations on Expansive soils: Identification and characteristics of Expansive soils.

Free swell index and swell potential, Swell pressure – Factors –Test, Effect of swelling on building foundations, Fundamental design in expansive soil – CNS layer and other concepts, Under reamed pile and Drilled pier foundations, Problems.

Soil Exploration: Introduction – Methods of Soil Exploration, Exploratory borings in the field, Soil sampling – Rock coring, Field Tests, Subsurface exploration program – Preparation of borehole logs, Soil exploration report.

Reading:

1. Robert M. Koerner “Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering” McGraw-Hill Pub. Co., New York, 1985.

2. Das, BM (2009): Geotechnical engineering – Cengage learning, New Delhi.

3. Gopal Ranjan, Rao ASR (2000): Basic and applied soil mechanics – New age publication, Delhi.

CE424

Geotechnical PROCESSES

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Geotechnical Engineering – II and Engineering Geology.


CO1

Identify ground conditions and suggest method of improvement

CO2

Design and assess the degree of improvement

CO3

Understand the principles of soil reinforcement and confinement in engineering constructions

CO4

Design reinforced soil structures


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

2

-

-

1

-

-

1

CO2

1

-

-

2

2

-

-

1

CO3

2

-

-

2

2

-

-

1

CO4

-

-

-

3

2

-

-

1

Detailed syllabus

Introduction: Need and objectives of Ground Improvement, Classification of Ground Modification Techniques – suitability and feasibility.

Mechanical Modification: Principles of Mechanical Modifications - Methods of compaction, Shallow compaction, Deep compaction techniques – Vibro-floatation, Blasting, Dynamic consolidation, precompression and compaction piles.

Hydraulic Modification : Methods of dewatering – open sumps and ditches, Well-point system, Electro-osmosis, Vacuum dewatering wells; pre-loading with sand drains - strip drains, Design of vertical drains.

Physical and chemical modification: Stabilisation with admixtures like cement, lime, calcium chloride, fly ash and bitumen. Grouting – materials and methods.

Reinforced Earth Technology: Concept of soil reinforcement, Reinforcing materials, Backfill criteria, Design of reinforcement for internal stability, Applications of Reinforced earth structures.

Ground Anchors and Soil Nailing: Types of ground anchors and their suitability, Uplift capacity of anchors; Soil nailing and Applications.

Soil Confinement Systems: Concept of confinement, Gabion walls, Crib walls, Sand bags, Evergreen systems and fabric form work.

Geotextiles: Overview on Geosynthetics – Geotextiles, Functions and Applications.

Reading:

1. Manfred R. Haussmann - Engineering principles of ground modification – Pearson Education Inc. New Delhi, 2008.

2. Bell, F.G. – Engineering Treatment of Soils – E& FN Spon, New York, 2006.

3. Purushothama Raj, P “Ground Improvement Techniques” Laxmi Publications (P) Limited, 2006.

CE413 Transportation Engineering.-II

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Geotechnical Engineering - I, Engineering Geology and Transportation Engineering.


CO1

Characterize the response characteristics of soil, aggregate, asphalt, and asphalt mixes

CO2

Analyze flexible pavements

CO3

Analyze rigid pavements

CO4

Design a flexible pavement using IRC, Asphalt Institute, and AASHTO methods

CO5

Design a rigid pavement using IRC, and AASHTO methods


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO4

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO5

3

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Pavement Materials : Types and component parts of pavements, highway and airport pavements, Materials used in pavements, basic soil properties relevant to pavement applications, resilient modulus, and modulus of sub-grade reaction, Physical properties of aggregates and blending, Basic properties of bitumen, polymer and rubber modified bitumen, Dynamic modulus, flow time and flow number of bituminous mixes. Cement: chemical composition, types, physical properties. Distresses in flexible and rigid pavements. Use of geosynthetics in pavements.

Stresses in Pavements: Stresses in flexible pavements: layered system concepts, stress solution for one, two and three layered systems, fundamental design concepts.

Stresses in rigid pavements: Westergaard’s theory and assumptions, stresses due to curling, stresses and deflections due to loading, frictional stresses, stresses in dowel bars and tie bars.

Factors Affecting Pavement Design: Variables considered in pavement design, Classification of axle types, articulated commercial vehicles, legal axle and gross weights on single and multiple units, tyre pressure, contact pressure, ESWL, EWLF and EAL concepts, Traffic analysis: ADT, AADT, growth factor, lane distribution, directional distribution and vehicle damage factors.

Design of Pavements: IRC method of flexible pavement design, Design of flexible pavements for low volume roads using IRC method, IRC methods of rigid pavement design, Design of rigid pavements for low volume roads using IRC method.

Reading:

1. Huang, Y.H. Pavement Analysis and Design, Second Edition, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India, 2008.

2. IRC: 37-2012 Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements, The Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2012.

3. IRC: 58-2011 Guidelines for the Design of Plain Jointed Rigid Pavements for Highways, The Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2011.

4. IRC: SP: 62-2004 Guidelines for the Design and Construction of Cement Concrete Pavements for Rural Roads, The Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2004.

5. IRC: SP: 72-2007 Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements for Low Volume Rural Roads, The Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2007.

6. Mallick, R.B. and T. El-Korchi Pavement Engineering – Principles and Practice, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, Florida, USA, 2009.

7. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. Specifications for Road and Bridge Works, Fifth Edition, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2013.

8. Papagiannakis, A.T. and E.A. Masad Pavement Design and Materials, John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey, USA, 2008.

9. Yoder, E.J. and M.W. Witczak Principles of Pavement Design, Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York, USA, 1975.

CE326

Transportation ENGINEERING -II

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Transportation Engineering.


CO1

Understand the importance of railway infrastructure planning and design

CO2

Identify the factors governing design of railway infrastructures

CO3

Design and analyze the railway track system

CO4

Understand the process of execution of railway projects


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

1

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

3

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction to Railways in India: Role of Indian Railways in National Development – Railways for Urban Transportation –LRT & MRTS.

Alignment of Railway Lines: Engineering Surveys for Track Alignment – Obligatory points - Conventional and Modern methods (Remote Sensing, GIS & GPS, EDM and other equipments).

Permanent Way: Components and their Functions: Rails - Types of Rails, Rail Fastenings, Concept of Gauges, Coning of Wheels, Creeps and kinks Sleepers – Functions, Materials, Density – Functions, Materials, Ballast less Tracks.

Geometric Design of Railway Tracks: Gradients and Grade Compensation, Super-Elevation, Widening of Gauges in Curves, Transition Curves, Horizontal/Vertical Curves.

Track maintenance and Rehabilitation: Points and Crossings - Design of Turnouts, Working Principles, Automated maintenance and upgrading.

Railway accidents: Human and system contribution to catastrophic accidents, Human Factors in Transport Safety, Unprotected level crossings, Safety Audit.

Rolling Stock, Railway sections and yards: Re-laying of Track, Lay outs of Railway Stations and Yards, Rolling Stock, Tractive Power, Track Resistance, Level Crossings.

Signalling and Interlocking: Signalling, Interlocking and Track Circuiting - Construction & Maintenance.

Design of tracks for high speeds: Geometrical requirements, Challenges, Ballasted or Ballast less, Design methodology, Structural model, Dynamics analysis, Maintenance considerations.

Reading:

1. Chandra S. and M.M. Agarwal, Railway Engineering, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, India, 2007.

2. Saxena, S.C. and S.P. Arora, Railway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, India, 1997.

3. Agarwal, M.M., Indian Railway Track, Prabha and Co., New Delhi, India, 1988.

4. Rangwala, S.C., Principles of Railway Engineering, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, India, 1988.

CE415

DESIGN OF EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT STRUCTURES

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Theory of Structures-II.


CO1

Apply seismic coefficient and response spectrum methods for analysis of multi storied buildings

CO2

Apply concepts of ductility in the design of multi-storeyed structures

CO3

Analyse a water tank structure based on latest earthquake code

CO4

Understand the concepts of base isolation


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

2

-

2

-

-

1

1

CO2

2

2

-

2

-

-

1

1

CO3

1

2

1

2

-

-

-

1

CO4

-

2

1

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Elements of Earthquake Engineering: Earthquake magnitude and intensity, Focus and Epicentre, Causes and Effects of Earthquakes, Characteristics of Earthquake, Seismic zone mapping.

Structural Systems For Seismic Resistance: Structural systems – building configuration, frames, walls, dual systems – response in elevation – plan – influence of structural classification- Concepts of seismic design.

Analysis for Earth Quake Loads: IS: 1893-2002- Seismic Coefficient method- modal analysis- Applications to multi-storied building frames – water tanks – chimneys.

Ductile Detailing: Ductility of R.C structures- Confinement- detailing as per IS-13920-1993- moment redistribution – principles of design of beams, columns – beam column joints – soft story concept.

Base Isolation: Isolation systems – Effectiveness of base isolation.

Reading:

1. Dynamics of structures – A.K. Chopra, Prentice Hall.

2. I.S. 1893 - 2002, Criteria for Earthquake Resistance design of Structures.

3. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande, Earthquake resistant design of structures, PHI 2006.

CE463

REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Design of Concrete Structures.


CO1

Assess strength and materials deficiency in concrete structures

CO2

Suggest methods and techniques used in repairing / strengthening existing concrete structures

CO3

Apply Non Destructive Testing techniques to field problems

CO4

Apply cost effective retrofitting strategies for repairs in buildings


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

2

2

-

1

-

-

1

CO2

-

-

-

1

2

-

-

1

CO3

-

2

-

-

2

-

-

1

CO4

-

-

-

2

2

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Aging of structures – performance of structures – need for rehabilitation.

Distress in concrete / steel structures – damage – source – cause – effects – case studies.

Damage assessment and Evaluation models – Damage testing methods – NDT – Core samples.

Rehabilitation methods – grouting – detailing – imbalance of structural stability – case studies.

Methods of repairs – shortcreting – guniting – epoxy – cement mortar injection – crack ceiling.

Repair and maintenance of buildings – IS standards – Bridge repairs – Seismic strengthening.

Reading:

1. Diagnosis and treatment of Structures in Distress – R N Raikar.

2. Bridge Rehabilitation – V K Raina.

3. Building Failures – Diagnosis and Avoidance – W H Ranson.

4. Forensic Engineering – Kennethe and Carper.

CE424

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Mathematical Methods.


CO1

Develop shape functions and stiffness matrices for spring and bar elements

CO2

Develop global stiffness matrices and global load vectors

CO3

Apply natural and arial coordinate systems to constant strain triangle and linear strain triangle elements

CO4

Analyze planar structural systems using finite element modelling


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

CO2

2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

CO3

2

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO4

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis – Review of concepts – Actions and displacements – compatibility – indeterminacy – Member and joint loads – Flexibility Matrix formulation - Stiffness Matrix formulation.

Introduction to Finite Element Method – Background and general description of the method – summary of the analysis procedure.

Theory of Finite element method – Concept of element – various element shapes – displacement models – shape functions – isoparametric elements – formulation of element stiffness and loads – condensation of internal degrees of freedom.

Overall problem – Assemblage of elements construction of stiffness matrix and loads – boundary conditions and solution of overall problem – Application to continuous beam – spring assemblage – stability of columns – curved beams and vibration problems - torsions of shafts.

Generalization of FEM – Six step finite element procedure in general terms – application to structural engineering problems – analysis of plates, shells and frames.

Reading:

1. Finite element analysis, theory and Programming by CS Krishna Murthy.

2. Introduction to Finite element Method by Tirupathi chandra Patla and Belugundu.

3. Textbook of Finite Element Analysis, 1st Edition, PHI, 2009

CE468

GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Engineering Geology and Engineering Hydrology.


CO1

Evaluate groundwater resources using geophysical methods

CO2

Estimate aquifer parameters

CO3

Model regional groundwater flow and design water wells

CO4

Design water wells


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

2

-

-

-

2

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

2

-

2

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

2

2

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

2

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Types of aquifers, confined and un-confined aquifers, leaky – aquifers.

Geo-physical exploration studies.

Different types and procedures for analysis of geophysical studies

Well hydraulics, partial differential equations governing.

Groundwater flow in aquifers, estimation of aquifer parameters by different methods.

Steady groundwater flow analysis for multiwall systems, method of images.

Water well design, Well construction and maintenance procedures.

Reading:

1. Garg S.P. Groundwater and Tube Wells, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. New Delhi, 2002.

2. Raghunath H.M., 2002.Groundwater, New Age International Pub., New Delhi.

3. Todd, D.K., and Mays, L. W., Groundwater Hydrology, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2011.

CE469

HYDROPOWER ENGINEERING

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Fluid Mechanics - II.


CO1

Estimate hydropower potential

CO2

Identify types of hydropower plants

CO3

Design penstocks and surge shaft

CO4

Plan the layout of a hydropower plant


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

-

CO2

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

3

2

-

-

1

CO4

-

2

-

2

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Stream flow analysis, Hydrograph, Mass curve, Runoff estimation methods, estimation of hydropower potential, flow duration curves, power duration curves, pondage and storage.

Electrical load on hydro turbines, load curves, load duration curves, Performance factors.

Types of hydropower plants, Storage power plant, Runoff River plant, Pumped storage plant, two units and three unit arrangements, Reversible pump turbines, types of turbines, hydraulics of turbines, cavitation in turbine, efficiency of pumped storage plants.

Intakes, losses in intakes, air entrainment at intake, inlet aeration, Water conveyance systems, fore bay, canals, Tunnels and Penstocks, classification of penstocks, design criteria of penstock, economical diameter of penstock, Anchor blocks, Conduit valves, types of valves, bends and manifolds.

Water hammer, resonance in penstocks, channel surges, Gates, Surge tanks, Power house layout, lighting and ventilation, variations in design of power house, underground power house, structural design of power house.

Reading:

1. Arora, K.R., Irrigation Water Power and Water Resources Engineering, Standard Book Company, Delhi, 2002

2. Dandekar, M.M., and Sharma, K.N., Water Power Engineering, Vikas Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2003

3. Garg, S.K., Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Khanna Publishers, 2009

4. Jog, M.G., Hydroelectric and Pumped Storage Plants, Wiley Eatern Ltd., New York, 1989.

CE470

WATERSHED MANAGEMENT

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Engineering Hydrology.

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, student will be able to:

CO1

Identify the causes of soil erosion

CO2

Plan and design soil conservation measures in a watershed

CO3

Plan and design water harvesting and groundwater recharging structures

CO4

Plan measures for reclamation of saline soils


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

CO2

-

-

-

2

3

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

2

3

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

2

3

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction, concept of watershed, need for watershed management, concept of sustainable development.

Hydrology of .small watersheds.

Principles of soil erosion, causes of soil erosion, types of soil erosion, estimation of soil erosion from small watersheds.

Control of soil erosion, methods of soil conservation – structural and non-structural measures.

Principles of water harvesting, methods of rainwater harvesting, design of rainwater harvesting structures.

Artificial recharge of groundwater in small watersheds, methods of artificial recharge.

Reclamation of saline soils.

Micro farming, biomass management on the farm. Reading:

1. Chatterjee, S. N., Water Resources Conservation and Management, Atlantic Publishers, 2008.

2. Murthy, V.V.N., Land and Water Management, Khalyani Publishers, 2004.

3. Muthy, J. V. S., Watershed Management, New Age International Publishers, 1998.

4. Suresh Rao, Soil and Water Conservation Practices, Standard Publishers, 1998.

CE471

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Identify the physical and chemical composition of wastes

CO2

Analyze the functional elements for solid waste management.

CO3

Understand the techniques and methods used in transformation, conservation, and recovery of materials from solid wastes.

CO4

Identify and design waste containment systems


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

2

-

-

-

1

CO2

-

-

-

2

2

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

2

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

3

2

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Solid Waste: Definitions, Characteristics, and Perspectives; Types of solid wastes, sources of solid wastes, properties of solid wastes, solid waste management: an overview.

Engineering Systems for Solid Waste Management: Solid waste generation; on-site handling, storage and processing; collection of solid wastes; transfer and transport; processing techniques; ultimate disposal.

Engineering Systems for Resource and Energy Recovery: Processing techniques; materials- recovery systems; recovery of biological conversion products; recovery of thermal conversion products; recovery of energy from conversion products; materials and energy recovery systems.

Reading:

1. Tchobanoglous G, Theisen H and Vigil SA ‘Integrated Solid Waste Management, Engineering Principles and Management Issues’ McGraw-Hill, 1993.

2. Vesilind PA, Worrell W and Reinhart D, ‘Solid Waste Engineering’ Brooks/Cole Thomson Learning Inc., 2002.

3. Peavy, H.S, Rowe, D.R., and G. Tchobanoglous, ‘Environmental Engineering’, McGraw Hill Inc., New York, 1985.

4. Qian X, Koerner RM and Gray DH, ‘Geotechnical Aspects of Landfill Design and Construction’ Prentice Hall, 2002.

CE472

ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Geotechnical Engineering - I and Environmental Engineering.


CO1

Understand composition, soil structure and its behavior

CO2

Identify contaminant transport mechanisms in soils

CO3

Specify site investigation techniques for characterization of contaminated site

CO4

Understand the principles of soil treatment techniques


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

1

-

1

-

-

-

CO2

2

-

-

-

-

2

1

1

CO3

-

2

-

-

2

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

-

2

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Soil-the three-phase system, Clay - the most active soil fraction, Clay-water interactions, Causes of soil deterioration, Scope and importance of environmental geotechniques.

Ground Contamination: Sources of contamination, chemical diffusion in soils, practical range of flow parameters, simultaneous flow of water, current and salts through a soil, Electro kinetic phenomenon, coupled influences on chemical flow, chemical compatibility and hydraulic conductivity.

Classification of Soil and Susceptibility to Environment: General, Susceptibility to environment, mineralogy- formation and isomorphous substitution, Factors affecting surface activity of soils, Ion-exchange and its mechanics, Theories of ion-exchange, clay-organic interactions, Atomic absorption spectroscopy analysis, Mechanisms controlling the index properties of fine grained soils.

Engineering Properties of Soil due to Changing Environment: General, Engineering properties and environment, Permeability and its mechanisms, volume change behaviour- Basic mechanisms controlling compressibility, Quasi precompression, compression behaviour of saturated Kaolinitic and Montmorillonitic clays with different pore fluids, shear strength behaviour of Kaolinitic and Montmorillonitic clays with different pore fluids, components of shear strength and their mechanisms.

Soil Modification by Environmental Changes: Stabilisation of soil by environmental changes, use of additives and their basic mechanisms, effect of lime on sulphate bearing clays, effect of phosphoric acid, use of fly ash in soil modification, use of hydroxy-aluminium in clay stabilization, stabilization by chemical transport.

Waste Containment: Overview on landfill liners, Siting considerations and geometry, typical cross- sections, grading and leachate removal, case studies.

Reading:

1. Sridharan, A. “Engineering Behaviour of Fine Grained Soils” A Fundamental Approach, IGS Annual Lecture – 1991.

2. James K. Mitchell “Fundamentals of Soil Behaviour” John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York.1993.

3. Ramanatha Ayyar, T.S. “ Soil Engineering in Relation to Environment “ Published by LBS Centre for Science and Technology, Thiruvananthapuram, 2000.

4. Koerner, R.M. – “Designing with geosynthetics”, Pearson Education Inc., 2005. 5. David, D.E. and Koerner, R.M. “Waste Containment Facilities” ASCE Press, Allied Pub.

Pvt. Ltd., 2007.

CE473

EARTHQUAKE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Geotechnical Engineering – II.


CO1

Understand the earthquake mechanisms

CO2

Understand earthquake motion on soil properties and soil-structure interaction

CO3

Evaluate the seismic susceptibility of the ground

CO4

Design foundations, slopes and pavements for seismic loading


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO2

2

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

2

1

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

3

-

-

2

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Seismology and earthquakes: Basic earthquake principles: Introduction – Internal structure of

earth – Plate tectonics faults – seismic waves – Seismograph – Classification of earthquakes –

Magnitude and intensity of earthquakes - Seismic zones in India.

Common Earthquake effects: Surface rupture – Regional subsidence – liquefaction –slope movement – Tsunami and seiche.

Earthquake structural Damage: Earthquake induced settlement – Resonance of structures.

Soil dynamics: Dynamics of discrete system – Soil structure interaction – Vibratory system – free

and forced vibration without and with damping – Base shaking – Dynamic soil properties –

problems.

Geotechnical earthquake engineering analysis: Site investigation: Scope of investigation –

quantitative evaluation – subsurface investigation – laboratory testing – peak ground acceleration

– report preparation – problems.

Liquefaction: Introduction – mechanism – laboratory liquefaction studies – factors that govern Liquefaction in the field – Liquefaction analysis – cyclic stress ratio from the SPT, DCPT and shear wave velocity- FS against liquefaction – Anti Liquefaction measures – problems.

Earth quake induced settlement: Introduction – settlement VS factor of safety against Liquefaction induced ground damage – volumetric compression – settlement due to dynamic loads caused by rocking – problems.

Bearing capacity analysis for earthquakes: Introduction – one third increases in bearing capacity pressure for seismic condition – Bearing capacity analysis for liquefied soil – granular soil with earthquake induced pore water – Bearing capacity analysis for cohesive soil weakened by the earthquake – problems.

Slope stability analysis for earthquake: Introduction – inertia slope stability: pseudostatic method, new mark method – weakening slope stability: flow slides, liquefaction induced lateral spreading, strain softening soil – restrained retaining walls and temporary retaining walls – problems.

Other geotechnical earthquake engineering analysis: Introduction – pavement design – pipe line design – problems.

Site improvement methods to mitigate earthquake effects: Soil improvement Methods:

Introduction – Grading, soil replacement, water removal, site strengthening, grouting, thermal,

and ground water control methods.

Foundation analysis: Introduction – shallow and deep foundations.

Reading:

1. Kramer, S. L. (2003): “Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering”, Pearson Education. 2. Day, R. W. (2003): “Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering handbook”, McGraw Hill. 3. Kamalesh Kumar, (2008): “Basic Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering”, New Age. 4. IS-1893(part-1) 2002, “Criteria for Earthquake resistant design of structures” part 1-

general provision of buildings.

CE474

GEOSYNTHETICS

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Identify the functions of geosynthetics

CO2

Select the geosynthetic products

CO3

Identify the testing methods for geosynthetics

CO4

Design geosynthetic products


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

1

CO2

-

-

2

-

1

-

-

1

CO3

-

1

2

-

-

-

-

1

CO4

-

-

2

2

-

-

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: An overview on the development and applications various geosynthetics - the geotextiles, geogrids, geonets, geomembranes and geocomposites.

Designing with geotextiles: Geotextile properties and test methods – functions - Designing for separation, reinforcement, stabilization, filtration, drainage.

Designing with geogrids: Geogrid properties and test methods – physical properties, mechanical properties, endurance properties and environmental properties – Designing for grid reinforcement and bearing capacity.

Designing with geonets: Geonet properties and test methods – Physical properties, mechanical properties, hydraulic properties, endurance properties and environmental properties -Designing geonet for drainage.

Designing with geomembranes: Geomembrane properties and test methods – physical properties, mechanical properties, chemical properties and biological hazard - Applications for geomembranes.

Designing with geocomposites - Geocomposites in separation, reinforcement – reinforced geotextile composites – reinforced geomembrane composites – reinforced soil composites using discontinuous fibres and meshes, continuous fibres and three –dimensional cells, geocomposites in drainage and filtration.

Reading:

1. Sivakumar Babu G.L. “An Introduction to Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics” University Press, 2005.

2. Koerner, R.M. – “Designing with geosynthetics”, Pearson Education Inc., 2005. 3. Rao, G.V. – “Geosynthetics – an Introduction”, Sai Master

Geoenvironmental Services Pvt. Ltd. Hyderabad, 2011.

4. Shukla, “Fundamentals of Geosynthetic Engg. Imperial College Press, London, 2006.

CE475

GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Surveying.


CO1

Understand the GPS components

CO2

Choose a specific GPS receiver and GPS survey method

CO3

Interpret the navigational message and signals received by the GPS satellite

CO4

Identify location of features and map the geospatial features


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

3

2

-

-

-

1

-

-

CO2

2

3

-

2

1

2

1

-

CO3

2

3

-

1

-

1

1

-

CO4

3

2

-

1

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Overview of GPS – Development of Global Surveying Techniques, History of GPS, New Satellite

Navigations constellations, Basic concept of GPS, Space, Control and User segments.

GPS Observables – Structure of GPS Signal, Frequency, P Code, C/A code and data format,

Generation of C/A code, Navigation data bits Pseudo range measurements, Phase

measurements, system accuracy characteristics, DOP, Data format.

Surveying with GPS–Planning a GPS Survey, Positioning methods – point positioning, relative

positioning, Static, Fast static, RTK, Differential Positioning, Post processing, real-time

processing, Accuracy measures, software modules, Network adjustments, Dilution of Precision.

Applications of GPS – General Uses of GPS, Attitude determination, Interoperability of GPS.

Future of GPS – Modernization plans of navigational satellites, Hardware and software

improvements.

Reading:

1. Bradford W. Parkinson, James Spilker, Global Positioning System: Theory and Applications, Vol. I, 1996.

2. Gunter Seeber, Satellite Geodesy Foundations, Methods and Applications, Walter de Gruyter Pub., 2003.

3. Hofmann W.B, Lichtenegger, H, Collins, J Global Positioning System – Theory and

Practice, Springer-VerlagWein, 2001.

CE476

GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Mathematical Methods and Surveying.


CO1

Analyze spatial and attribute data for solving spatial problems

CO2

Preparation of geospatial features in computing environment

CO3

Create GIS and cartographic outputs for presentation

CO4

Understand the software/hardware requirements for implementing a GIS Project


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

3

-

1

1

2

-

-

CO2

2

3

-

2

1

2

-

-

CO3

1

2

-

1

1

1

-

-

CO4

1

1

-

-

-

2

2

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction – GIS definition, development, application areas.

Map Concept- Map-Definition, Elements of Maps, Types of maps, Advantages and disadvantages of analog/digital maps, Coordinate Systems- Geometric models of earth, Global/Local coordinate system, Projection Systems- Classification, Cylindrical projection, Conical projection, Selection of a particular projection.

Fundamental concepts of GIS – Modeling Real World Features- Raster data model, vector data model, Data Formats- Spatial and Non-Spatial data, Data collection and Input, Data conversion, Hardware & software Requirements.

Topology – Editing and Error Rectification, Types of topology, Topological Relationships.

Spatial Analysis – Buffer Analysis-Variations in Buffering, Applications of buffering, Overlay Analysis-Feature type and overlay, Vector Overlay methods, Network Analysis-Impedance, Shortest path analysis, closest facility, Concepts of Proximity analysis, Neighbourhood operations.

GIS Project Planning – Steps in GIS project, Problem Identification and Implementation of a GIS

project.

GIS Applications – Transportation, Water Resources, Environment, Geology, Emergency Management, Agriculture, Real Estate.

Advances in GIS – Concepts and application of Mobile and Web GIS.

Reading:

1. C.P. Lo, Albert K. W. Yeung, Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2002.

2. Kang-Tsung Chang, Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.

3. Peter A. Burrough and Rachael A. McDonnell, Principles of Geographical Information Systems, Oxford University Press, 2005.

CE477

AIR AND WATER TRANSPORTATION

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Fix the orientation of the runways

CO2

Carryout the geometrical design of the airport infrastructure

CO3

Prepare structural designs of runway, taxiway, and apron-grate area

CO4

Prepare a plan of the airport terminal area

CO5

Prepare a plan of the sea port

CO6

Provide solution to protect coastal erosion


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO6

-

-

-

2

1

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Air Transportation: Aircraft Characteristics - Landing gear configurations, aircraft weight, engine types, Aircraft performance characteristics: speed, payload and range, runway performance, declared distances, wingtip vortices.

Geometric Design of the Airfield - Airport classification: utility airports, transport airports, Runways: runway configurations, runway orientation, wind rose, estimating runway length, sight distance and longitudinal profile, transverse gradient, Taxiways and taxilanes: widths and slopes, taxiway and taxilane separation requirements, sight distance and longitudinal profile, location of exit taxiways, design of taxiway curves and intersections, end-around taxiways, Aprons: holding aprons, terminal aprons and ramps, surface gradients, Control tower visibility requirements.

Structural Design of Airport Pavements - Soil investigation and evaluation: CBR, plate bearing

test, Young’s modulus, FAA pavement design methods: equivalent aircraft, cumulative damage failure, Design of flexible and rigid airport pavements.

Airport Lighting, Marking, and Signage - Requirements of visual aids, approach lighting system

configurations, visual approach slope aids, threshold lighting, Runway and taxiway lighting and marking, airfield signage.

Terminal Area - Passenger terminal system and its components, Apron gate system: number of

gates, gate size, aircraft parking type, apron layout, apron circulation, passenger conveyance to aircraft.

Water Transportation: Ports and Harbours - Types of water transportation, water transportation in

India, Ports and harbours: requirements, classification, ship characteristics, Harbour works: breakwaters, jetties, fenders, piers, wharves, dolphins, etc., Navigational aids: types, requirements, light house, beacon lights, buoys, Port facilities: general layout, development, planning, facilities, terminals.

Docks, Dredging, Coastal Erosion and Protection - Docks and repair facilities: design, dry docks, wet docks, slipways, Locks and lock gates: materials, size, Dredging: classification, dredgers, uses of dredged materials, Coastal erosion and protection: seal wall, revetment, and bulkhead.

Reading:

1. Ashford, N. J., Mumayiz, S. A., and Wright, P. H. Airport Engineering: Planning, Design and Development of 21st Century Airports, Fourth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, USA, 2011.

2. Horonjeff, R., McKelvey, F. X., Sproule, W. J., and Young, S. B. Planning and Design of Airports, Fifth Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, USA, 2010.

3. Kazda, A., and Caves, R. E. Airport Design and Operation, Second Edition, Elsevier, Oxford, U.K., 2007.

4. Khanna, S. K., Arora, M. G., and Jain, S. S. Airport planning and Design, Sixth Edition, Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee, India, 2012.

5. Kumar, V., and Chandra, S. Air Transportation Planning and Design, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India, 1999.

6. Neufville, R. D., and Odoni, A. Airport Systems: Planning, Design, and Management, McGraw-Hill, New York, USA, 2003.

7. Young, S. B., and Wells, A. T. Airport Planning and Management, Sixth Edition, McGraw- Hill, New York, USA, 2011.

8. Bindra, S.P. A Course in Docks and Harbour Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, India, 1992.

9. Seetharaman, S. Dock and Harbour Engineering, Umesh Publications, New Delhi, India, 1999.

10. Srinivasan, R. Harbour, Dock and Tunnel Engineering, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, India, 1987.

CE478

TRAVEL DEMAND ANALYSIS

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Mathematical Methods and Transportation Engineering.


CO1

Estimate demand for urban travel

CO2

Design urban transportation network

CO3

Estimate demand for regional travel

CO4

Design regional transportation network


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

2

-

-

-

3

-

-

CO2

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

2

-

-

-

3

-

-

CO4

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Transportation Issues - Population, Urbanization and Migration, Findings of Commission on Urbanization Introduction to Urban Transportation Urban Issues, Travel Characteristics, Concept of Region, Issues Related to Regional Transportation Planning, Methods of Delineation Regions.

Travel Demand - Trends, Overall Planning process, Long term Vs Short term planning, Demand Function, Independent Variables, Travel Attributes, Assumptions in Demand Estimation, Sequential, and Simultaneous Approaches, Aggregate and Disaggregate Techniques.

Data Collection And Inventories - Collection of data – Organisation of surveys and Analysis, Study Area, Zoning, Screen Lines, Types and Sources of Data - Road Side Interviews - Home Interview Surveys - Commercial Vehicle Surveys, Sampling Techniques, Expansion Factors - Accuracy Checks, Use of Secondary Sources, Economic data – Income – Population – Employment – Vehicle Owner Ship.

Four Stage Demand Forecasting - UTPS Approach.

Trip Generation Analysis: Zonal Models, Category Analysis, Household Models, Trip Attraction models, Commercial Trip Rates.

Trip Distribution: Growth Factor Methods, Gravity Models, Opportunity Models, Time Function Iteration Models.

Mode Choice Analysis: Mode Choice Behaviour, Competing Modes, Mode Split Curves, Models and Probabilistic Approaches.

Traffic Assignment: Basic Elements of Transport Networks, Coding, Route Properties, Path Building Criteria, Skimming Tree, All-or-Nothing Assignment, Capacity Restraint Techniques, Reallocation of Assigned Volumes, Equilibrium Assignment, Diversion Curves.

Regional Travel Demand Estimation - Factors Affecting Goods and Passenger Flows, Use of Mathematical Models to Estimate Freight and Passenger Demand, Abstract Mode Models, Mode Specific Models, Direct Demand Models, IVF Models, IO Model.

Reading:

1. Jotin Khisty C, Transportation Engineering - An Introduction, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 2004.

2. Kadiyali L.R., Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning, Khanna Publication, N.D, 2011.

3. Papakostas. C.S., Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering, PHI Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.

4. Subhash C. Saxena, A Course in Traffic Planning and Design, Dhanpath Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1989.

CE479

PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Geotechnical Engineering - I, Theory of Structures – II and Transportation

Engineering.


CO1

Select appropriate earth moving and compaction equipment depending upon the requirement

CO2

Prepare quality assurance and quality control plans in an attempt to construct better performing pavements

CO3

Evaluate the pavements based on the functional and structural characteristics

CO4

Evaluate the safety aspects of the pavements specifically in terms of friction and other related distresses

CO5

Select maintenance technique depending upon the intensity of the distresses


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

CO2

-

-

3

-

2

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

1

2

-

-

-

-

CO4

2

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Pavement Inventories And Evaluation - Factors affecting Pavement Deterioration, Functional Condition Evaluation Techniques: Roughness Measurements, serviceability concepts: Visual & Ride Rating Techniques, structural Condition Evaluation Techniques: NDT Procedures, Rebound Deflection, Measurement and Analysis, Destructive Testing, Remaining Life Concept, AI's Equivalency Factors, Overlay Design methods, IRC, Overlay Design methods, AASHTO methods, Evaluation of Pavement Safety: Skid Resistance, Factors, evaluation, Hydroplaning Reduction with Porous Overlays & Popcorn Friction overlay, Deterioration Modelling Concepts: Factors Influencing Structural & Functional Condition Deterioration, Examples of Initiation and Progressing Deterioration Models, Use of Deterioration Models by HDM Software.

Pavement Construction - Construction of Subgrade layers, Sub-base and Base Courses, Bituminous Surface Courses, Cement Concrete Surface Courses, MORTH specifications, Quality control.

Pavement Maintenance & Quality Control - Routine, Periodic Maintenance, Special Repairs, Responsive Maintenance Programmes, Rehabilitation and Reconstruction, Components of Pavement Maintenance Management System (PMMS), Stages in Implementing PMMS, Total Quality Management (TQM): Quality Assurance/Quality Control Concepts, Sampling, Tolerances and Controls Related to Profile & Compaction, Role of ISO 9000 in TQM.

Reading:

1. RCC Haas, W. Ronald Hudson, et al, Modern Pavement Management, Krieger Publishing Company.

2. ISTE Summer School Report on PMSS by Bangalore University. ISTE, New Delhi.

3. Mohammed Y. Shahin, Pavement Management for Airports, Roads & Parking Lots, Chapman & Hall Publishers.

4. Instructor's Guide-Asphalt Institute, Asphalt Technology and Construction Practices, Educational series.

5. A.F. Stocks, Concrete Pavements, Elsevier Applied Science Publishers, New York.

6. Harold N. Atkins, Highway Materials, Soils & Concrete 3rdEdition, Prentice Hall.

7. MORTH, Govt. of India, Specifications for Roads & Bridge Works, New Delhi.

8. Peurifoy, R.L., and Clifford,JS “Construction Planning Equipment and Method”- McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc.

9. Sharma S.C., “Construction Equipment and its Management”- Khanna Publishers.

10. Freddy L Roberts, Prithvi S Kandhal et al, “Hot Mix Asphalt Materials, mixture design and construction”- (2nd Edition), National Asphalt Pavement Association Research and Education Foundation, Maryland, USA.

CE480

HIGHWAY SAFETY

DEC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Analyze the effect of driver characteristics, roadway characteristics, and climatic factors on highway safety

CO2

Plan and design a road safety improvement program

CO3

Analyze accident data and suggest safety measures

CO4

Conduct road safety audit

CO5

Interpret accident data using statistical analysis


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO2

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

3

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

1

-

2

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

2

-

2

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction to safety - Accident characteristics and factors: road – driver – vehicle-environment.

Statistical Interpretation and Analysis of Crash Data - Accident recording and analysis.

Advanced statistical methods,

Crash Reconstruction - Driver behavior and crash “causality”, Crash reporting and collision diagrams, Basics of crash statistics, Before-after methods in crash analysis.

Road Safety Audits - Safety Programs, Safety Education, Traffic Law Enforcement.

Elements of highway safety management systems, Safety countermeasures.

Safety management process, Mitigation Measures - Crash Facts, Exclusive pedestrian signal phasing, Roadway lighting, pedestrian refuge islands and curb extension.

Road Safety Management System.

Reading:

1. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE), The Traffic Safety Toolbox: A Primer on Traffic Safety, ITE, 1999.

2. Lynn B. Fricke, Traffic Accident Reconstruction, Northwestern University Center for Public Safety, 1990.

3. Ogden, K.W. Safer Roads: A Guide to Road Safety Engineering. Avebury Technical, 1996.

4. Rune Elvik and Truls Vaa, The Handbook of Road Safety Measures, Elsevier, 2004.

5. Leonard Evans, Traffic Safety, Science Serving Society, 2004.

6. Ezra Hauer, Observational Before-After Studies in Road Safety, Pergamon Press, 1997 (reprinted 2002).

7. Simon Washington, Matthew Karlaftis, and Fred Mannering, Statistical and Econometric Methods for Transportation Data Analysis, Chapman & Hall/CRC Press, 2003.

8. J. Stannard Baker, Traffic Collision Investigation, Northwestern University Center for Public Safety, 2002.

9. Lynn B. Fricke, Traffic Accident Reconstruction, Northwestern University Center for

Public Safety, 1990.

CE390 Environmental Impact Analysis OPC 3 – 0 – 0 3 Credits

(This course is not offered to civil engineering students)


Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO1 Identify the environmental attributes to be considered for the EIA study.

CO2 Formulate objectives of the EIA studies.

CO3 Identify the suitable methodology and prepare Rapid EIA.

CO4 Prepare EIA reports and environmental management plans.

CO5 Plan the methodology to monitor and review the relief and rehabilitation works.

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: The Need for EIA, Indian Policies Requiring EIA , The EIA Cycle and Procedures, Screening, Scoping, Baseline Data, Impact Prediction, Assessment of Alternatives, Delineation of Mitigation Measure and EIA Report, Public Hearing, Decision Making, Monitoring the Clearance Conditions, Components of EIA, Roles in the EIA

Process. Government of India Ministry of Environment and Forest Notification (2000), List of projects requiring Environmental clearance, Application form, Composition of Expert Committee, Ecological sensitive places, International agreements.

Identifying the Key Issues: Key Elements of an Initial Project Description and Scoping, Project Location(s), Land Use Impacts, Consideration of Alternatives, Process selection: Construction Phase, Input Requirements, Wastes and Emissions, Air Emissions, Liquid Effluents, Solid Wastes, Risks to Environment and Human, Health, Socio-Economic Impacts, Ecological Impacts, Global Environmental Issues.

EIA Methodologies: Criteria for the selection of EIA methodology, impact identification,

impact measurement, impact interpretation & Evaluation, impact communication, Methods-Adhoc methods, Checklists methods, Matrices methods, Networks methods, Overlays methods, Environmental index using factor analysis, Cost/benefit analysis, Predictive or Simulation methods. Rapid assessment of Pollution sources method, predictive models for impact assessment, Applications for RS and GIS.

Reviewing the EIA Report: Scope, Baseline Conditions, Site and Process alternatives, Public hearing. Construction Stage Impacts, Project Resource Requirements and Related Impacts, Prediction of Environmental Media Quality, Socio-economic Impacts, Ecological Impacts, Occupational Health Impact, Major Hazard/ Risk Assessment, Impact on Transport System,Integrated Impact Assessment.

Review of EMP and Monitoring: Environmental Management Plan, Identification of Significant or Unacceptable Impacts Requiring Mitigation, Mitigation Plans and Relief & Rehabilitation, Stipulating the Conditions, What should be monitored? Monitoring Methods, Who should monitor? Pre-Appraisal and Appraisal.

Case Studies: Preparation of EIA for developmental projects- Factors to be considered in making assessment decisions, Water Resources Project, Pharmaceutical industry, thermal plant, Nuclear fuel complex, Highway project, Sewage treatment plant, Municipal Solid waste processing plant, Tannery industry.

Reading:

1. Jain, R.K., Urban, L.V., Stracy, G.S., Environmental Impact Analysis, Van Nostrand

Reinhold Co., New York, 1991.

2. Barthwal, R. R., Environmental Impact Assessment, New Age International Publishers,

2002

3. Rau, J.G. and Wooten, D.C., Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw Hill Pub. Co.,

New York, 1996.

4. Anjaneyulu.Y., and Manickam. V., Environmental Imapact Assessment Methodologies,

B.S. Publications, Hyderabad, 2007.

5. Wathern.P., Environmental Impact Assessment- Theory and Practice, Routledge

Publishers, London, 2004.

EE390

LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Analyze electromechanical systems using mathematical modelling

CO2

Determine Transient and Steady State behavior of systems using standard test signals

CO3

Analyze linear and non-linear systems for steady state errors, absolute stability and relative stability

CO4

Design a stable control system satisfying requirements of stability and reduced steady state error


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed syllabus:

Introduction - control system, types, feedback and its effects-linearization

Mathematical Modelling of Physical Systems. Block diagram Concept and use of Transfer function. Signal Flow Graphs- signal flow graph, Mason's gain formula.

Time Domain Analysis of Control Systems - BIBO stability, absolute stability, Routh-Hurwitz Criterion.

P, PI and PID controllers. Root Locus Techniques - Root loci theory, Application to system stability studies.

Frequency Domain Analysis of Control Systems - polar plots, Nyquist stability criterion, Bode plots, application of Bode plots.

Reading:

1. B.C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2009.

2. I.J. Nagarath and M. Gopal: Control Systems Engineering, 2nd Edition, New Age Pub.

Co. 2008.

ME390

AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Analyze operation and performance indicators of transmission systems, internal combustion engines and after treatment devices.

CO2

Understand operation of engine cooling system, lubrication system, electrical system and ignition system.

CO3

Understand fuel supply systems in an diesel and petrol vehicles

CO4

Analyze current and projected future environmental legislation and its impact on design, operation and performance of automotive power train systems.

CO5

Understand operation and performance of suspension, steering and braking system.

CO6

Understand layout of automotive electrical system and importance of electronic


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO6

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed syllabus

Introduction: Layout of an automotive chassis, engine classification.

Cooling Systems: Air cooling, air cleaners, Water cooling: Thermosyphon and pump circulation systems, Components of water cooling systems- Radiator, thermostat etc.

Engine Lubrication: Petroils system, Splash system, Pressure lubrication and dry sump system

Ignition System: Battery, Magneto and Electronic, Engine Starting drives

Fuel supply system: Components in fuel supply system, types of feed pumps, air cleaners, fuel and oil filters, pressure and dry sump systems.

Engine testing and Performance: Performance parameters, constant and variable speed test, heat balance test, performance characteristics. Engine Emissions: SI and CI engine emissions, emission control methods

Automotive electrical and electronics: Electrical layout of an automobile, ECU, sensors, windscreen wiper, Electric horn.

Transmission: Clutch- Single and multiplate clutch, semi & centrifugal clutch and fluid flywheel,

Gear box: Sliding mesh, constant mesh and synchromesh gear box, selector mechanism, over drive, Propeller shaft and Differential.

Suspension System: Front and rear suspension, shock absorbers, Rear Axles mountings, Front Axle. Steering Mechanism: Manual and power steering systems, Braking System: Mechanical, Hydraulic and Air braking systems.

Engine service: Engine service procedure.

Reading:

1. S. Srinivasan, Automotive Mechanics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

2. K.M.Gupta, Automobile Engineering, Vol.1 and Vol.2, Umesh Publications, 2002

3. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering, Vol.1 and Vol.2, Standard Publishers, 2003.

4. William H.Crouse and Donald L. Anglin, Automotive Mechanics, Tata McGraw-Hill,

2004

5. Joseph Heitner, Automotive Mechanics, East-West Press, 2000.

ME391

ROBUST DESIGN

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand stages in engineering design and concept of robust design.

CO2

Develop quality loss functions and S/N ratios for S, N and L type objective functions.

CO3

Identify control and noise factors for a given product or process.

CO4

Conduct experiments using DOE concepts to decide the optimal setting of parameters

CO5

Apply quality loss function approach for fixing the component tolerances.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

-

2

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Detailed syllabus

Introduction: Taguchi’s quality philosophy, causes of performance variation, concept of robust design, stages in product/process design, need for experimentation, QFD, process flow analysis, cause and effect diagram.

Design of Experiments: Principles of experimentation, Basic concepts of probability and statistics,

Comparison of two means and two variances, Comparison of multiple (more than two) means & Anova, Factorial designs, fractional factorial designs, orthogonal arrays, standard orthogonal arrays & interaction tables, modifying the orthogonal arrays, selection of suitable orthogonal array design, analysis of experimental data.

Parameter Design: Loss function, average quality loss, S/N ratios, objective functions, selection of control & noise factors and their levels, strategy for systematic sampling of noise, classification of control factors, inner-array and outer-array design, data analysis, selection of optimum levels/values for parameters.

Tolerance Design: Experiments, selection of tolerances to be tightened, fixing the final tolerances.

Reading:

1. Taguchi G, Chowdhury S and Taguchi S, Robust Engineering, TMH, 2000.

2. Ross PJ, Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering, TMH, 2005.

ME392

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial process and its significance in economic development.

CO2

Develop an idea of the support structure and promotional agencies assisting ethical entrepreneurship.

CO3

Identify entrepreneurial opportunities, support and resource requirements to launch a new venture within legal and formal frame work.

CO4

Develop a framework for technical, economic and financial feasibility.

CO5

Evaluate an opportunity and prepare a written business plan to communicate business ideas effectively.

CO6

Understand the stages of establishment, growth, barriers, and causes of sickness in industry to initiate appropriate strategies for operation, stabilization and growth.


Course

Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

-

1

-

-

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO6

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

Detailed syllabus

Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship: Introduction; Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship; Role of entrepreneurship in economic development; Entrepreneurial competencies and motivation; Institutional Interface for Small Scale Industry/Enterprises.

Establishing Small Scale Enterprise: Opportunity Scanning and Identification; Creativity and product development process; Market survey and assessment; choice of technology and selection of site.

Planning a Small Scale Enterprsies: Financing new/small enterprises; Techno Economic

Feasibility Assessment; Preparation of Business Plan; Forms of business organization/ownership.

Operational Issues in SSE: Financial management issues; Operational/project management

issues in SSE; Marketing management issues in SSE; Relevant business and industrial Laws.

Performance appraisal and growth strategies: Management performance assessment and

control; Causes of Sickness in SSI, Strategies for Stabilization and Growth.

Reading:

1. G.G. Meredith, R.E.Nelson and P.A. Neek, The Practice of Entrepreneurship, ILO,

1982.

2. Dr. Vasant Desai, Management of Small Scale Enterprises, Himalaya Publishing

House, 2004.

3. A Handbook for New Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India,

Ahmedabad, 1988.

4. Bruce R Barringer and R Duane Ireland, Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching

New Ventures, 3rd ed., Pearson Edu., 2013.

EC390

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: None


CO1

Understand different modulation and demodulation schemes for analog communications.

CO2

Design analog communication systems to meet desired application requirements

CO3

Evaluate fundamental communication system parameters, such as bandwidth, power, signal to quantization noise ratio etc.

CO4

Elucidate design tradeoffs and performance of communications systems.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed syllabus

Signal Analysis: Communication Process, Sources of Information, Communication Channels,

Modulation Process, Types of Communication, Random Process, Gaussian Process, Correlation Function, Power Spectral Density, Transmission of Random Process through an LTI Filter.

Noise Analysis: External Noise, Internal Noise, White Noise, Narrow Band Noise, Representation of Narrow Band noise In phase and Quadrature Components, Noise Figure, Noise Bandwidth, Noise Temperature.

Amplitude (Linear) Modulation: Linear Modulation Schemes, Generation of AM, Envelope Detector, DSB-SC Product Modulator, Switching Modulator, Ring Modulator, Coherent Detection, Costas receiver, SSB Signal Representation, Filtering Method, Phase Shift Method, Coherent Demodulation, VSB Modulator and Demodulator, Carrier Acquisition using Squaring Loop and Costas Loop, Receiver Model, SNR, Noise in SSB and DSB receivers using coherent detection, Noise in AM Receiver using Envelope detection, Threshold Effect.

Angle (Exponential) Modulation: Types of Angle Modulation, Relation between FM and PM, Narrow Band FM, Wideband FM, Transmission Bandwidth of FM Signals, Generation of FM using Direct and Indirect methods, FM Demodulation using Slope Circuit, Frequency

Discriminator, Interference in Angle Modulation, Noise in FM Receiver, FM Threshold Effect, Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis in FM, Model of PLL for FM Demodulation.

Pulse Modulation: Sampling Process, PAM, PWM, PPM, Quantization, PCM, TDM, Digital Multiplexer Hierarchy, DM, DSM, Linear Prediction, DPCM, ADPCM, Noise in PCM System, Companding, Comparison of the Noise Performance of AM,FM,PCM and DM.

Information Theory: Uncertainty, Information, Entropy, Source Coding Theorem, Data Compaction, Mutual information, Channel Capacity, BSC Channel, Information Capacity Theorem, Bandwidth - Power Tradeoff, Huffman Coding.

Reading:

1. S. Haykin, Communication Systems, 4th Edn, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2001.

2. B.P. Lathi, Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems, 3rd Edn, Oxford

University Press, Chennai, 1998.

3. Leon W.Couch II., Digital and Analog Communication Systems, 6th Edn, Pearson

Education inc., New Delhi, 2001.

4. A Bruce Carlson, PB Crilly, JC Rutledge, Communication Systems – 4th Edn, MGH,

New York, 2002.

EC391

MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Develop basic understanding of microprocessor architecture.

CO2

Design Microprocessor and Microcontroller based systems.

CO3

Understand C, C++ and assembly language programming

CO4

Understand concept of interfacing of peripheral devices and their applications


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

2

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed syllabus

Microcomputer Organization: CPU, Memory, I/O, Operating System, Multiprogramming, Multithreading, MS Windows

80386 Micro Processors : Review of 8086,salient features of 80386,Architecture and Signal Description of 80386,Register Organization of 80386,Addressing Modes,80386 Memory management, Protected mode, Segmentation, Paging, Virtual 8086 Mode, Enhanced Instruction set of 80386, the Co- Processor 80387

Pentium & Pentium-pro Microprocessor: Salient features of Pentium microprocessor, Pentium architecture, Special Pentium registers, Instruction Translation look aside buffer and branch Prediction, Rapid Execution module, Memory management, hyper-threading technology, Extended Instruction set in advanced Pentium Processors

Microcontrollers: Overview of micro controllers-8051 family microcontrollers, 80196 microcontrollers family architecture, instruction set, pin out, memory interfacing.

ARM Processor Fundamentals: Registers, current Program Status Registers, Pipeline Exceptions, Interrupts and Vector Table, Architecture Revisions, ARM Processor families, ARM instruction set, Thumb Instruction set-Exceptions Handing, Interrupts, Interrupt Handling schemes, firmware, Embedded operating systems, Caches-cache architecture, Cache policy, Introduction to DSP on the ARM, DSP on the ARM7TDMI,ARM9TDMI.

Case study-Industry Application of Microcontrollers

Reading:

1. Barry B.Brey: Intel Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Interfacing-

8086/8088,80186,80286,80386 and 80486, PHI,1995.

2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Mazidi: The 8051 Microcontrollers and Embedded systems,

PHI, 2008

3. Intel and ARM Data Books on Microcontrollers.

MM390

METALLURGY FOR NON-METALLURGISTS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand the characteristics and usefulness of metals and alloys.

CO2

Differentiate metals and alloys and their fabrication techniques.

CO3

Correlate the microstructure, properties, processing and performance of materials.

CO4

Select metal/alloy for engineering applications.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction to Metallurgy:

Structure of Metals and Alloys: Nature of Metallic Bonding, Crystal Structures of Metals, Structure of Alloys, Imperfections in Crystals

Mechanical Properties: Plastic Deformation Mechanisms, Tensile, Creep, Fatigue, Fracture

Strengthening Mechanisms: Strain Hardening, Grain Size Refinement, Solid Solution Strengthening, Precipitation Hardening

Discovering Metals: Overview of Metals, Modern Alloy Production

Fabrication and Finishing of metal products: Metal Working and Machining

Testing of Metals: Both Destructive and Non-Destructive, Inspection and Quality Control of Metals

Engineering Alloys: Steel Products and Properties, Cast Irons, Tool Steels and High Speed Steels, Stainless Steels, Nonferrous Metals

Heat Treatment: Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering

Corrosion and its Prevention: Electro chemical considerations, Corrosion Rates, Passivity, Environmental Effects, Forms of Corrosion, Corrosion Environments, Oxidation; Durability of Metals and Alloys

The material selection processes: Case studies

Reading:

1. M. F. Ashby: Engineering Metals, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2005.

2. R. Balasubramaniam (Adapted): Calister’s Materials Science and Engineering, 7th

Edition, Wiley India (P) Ltd, 2007.

3. Reza Abbaschian, Lara Abbaschian, R E Reed-Hill: Physical Metallurgy Principles,

Affiliated East-West Press, 2009.

4. V Raghavan: Elements of Materials Science and Engineering- A First Course, 5th

Edition, PHI, 2006

CH390 Nanotechnology and Applications OPC 3 – 0 – 0 3 Credits

Prerequisites: None

CO1 Understand the properties of Nano-materials and applications

CO2 Apply chemical engineering principles to Nano-particle production

CO3 Solve the quantum confinement equations.

CO4 Characterize Nano-materials.

CO5 Scale up the production Nanoparticles for Electronics and Chemical industries.



Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

1

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus: Introduction to Nanotechnology: Introduction to nanotechnology and materials,

Nanomaterials, Introduction to nano-sizes and properties comparison with the bulk materials, Different shapes and sizes and morphology. Fabrication of Nanomaterials: Top Down Approach Grinding, Planetory milling and Comparison of particles, Bottom Up Approach, Wet Chemical Synthesis Methods, Microemulsion Approach, Colloidal Nanoparticles Production, Sol Gel Methods, Sonochemical Approach, Microwave and Atomization, Gas phase Production Methods : Chemical Vapour Depositions. Kinetics at Nanoscale: Nucleation and growth of particles, Issues of Aggregation of

Particles, Oswald Ripening, Stearic hindrance, Layers of surface charges, Zeta Potential and pH. Carbon Nanomaterials: Synthesis of carbon bucky-balls, List of stable carbon allotropes extended, fullerenes, metallofullerenes, solid C60, bucky onions, nanotubes, nanocones Quantum mechanics: Quantum dots and its Importance, Pauli exclusion principle, Schrödinger's equation, Application of quantum Dots: quantum well, wire, dot, characteristics of quantum dots, Synthesis of quantum dots Semi-conductor quantum dots

Nanomaterials characterization: Fractionation principles of Particle size measurements, Particle size and its distribution, XRD, Zeta potential, Electronic band structure Electron statistics Application: Optical transitions in solids, photonic crystals,

Microscopies SEM, TEM, Atomic Forced Microscopy, Scanning and Tunneling Microscopy. Applications: Self-assembly and molecular manufacturing, Surfactant based system

Colloidal system applications, Functional materials Applications, commercial processes of synthesis of nanomaterials.

Nano inroganic materials of CaCO3 synthesis, Hybrid Waste Water Treatments systems, Electronic Nanodevices, Nanobiology: Biological synthesis of nanoparticles and applications in drug delivery, Nanocontainers and Responsive Release of active agents, Layer by Layer assembly for nanospheres, Safety and health Issues of nano materials, Environmental Impacts, Case Study for Environmental and Societal Impacts Reading:

1. Kulkarni Sulabha K, Nanotechnology: Principles and Practices, Capital Publishing Company, 2007

2. Stuart M. Lindsay, Introduction to Nanoscience, Oxford University Press, 2009. 3. Robert Kelsall, Ian Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology,

John Wiley & Sons, 2005.

4. Gabor L. Hornyak , H.F. Tibbals , Joydeep Dutta , John J. Moore Introduction to

Nanoscience and Nanotechnology CRC Press 5. Davies, J.H. ‘The Physics of Low Dimensional Semiconductors: An Introduction’,

Cambridge University Press, 1998.

CH391 Industrial Safety and Hazards OPC 3 – 0 – 0 3 Credits


Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO1 Analyze the effects of release of toxic substances.

CO2 Select the methods of prevention of fires and explosions.

CO3 Understand the methods of hazard identification and preventive measures.

CO4 Assess the risks using fault tree diagram.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

Detailed syllabus:

Introduction-Safety Programs, Engineering Ethics, Accident and Loss Statistics, Acceptable Risk, Public Perceptions ,The Nature of the Accident Process ,Inherent Safety.

Industrial Hygiene- Anticipation and Identification, Hygiene Evaluation, Hygiene Control. Toxic Release and Dispersion Models- Parameters Affecting Dispersion, Neutrally Buoyant Dispersion Models, Dense Gas Dispersion, Toxic Effect Criteria, Effect of Release Momentum and Buoyancy, Release Mitigation.

Fires and Explosions- The Fire Triangle, Distinction between Fires and Explosions, Flammability Characteristics of Liquids and Vapors, Limiting Oxygen Concentration and Inerting, Flammability Diagram

Hazards Identification- Process Hazards Checklists, Hazards Surveys, Hazards and Operability Studies, Safety Reviews.

Risk Assessment- Review of Probability Theory, Event Trees, Fault Trees.

Safety Procedures: Process Safety Hierarchy, Managing Safety, Best Practices, Procedures—Operating, Procedures—Permits, Procedures—Safety Reviews and Accident Investigations.

Reading:

1. D. A. Crowl and J.F. Louvar, Chemical Process Safety (Fundamentals with Applications),

Prentice Hall,2011.

2. R.K. Sinnott, Coulson & Richardson's Chemical Engineering, Vol. 6, Elsevier India, 2006.

CS390

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand fundamental concepts in object oriented approach.

CO2

Analyze design issues in developing OOP applications.

CO3

Write computer programs to solve real world problems in Java.

CO4

Analyze source code API documentations.

CO5

Create GUI based applications.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Object- oriented thinking, History of object-oriented programming, overview of java, Object- oriented design, Structure of java program. Types and modifiers, Classes, declaring objects in classes, Methods, constructors, garbage collection, Method overloading, passing objects as parameters, Inheritance, various forms and types of inheritance, Multilevel hierarchy, use of super, method overriding, Applications of method overriding, abstract classes, Packages with examples

Interfaces and implementation, Exception handling, types, throwing, creating own exceptions, Multithreading and concepts, its usage and examples, Input/output streams, String operations and examples, Collection classes-array, stack collection, bitset collection, Utility classes-string tokenizer, bitset, date, Applets- methods, creation, designing and examples, Event handling- event classes, Event listener interfaces, AWT classes, working with frames, AWT controls-layout manager, user interface components, Graphics programming

Reading:

1. Timothy Budd, “Understanding object-oriented programming with Java”, Pearson,

2. Herbert Schildt, “ The complete reference Java 2”, TMH,

BT390

GREEN TECHNOLOGY

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: Chemistry


CO1

Address smart energy and green infrastructure

CO2

Build models that simulate sustainable and renewable green technology systems

CO3

Understand the history, global, environmental and economical impacts of green technology

CO4

Address non-renewable energy challenges


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Biomass Energy, basic concepts, sources of biomass energy, uses of biomass energy, science and engineering aspects of biomass energy, production of biomass electricity, transmission of biomass electricity, storage of biomass electricity.

Energy transformation from source to services; Energy sources, sun as the source of energy; biological processes; photosynthesis; food chains, classification of energy sources, quality and concentration of energy sources; fossil fuel reserves - estimates, duration; theory of renewability, renewable resources; overview of global/ India’s energy scenario.

Environmental effects of energy extraction, conversion and use; sources of pollution from energy technologies, Criteria for choosing appropriate green energy technologies, life cycle cost; the emerging trends – process/product innovation-, technological/ environmental leap-frogging; Eco/green technologies for addressing the problems of Water, Energy, Health, Agriculture and Biodiversity.

First and second laws of thermodynamics and their applications – Thermodynamic processes - Irreversibility of energy – Entropy. Properties of steam and classification of steam engines. Carnot cycle - Rankine cycle, Current energy requirements, growth in future energy requirements, Review of conventional energy resources- Coal, gas and oil reserves and resources, Tar sands and Oil, Shale, Nuclear energy Option.

Biomass fuels, market barriers of biomass fuels, biomass fuel standerdization, biomass fuel life cycle, Sustainability of biomass fuels, economics of biomass fuels, Fuel stoichiometry and analysis: Fuel stoichiometry relations; Estimation of air required for complete combustion; Estimation of minimum amount of air required for a fuel of known composition; Estimation of dry flue gases for known fuel composition; Calculation of the composition of fuel & excess air supplied,

from exhaust gas analysis; Dew point of products; Flue gas analysis (O2, CO2, CO, NOx, SOx).

Biomass as a major source of energy in India: Fuel-wood use in rural households. Consequences for ecosystems. Future energy scenario in rural areas. Utilization of biomass in industrial and semi-industrial settings. Future utilization of biomass in India. Future of landscape management: optimal management.

Reading:

1. Ayhan Demirbas, Green Energy and Technology, Biofuels, Securing the Planet’s

Future Energy Needs, 1st Edition, Springer, 2009.

2. Jay Cheng, Biomass to Renewable Energy Processes, 1st Edition, CRC press, 2009.

3. Samir K. Khanal, Rao Y. Surampally, 1st edition, American Society of Civil Engineers,

2010.

SM390

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand concepts and scope of marketing and market oriented strategic planning

CO2

Analyze macro level environment

CO3

Identify factors influencing consumer behavior in competitive global business environment

CO4

Identify tools and techniques for marketing management through integrated marketing communication systems.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Importance of Marketing, Scope of Marketing, Core Marketing concepts company orientation towards market place-production concept, Product concept, selling concept and Marketing concept.

Market oriented Strategic planning – Defining corporate Mission and Vision Statement at Corporate level and at Business unit level. Assigning resources to Strategic Business units through B.C.G Matrix and G.E Model.

Analyzing Macro environment-Demographic environment. Economic Environment, Technical Environment, Social-Cultural Environment and political – Legal Environment.

Components of Marketing information systems- Internal Records, Marketing intelligence, Marketing research and Marketing Decision support system.

Consumer Behavior- Buying Decision process and the factors influencing consumer Behavior- Psychological factors, social factors, cultural factors and personal factors.

Importance of Market segmentation, Target market selection and positioning.

Importance of new product development process and the various stages involved.

The concept of product lifecycle and the various strategies used by the marketer in each stage.

Product characteristics and classification, Product mix and product line decisions Branding Decisions, Building Brand Equity.

Importance of Pricing, Factors influencing pricing decisions. Various pricing methods-cost based and demand based methods.

Role of Marketing channels-Channel functions and channel levels channel Design and channel Management Decisions, Managing Retailing. Wholesaling and logistics. Importance of Electronic channels.

Importance of integrated Marketing communication. Advantages and Disadvantages of Various promotional tools- Advertising, Sales promotion, personal selling, publicity and public Relations and Direct marketing.

Reading:

1. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, PHI, 14th Edition, 2013.

2. William Stonton & Etzel, Marketing Management, TMH, 13th Edition, 2013.

3. Rama Swamy & Namakumari, Marketing Management, McMillan, 2013.

MA390

NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Solve nonlinear differential equations by numerical methods.

CO2

Determine the convergence region for a finite difference method.

CO3

Solve elliptic PDE by finite difference method

CO4

Solve a parabolic PDE by finite difference method

CO5

Solve a hyperbolic PDE by finite difference method


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

-

1

-

1

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

1

CO5

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Ordinary Differential Equations: Multistep (explicit and implicit) methods for initial value problems, Stability and Convergence analysis, Linear and nonlinear boundary value problems, Quasi- linearization, Shooting methods

Finite difference methods: Finite difference approximations for derivatives, boundary value problems with explicit boundary conditions, implicit boundary conditions, error analysis, stability analysis, convergence analysis.

Partial Differential Equations: Classification of partial differential equations, finite difference approximations for partial derivatives and finite difference schemes for Parabolic equations, Schmidt’s two level, multilevel explicit methods, Crank-Nicolson’s two level, multilevel implicit methods, Dirichlet’s problem, Neumann problem, mixed boundary value problem, stability analysis.

Hyperbolic Equations: Explicit methods, implicit methods, one space dimension, two space dimensions, ADI methods.

Elliptic equations: Laplace equation, Poisson equation, iterative schemes, Dirichlet’s problem, Neumann problem, mixed boundary value problem, ADI methods.

Reading:

1. M.K. Jain, Numerical Solution of Differential Equations, Wiley Eastern, 1984.

2. G.D. Smith, Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations, Oxford Univ. Press,

2004.

3. M.K.Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Computational Methods for Partial Differential

Equations, Wiley Eastern, 2005.

MA391

FUZZY MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATIONS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Apply operations on Fuzzy sets

CO2

Solve problems related to Propositional Logic.

CO3

Apply Fuzzy relations to cylindric extensions.

CO4

Apply logic of Boolean Algebra to switching circuits.

CO5

Develop Fuzzy logic controllers


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

CO5

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Crisp set theory (CST): Introduction, Relations between sets, Operations on sets, Characteristic functions, Cartesian products of crisp sets, crisp relations on sets.

Fuzzy set theory (FST): Introduction, concept of fuzzy set (FS), Relation between FS, operations on FS, properties of standard operations, certain numbers associated with a FS, certain crisp sets associated with FS, Certain FS associated with given FS, Extension principle.

Propositional Logic (PL1): Introduction, Syntax of PL1, Semantics of PL1, certain properties satisfied by connectives, inference rules, Derivation, Resolution.

Predicate Logic (PL2): Introduction, Syntax of PL2, Semantics of PL2, certain properties satisfied by connectives and quantifiers, inference rules, Derivation, Resolution

-cuts of FR, Composition of FR, Projections of FR, Cylindric extensions, Cylindric closure, FR on a domain.

Fuzzy Logic (FL): Introduction, Three-valued logics, N-valued logics and infinite valued logics, Fuzzy logics, Fuzzy propositions and their interpretations in terms of fuzzy sets, Fuzzy rules and their interpretations in terms of FR, fuzzy inference, More on fuzzy inference, Generalizations of FL.

Switching functions (SF) and Switching circuits (SC): Introduction, SF, Disjunctive normal form, SC, Relation between SF and SC, Equivalence and simplification of circuits, Introduction of Boolean Algebra BA, Identification, Complete Disjunctive normal form.

Applications: Introduction to fuzzy logic controller (FLC), Fuzzy expert systems, classical control theory versus fuzzy control, examples, working of FLC through examples, Details of FLC, Mathematical formulation of FLC, Introduction of fuzzy methods in decision making.

Reading:

1. M. Ganesh, Introduction to Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic, PHI, 2001.

2. G.J. Klir and B.Yuan, Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic–Theory and Applications, PHI,

1997.

3. T. J. Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1995.

PH390

MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand the origin of bio-potentials and their physical significance.

CO2

Understand anatomy and functioning of human heart and its common problems.

CO3

Analyze ECG, ENG and EMG signals and instrumentation.

CO4

Compare different techniques of measuring blood pressure, blood flow and volume.

CO5

Interpret the principle and operation of therapeutic and prosthetic devices.

CO6

Differentiate between the various techniques for measurement of parameters.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

General Introduction: The cell, body fluids, Musculoskeletal system, respiratory system, gastrointestinal system, Nervous system, endocrine system and circulatory system.

Origin of Bio potentials: electrical activity of Excitable cells: the resting state, The active state, Volume conductor fields, Functional organization of the peripheral nervous system: Reflex are & Junctional transmission.

The Electroneurogram (ENG): The H-Reflex, The Electromyogram (EMG), The Electrocardiogram (ECG), heart and the circulatory system, Electro conduction system of the heart and heart problems, ECG waveform and Physical significance of its wave features, Electrical behavior of cardiac cells, The standard lead system, The ECG preamplifier, DC ECG Amplier, Defibrillator protection circuit, Electro surgery Unit filtering, Functional blocks of ECG system, Multichannel physiological monitoring system, Common problems encountered and remedial techniques.

Blood Pressure: indirect measurement of blood pressure, korotkoff sounds, auscultatory method using sphygmo manometer, Oscillometric and ultrasonic non invasive pressure measurement, Direct measurement of blood pressure H2O manometers, electronic manometry, Pressure transducers,. Pressure amplifier designs, Systolic, diastolic mean detector circuits

Blood flow and Volume Measurement: indicator dilution methods, Transit time flow meter, DC flow meter, Electromagnetic flow meter AC electromagnetic flow meter, Quadrature suppression flow meter, Ultrasonic flow meter, Continuous-wave Doppler flow meter, Electric impedance plethysmography, chamber plethysmography, Photo plethysmography.

Pulse Oximetr: Principles of Operation, Absorption Spectrum, Sensor design, Pulse oximeter, Therapeutic and Prosthetic Devices.

Cardiac Pacemakers: Lead wires and electrodes, Synchronous Pacemakers, rate responsive pacemaking, Defibrillators, cardioverters, Electrosurgical unit, Therapeutic applications of laser, Lithotripsy Haemodialysis.

Reading:

1. John G Webster, Medical Instrumentation: Application and Design , John Wiley,3rd

Ed. 2012.

2. Joseph J. Carr & John M. Brown , Introduction to biomedical Equipment Technology,

4th Ed., Prentice Hall India, 2001

PH391

ADVANCED MATERIALS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand the synthesis and properties of nanomaterials

CO2

Evaluate the usefulness of nanomaterials in medicine, biology and sensing

CO3

Understand modeling of composite materials by finite element analysis

CO4

Differentiate superconducting materials

CO5

Understand the characteristics and uses of functional materials


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

1

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

CO4

1

1

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO5

1

1

1

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Nano Materials: Origin of nano technology, Classification of nano materials, Physical, chemical, electrical, mechanical properties of nano materials. Preparation of nano materials by plasma arcing, physical vapour deposition, chemical vapour deposition (CVD), Sol-Gel, electro deposition, ball milling, carbon nano tubes(CNT).Synthesis, preparation of nanotubes, nano sensors, Quantum dots, nano wires,nano biology, nano medidcines.

Biomaterials: Overview of biomaterials. Biomaterials, bioceramics, biopolymers, tissue grafts, soft tissue applications, cardiovascular implants, biomaterials in ophthalmology, orthopeadiac implants, dental materials.

Composites: General characteristics of composites , composites classes, PMCs, MMCs, CMCs, CCCs, IMCs, hybrid composites, fibers and matrices, different types of fibers, whiskers, different matrices materials, polymers, metal, ceramic matrices, toughening mechanism, interfaces, blending and adhesion, composite modeling, finite element analysis and design.

Optical materials: Mechanisms of optical absorption in metals, semiconductors and insulators. Nonlinear optical materials, optical modulators, optical fibers. Display devices and materials photo-emissive, photovoltaic cells, charge coupled devices(CCD), laser materials.

Super conducting materials: Types of super conductors, an account of mechanism of superconductors, effects of magnetic field currents, thermal energy, energy gap, acoustic attenuation, penetration depth, BCS theory, DC and AC Josephson effects, high Tc superconductors, potential applications of superconductivity, electrical switching element, superconductor power transmission and transformers, magnetic mirror, bearings, superconductor motors, generators, SQUIDS etc.

Smart materials: An introduction, principles of smart materials, input – output decision ability, devices based on conductivity changes, devices based on changes in optical response, biological systems smart materials. Devices based on magnetization, artificial structures, surfaces, hetero structures, polycrystalline, amorphous, liquid crystalline materials.

Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Materials and Electrets: Delay lines, frequency filters, resonators, Pressure and temperature sensors, Sonar transducers. Comparison of electrets with permanent magnets, Preparation of electrets, Application of electrets..

Reading:

1. T.Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials; TaTa McGraw-Hill,2008.

2. B.S. Murthy et al., Textbook of Nano science and Nanotechnology, University press

3. Krishan K Chawla, Composite Materials; 2nd Ed., Springer 2006.

CY390

INSTRUMENTAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL ANALYSIS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Characterize materials using ultraviolet and visible absorption and fluorescence techniques

CO2

Analyze materials, minerals and trace samples using atomic absorption, emission and X-ray fluorescence techniques

CO3

Analyze environmental, industrial, production-line materials by liquid, gas and size- exclusion chromatographic techniques.

CO4

Characterize interfaces and traces of surface adsorbed materials using electroanalytical techniques

CO5

Understand principles of thermogravimetry and differential thermal analyses.

CO6

Characterize chemical, inorganic and engineering materials using analytical techniques


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

2

CO3

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

2

CO4

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

2

CO5

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

-

CO6

-

-

2

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

UV-Visible Spectrophotometry and Fluorescence Beer-Lambert’s law, limitations, Molecular fluorescence, influencing factors, basic instruments, standardization, quantitative methods, applications.

Atomic spectrometry, atomic absorption, X-ray fluorescence methods Flame atomic emission and absorption, flame emission photometer, flame absorption spectrometer, spectral interferences, quantitative aspects, X-ray fluorescence principle, Instrumentation, quantitative analysis.

Separation techniques Solvent extraction, Principle, Extraction of solutes, Soxhlet extraction Chromatography methods Gas chromatography, High performance liquid chromatography, Size exclusion chromatography, Principle, Basic instrumentation, Capillary Electrophoresis: Principle and application.

Thermoanalytical methods Thermogravimetry, Differential thermal analysis, differential scanning calorimetry, Principle, Block diagram, Applications, Quantitative determinations.

Electroanalytical methods Coulometric methods, Polarography, Pulse voltammetric methods, Amperometry, Principles, Applications, Electrochemical sensors, Ion selective, Potentiometric and amperometric sensors, Applications.

Spectroscopic methods Molecular absorption, Woodward rules, applications, Infra red absorption, functional group analysis, qualitative analysis, 1H- and 13C-NMR spectroscopy, Principle, Basic instrumentation, terminology, Interpretation of data, Quantitative applications. Mass spectrometry Principles, Instrumentation, Ionization techniques, Characterization and applications.

Reading:

1. Mendham, Denny, Barnesand Thomas, Vogel: Text book of Quantitative Chemical

Analysis, Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2007.

2. Skoog, Holler and Kouch, Thomson, Instrumental methods of chemical analysis, 2007.

3. Willard, Meritt and Dean, Instrumental methods of chemical analysis, PHI, 2005.

CY391

CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF ENERGY SYSTEMS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand traditional and alternative forms of energy

CO2

Understand energy production, storage, distribution and utilization.

CO3

Model environmental impacts of energy generation and conservation

CO4

Apply concepts of engineering design to energy challenges


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Thermo chemistry and chemical kinetics of energy sources: Chemistry of Fuels and Characteristics of a Good Fuel; Heats of Combustion of Fuels; Determination of Heats of Combustion by Bomb Calorimetry and Differential Scanning Calorimetry; Thermodynamics of Electrochemical Cells; Determination of Various Thermochemical Functions of Energy Materials by Electroanalytical Methods (Potentiometry, Coulometry and Voltammetry), Rates of Combustion Processes; Determination of Ignition Point, Flash Point and Other Kinetic Parameters of Chemical Energy Sources

Chemistry of Conventional and Non-Conventional energy materials: Chemical Composition of Finite Energy materials (Petroleum Products, Petroleum Refinery, Fractional Distillation and Petroleum Cracking; Natural Gas, Water Gas, Biomass and Goober Gas; Hydrogen as a Fuel and Its Controlled Combustion; Coal Carbonization and Gasification; Pulverization of Cellulose and Firewood

Electrochemical energy systems:Primary and Secondary batteries, Reserve batteries, Solid state and molten solvent batteries, Recent technological trends, Lithium ion batteries, Nanostructured electrode materials, Lithium and carbon based nanomaterials and nanocomposites, Solid-state Lithium ion batteries, Energy storage and backup. Fuel cells, Scientific prospects of fuel cells, Electrochemistry, In-situ and ex-situ electrochemical characterizations, Current-Voltage measurement, Current Interrupt measurements, Porosity, BET surface area analysis, Gas permeability, Hydrogen as future fuel, Alkaline-, acid- and molten carbonate-fuel cells, Solid oxide fuel cells.

Solar energy harnessing:Fundamentals, Conversion into electrical energy, Photovoltaic and Photogalvanic energy storage, Semiconductor photoelectrochemical cells, Photoelectrochemical reactions, Regenerative photoelectrochemical cells, Basic problems, Photocorrosion and protection of semiconductor electrodes, Protective coatings, Coatings of metals and electrically conductive polymers, Electrodes with chemically modified surfaces.

Photochemical and photoelectrochemical cleavage of water: Photochemistry and Photocatalysis of Splitting of Water Molecule; Chemically Modified Electrodes for Water Cleavage; Coordination Chemistry of Water Cleavage

Environmental concerns and green methods of energy sources: Quality of Chemical Energy Sources; Pollution Control and Monitoring of Energy Extraction from Materials; Nanochemical Methods in Energy Extraction; Modeling of Combustion and Other Energy Tapping from Materials

Reading:

1. Energy systems Engineering – Evaluation and Implementation, Francis Vanek, Louis Albright, Largus Argenent, Mc Graw-Hill, 2012.

2. Energy Systems and Sustainability: Power for a Sustainable Future, Bob Everett, Godfrey Boyle, Stephen Peake and Janet Ramage, Oxford Uni Press, 2012.

3. Lithium ion batteries – Advances and applications, Gianfranco Pistoria, Elsevier 2014. 4. Tomorrow’s Energy: Hydrogen, Fuel cells, and the prospects for a cleaner planet, Peter

Hoffmann, Byron Dorgan, MIT Press, 2012. 5. solar energy conversion Yuri V Pleskov, Springer-Verlag, 1990.

6. Solar energy conversion – Dynamics of interfacidal electron and excitation transfer, Piotrowiak, Laurie Peter, Heinz Frei and Tim Zhao, RSC 2013.

HS390

SOFT SKILLS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand corporate communication culture

CO2

Prepare business reports and proposals expected of a corporate professional

CO3

Employ appropriate speech in formal business situations

CO4

Exhibit corporate social responsibility and ethics

CO5

Acquire corporate email, mobile and telephone etiquette


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

English Language Enhancement: Verbs and tenses, Phrasal verbs, Synonyms, Antonyms, Homonyms - Descriptive Words, Combining Sentences, Business Idioms, Indianisms in English.

Art of Communication, Communication process- Non-verbal Communication- Effective Listening.

Interpersonal and Intra Personal Communication Skills- Self-Awareness- Self-Esteem and Confidence- Assertiveness and Confidence- Dealing with Emotions-Team Concept- Elements of Teamwork- Stages of Team Formation- Effective Team-Team Player Styles-Leadership.

Campus to Company- Dressing and Grooming- The Corporate Fit- Business Etiquette- Communication; media etiquette- Group Discussions, Interviews, and Presentation Skills.

Interview Handling skills- Effective Resume-- Common Interview Mistakes- Body-language- Content Aid, Visual Aids- Entrepreneurial Skills Development.

Reading:

1. Robert M. Sherfield, Developing Soft Skills, Montgomery and Moody Fourth Edn.

Pearson, 2009.

2. K.Alex, Soft Skills: Know Yourself & Know The world, S. Chand; 2009.

3. Robert Bramson, Coping with Difficult People, Dell, 2009

CE440 BUILDING TECHNOLOGY OPC 3 – 0 – 0 3 Credits

( This course is not offered to civil engineering students) Pre-requisites: None. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO1 Apply basic principles to develop stable, sustainable and cost-effective building plans.

CO2 Identify effective measures for fire proofing, damp proofing, and thermal insulation.

CO3 Adopt standard building provisions for natural ventilation and lighting.

CO4 Identify different materials, quality and methods of fabrication & construction.

Detailed Syllabus:

Overview of the course, basic definitions, Buildings – Types, components, economy and design, Principles of planning of buildings and their importance.

Definitions and importance of Grouping and circulation; Lighting and ventilation; How to consider these aspects during planning of building

Termite proofing: Inspection, control measures and precautions, Lighting protection of buildings: General principles of design of openings, Various types of fire protection measures to be considered while planning a building.

General requirements and extra requirements for safety against fire, special precautions, Vertical transportation in building – types of vertical transportation, Stairs, different forms of stairs, planning of stair cases, Other modes of vertical transportation – lifts, ramps, escalators.

Prefabrication systems in residential buildings – walls, openings, cupboards, shelves etc., planning and modules and sizes of components in prefabrication.

Planning and designing of residential buildings against the earthquake forces, Principles, Seismic forces and their effect on buildings.

Air conditioning – process and classification of air conditioning, Dehumidification. Systems of air-conditioning, ventilation, functional requirements of ventilation.

Acoustics, effect of noise, properties of noise and its measurements, Principles of acoustics of building. Sound insulation – importance and measures.

Plumbing services – water supply system, maintenance of building pipe line, Sanitary fittings, principles governing design of building drainage.

Reading:

1. Building Construction - Varghese, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2008

2. Building Construction - Punmia, B C, Jain, A J and Jain A J, Laxmi Publications, 2005.

3. Building Construction by S.P. Arora and S.P. Bindra – Dhanpatrai and Sons, New

Delhi, 1996.

4. Building Construction – Technical Teachers Training Institute, Madras, Tata

McGraw Hill, 1992.

5. National Building code of India, Bureau of Indian Standards, 2005.

EE 440

NEW VENTURE CREATION

OPC

3–0– 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: None Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand the process and practice of entrepreneurship and new venture creation

CO2 Understand conceptual frameworks for identifying entrepreneurial opportunities and for preparation of business plan

CO3 Explore opportunities for launching a new venture

CO4 Identify functional management issues of running a new venture


Course

Outcomes PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 - 1 2 1 1 - 1 1

CO2 - 1 1 1 1 - 1 1

CO3 - - - - 1 - 1 1

CO4 - - - - 1 - 1 1

Detailed syllabus:

Entrepreneur and entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurship and Small Scale Enterprises (SSE) – Role in Economic Development, Entrepreneurial Competencies, Institution Interface for SSE.

Establishing the small scale enterprise: Opportunity Scanning and Identification, Market Assessment for SSE, Choice of Technology and Selection of Site, Financing the New/Small Enterprises, Preparation of the Business Plan, Ownership Structures and Organizational Framework.

Operating the small scale enterprises: Financial Management Issues in SSE, Operational Management Issues in SSE, Marketing Management Issues in SSE, Organizational Relations in SSE.

Reading:

1. Kuratko: New Venture Management : The Entrepreneur’s Roadmap, Pearson Education

India, 2008. 2. Holt, “Entrepreneurship: New Venture Creation”, PHI(P), Ltd.,2001.

3. Lisa K. Gundry, Jill R. Kickul: Entrepreneurship Strategy: Changing Patterns in New

Venture Creation, Growth, and Reinvention, Sage Publications, 2007.

ME440

ALTERNATIVE SOURCES OF ENERGY

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1 Identify renewable energy sources and their utilization.

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Kuratko%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=7

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Lisa+K.+Gundry%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=6

http://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Jill+R.+Kickul%22&source=gbs_metadata_r&cad=6

CO2

Understand basic concepts of solar radiation and analyze solar thermal systems for its utilization.

CO3

Understand working of solar cells and its modern manufacturing technologies.

CO4

Understand concepts of Fuel cells and their applications

CO5

Identify methods of energy storage.

CO6

Compare energy utilization from wind energy, geothermal energy, biomass, biogas and hydrogen.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

CO2

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

1

CO3

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO4

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO5

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO6

1

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Overview of the course; Examination and Evaluation patterns; Global warming; Introduction to Renewable Energy Technologies

Energy Storage: Introduction; Necessity of Energy Storage; Energy Storage Methods

Solar Energy: Fundamentals; Solar Radiation; Estimation of solar radiation on horizontal and inclined surfaces; Measurement of solar radiation data

Solar Thermal systems: Introduction; Basics of thermodynamics and heat transfer; Flat plate collector; Evacuated Tubular Collector; Solar air collector; Solar concentrator; Solar distillation; Solar cooker; Solar refrigeration and air conditioning; Thermal energy storage systems

Solar Photovoltaic systems: Introduction; Solar cell Fundamentals; Characteristics and classification; Solar cell: Module, panel and Array construction; Photovoltaic thermal systems.

Wind Energy: Introduction; Origin and nature of winds; Wind turbine siting; Basics of fluid mechanics; Wind turbine aerodynamics; wind turbine types and their construction; Wind energy conversion systems

Fuel cells: Overview; Classification of fuel cells; operating principles; Fuel cell thermodynamics

Biomass Energy: Introduction; Photosynthesis Process; Biofuels; Biomass Resources; Biomass conversion technologies; Urban waste to energy conversion; Biomass gasification.

Other forms of Energy: Introduction: Nuclear, ocean and geothermal energy applications; Origin and their types; Working principles

Reading:

1. Sukhatme S.P. and J.K.Nayak, Solar Energy - Principles of Thermal Collection and

Storage, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

2. Khan B.H., Non-Conventional Energy Resources,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006.

3. J.A. Duffie and W.A. Beckman, Solar Energy - Thermal Pro

EC440

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTAION

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Apply knowledge of instruments for effective use

CO2

Select suitable instruments for typical measurements.

CO3

Identify various transducers to measure strain, temperature and displacement.

CO4

Understand data acquisition system and general purpose interfacing bus.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

2

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

2

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

2

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

2

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed syllabus

Measurement And Error: Sensitivity, Resolution, Accuracy and precision, Absolute and Relative types of errors, Statistical analysis, Probability of and Limiting errors, Linearity.

Instruments: D’Arsonval movement and basic principles of Measurement of Voltage, Current and Resistance in instruments. Analog and Digital Multimeters, Measurement of time and Frequency – Digital Frequency Meter and applications.

Impedance Measurement: Kelvin Bridge; Megger; Maxwell, Hay and Shering Bridges. Q-meter; Noise and Interference reduction techniques in Measurement Systems.

Oscilloscopes: Block diagram, probes, Deflection amplifier and delay line, Trigger Generator, Coupling, Automatic Time Base and Dual Trace Oscilloscopes, Pulse Measurements, Delayed Time Base, Analog Storage, Sampling and Digital Storage Oscilloscopes.

Special instruments: Wave Analyzer, Harmonic Distortion Analyzer, Spectrum Analyzer, FFT Analyzer.

Transducers (Qualitative Treatment Only): Classification and selection of Transducers, Introduction to strain, Load, force, Displacement, Velocity, Acceleration, Pressure and Temperature Measurements.

Introduction to Data Acquisition Systems (DAS): Block Diagram, Specifications and various components of DAS.

General purpose Instrumentation Bus (GP-IB): Protocol, SCPI Commands and Applications to DSO and DMM.

Reading:

1. Oliver and Cage, Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, McGraw Hill, 2009

2. Helfrick Albert D. and Cooper William D., Electronic Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques, PHI, 2008.

3. D.A. Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, 3/e, Oxford, 2013.

MM440

MATERIALS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Correlate processing, microstructure and properties of materials.

CO2

Understand behaviour of materials under various conditions.

CO3

Characterize modes of failure of engineering materials and design new materials with better properties and cost effective processes.

CO4

Identify suitable materials for engineering applications.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

1

2

-

1

-

1

1

CO2

-

-

2

-

1

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

2

-

1

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

2

-

1

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Materials Science and Engineering Materials, Classification of Materials and Properties: Mechanical, Dielectric, Magnetic and Thermal

Metallurgical Aspects of Materials: Structure of Metals and Alloys, Nature of Metallic Bonding, Crystal Structures of Metals, Structure of Alloys, Imperfections in Crystals, Significance of microstructural features

Heat Treatment: effect of cooling and heating rates and ageing materials for mechanical load bearing applications

Corrosion Resistant Materials: Some important Metals, Alloys, Ceramics and Polymers

Materials for Electrical Applications: Conductors, Dielectrics, insulators

Materials for Civil Engineering Applications

Materials for Biomedical applications: Steels, Ti and its alloys, Ni-Ti alloys, bioceramics, porous ceramics, bioactive glasses, calcium phosphates, collagen, thin films, grafts and coatings, biological functional materials Latex products

Reading:

1. M.F. Ashby: Engineering Materials, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2005.

2. M.F. Ashby: Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, B H, 2005.

3. ASM Publication Vol. 20, Materials Selection and Design, ASM, 1997

4. Pat L. Mangonon: The Principles of Materials Selection and Design, PHI, 1999.

CH440

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Analyze the effects of pollutants on the environment.

CO2

Understand meteorological aspects of air pollution

CO3

Understand air pollution control methods

CO4

Select treatment technologies for water/wastewater/solid waste.

CO5

Design unit operations for pollution control.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

2

-

-

2

-

-

1

1

CO2

1

-

-

1

-

-

1

1

CO3

1

-

-

1

2

-

1

1

CO4

1

-

-

3

-

-

1

1

CO5

1

-

-

-

3

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Biosphere, hydrological cycle, nutrient cycle, consequences of population growth, pollution of air, water and soil.

Air pollution sources & effects: Classification and properties of air pollutants, emission sources, behavior and fate of air pollutants, effect of air pollution.

Meteorological aspects of air pollutant dispersion: Temperature lapse rates and stability, wind velocity and turbulence, plume behavior, dispersion of air pollutants, estimation of plume rise.

Air pollution sampling and measurement: Types of pollutant sampling and measurement, ambient air sampling, stack sampling, analysis of air pollutants.

Air pollution control methods & equipment: Control methods, source correction methods, cleaning of gaseous effluents, particulate emission control, selection of a particulate collector, control of gaseous emissions, design methods for control equipment.

Water pollution: Water resources, origin of wastewater, types of water pollutants and there effects.

Waste water sampling, Analysis and Treatment: Sampling, methods of analysis, determination of

organic matter, determination of inorganic substances, physical characteristics, bacteriological

measurement, basic processes of water treatment, primary treatment, secondary treatment, advanced wastewater treatment, recovery of materials from process effluents.

Solid Waste Management: Sources and classification, public health aspects, methods of collection, disposal Methods, potential methods of disposal.

Hazardous Waste Management: Definition and sources, hazardous waste classification, treatment methods, disposal methods.

Reading:

1. Rao C.S. – Environmental Pollution Control Engineering- Wiley Eastern Limited, India,

1993.

2. Noel de Nevers- Air Pollution and Control Engineering- McGraw Hill, 2000.

3. Glynn Henry J. and Gary W. Heinke - Environmental Science and Engineering, 2nd

Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.

4. Rao M.N. and Rao H.V.N - Air Pollution, Tata – McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd., 1993.

5. De A.K - Environmental Chemistry, Tata – McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd., 1999.

CH441

FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Pre-requisites: None. Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand fuel cell fundamentals.

CO2 Analyze the performance of fuel cell systems.

CO3 Understand construction and operation of fuel cell stack and fuel cell system.

CO4 Apply the modeling techniques for fuel cell systems


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

2

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed syllabus

Overview of Fuel Cells: What is a fuel cell, brief history, classification, how does it work, why do we need fuel cells, Fuel cell basic chemistry and thermodynamics, heat of reaction, theoretical electrical work and potential, theoretical fuel cell efficiency.

Fuels for Fuel Cells: Hydrogen, Hydrocarbon fuels, effect of impurities such as CO, S and others.

Fuel cell electrochemistry: electrode kinetics, types of voltage losses, polarization curve, fuel cell efficiency, Tafel equation, exchange currents.

Fuel cell process design: Main PEM fuel cell components, materials, properties and processes: membrane, electrode, gas diffusion layer, bi-polar plates, Fuel cell operating conditions: pressure, temperature, flow rates, humidity.

Main components of solid-oxide fuel cells, Cell stack and designs, Electrode polarization, testing of electrodes, cells and short stacks, Cell, stack and system modeling

Fuel processing: Direct and in-direct internal reforming, Reformation of hydrocarbons by steam, CO2 and partial oxidation, Direct electro-catalytic oxidation of hydrocarbons,

carbon decomposition, Sulphur tolerance and removal , Using renewable fuels for SOFCs

Reading:

1. Gregor Hoogers, Fuel Cell Technology Hand Book, CRC Press, 2003.

2. Karl Kordesch& Gunter Simader, Fuel Cells and Their Applications, VCH Publishers, NY,

2001.

3. F. Barbir, PEM Fuel Cells: Theory and Practice (2nd Ed.) Elsevier/Academic Press, 2013.

4. Subhash C. Singal and Kevin Kendall, High Temperature Fuel Cells: Fundamentals,

Design and Applications

CS440 Management Information Systems OPC 3 – 0 – 0 3 Credits



CO1 Determine key terminologies and concepts including IT, marketing, management, economics, accounting, finance in the major areas of business.

CO2 Design, develop and implement Information Technology solutions for business problems.

CO3 Analysis of computing systems and telecommunication networks for business information systems.

CO4 Understand ethical issues that occur in business, evaluate alternative courses of actions and evaluate the implications of those actions.

CO5 Plan projects, work in team settings and deliver project outcomes in time.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed syllabus

Organization and Information Systems, Foundation Concepts, Information Systems in Business, The Components of Information Systems, Competing with Information Technology, Fundamentals of Strategic Advantage, Using Information Technology for Strategic Advantage.

Changing Environment and its impact on Business, Kinds of Information Systems.

Computer Fundamentals, Computer Hardware, Computer Systems: End User and Enterprise Computing, Computer Peripherals: Input, Output, and Storage Technologies, Computer Software, Application Software, System Software, Computer System Management, Data Resource Management, Technical Foundations of Database Management, Managing Data Resources

Telecommunication and Networks, Telecommunications and Networks, The Networked Enterprise, Telecommunications Network Alternatives

System Analysis and Development and Models, Developing Business/IT Strategies, Planning Fundamentals, Implementation Challenges, Developing Business/IT Solutions, Developing Business Systems, Implementing Business Systems

Manufacturing and Service Systems Information systems for Accounting, Finance, Production and Manufacturing, Marketing and HRM functions, Enterprise Resources Planning (ERP), Choice of IT, Nature of IT decision, Managing Information Technology, Managing Global IT,

Security and Ethical Challenges, Security and Ethical Challenges, Security and Ethical, and Societal Challenges of IT, Security Management of Information Technology, Enterprise and Global Management of Information Technology

Reading:

1. Kenneth J Laudon, Jane P. Laudon, Management Information Systems, 10th

Edition, Pearson/PHI, 2007.

2. W. S. Jawadekar, Management Information Systems, 3rd Edition, TMH, 2004.

BT440

BIOSENSORS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand biosensing and transducing techniques

CO2

Understand principles of linking cell components and biological pathways with energy transduction, sensing and detection

CO3

Demonstrate appreciation for the technical limits of performance of biosensor

CO4

Apply principles of engineering to develop bioanalytical devices and design of biosensors


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

1

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

General principles: A historical perspective; Signal transduction; Physico-chemical and biological transducers; Sensor types and technologies, Definitions and Concepts Terminology and working vocabulary; Main technical definitions: calibration, selectivity, sensitivity, reproducibility, detection limits, response time.

Physico-chemical transducers: Electrochemical transducers (amperometric, potentiometric, conductimetric); optical transducers (absorption, fluorescence, SPR); Thermal transducers; Piezoelectric transducers.

Biorecognition systems: Enzymes; Oligonucleotides and Nucleic Acids; Lipids (Langmuir-Blodgett bilayers, Phospholipids, Liposomes); Membrane receptors and transporters; Tissue and organelles (animal and plant tissue); Cell culture; Immunoreceptors; Chemoreceptors; Limitations & problems. Immobilization of biomolecules.

Biosensor Engineering: Methods for biosensors fabrication: self-assembled monolayers, screen printing, photolithography, micro-contact printing, MEMS. Engineering concepts for mass production.

Application of modern sensor technologies: Clinical chemistry; Test-strips for glucose monitoring; Urea determination; Implantable sensors for long-term monitoring; Environmental monitoring; Technological process control; Food quality control; Forensic science benefits; Problems & limitations.

Reading:

1. Donald G. Buerk, Biosensors: Theory and Applications, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2009.

2. Alice Cunningham, Introduction to Bioanalytical Sensors, John Wiley& Sons, 1998.

3. Brian R. Eggins, Chemical Sensors and Biosensors, John Wiley& Sons, 2003.

SM440

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand principles, processes and practices of human resource management.

CO2

Apply HR concepts and techniques in strategic planning to improve organizational performance.

CO3

Understand tools to manage HR systems and procedures.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction to Human Resource Management, Objectives, Scope and Significance of HRM, Functions of HRM, Problems and Prospects in HRM, Environmental scanning.

Human Resource Planning, Demand Forecasting Techniques, Supply Forecasting Techniques, Analyzing work and designing jobs, Recruitment and Selection, Interviewing Candidates.

Human Resource Development, Orientation, Training and Development, Management Development, Performance Appraisal and Employee Compensation, Factors Influencing Employee Remuneration and Challenges of Remuneration.

Industrial Relations, Industrial Disputes and Discipline, Managing Ethical Issues in Human Resource Management, Workers Participation in Management, Employee safety and health, Managing Global Human Resources and Trade Unions

International HRM, Future of HRM and Human Resource Information Systems

Reading:

1. Aswathappa, Human Resource Management –– TMH., 2010.

2. Garry Dessler and Biju Varkkey ,Human Resource Management, PEA., 2011.

3. Noe & Raymond ,HRM: Gaining a Competitive Advantage, TMH, 2008.

4. Bohlander George W, Snell Scott A, Human Resource Management, Cengage Learning,

2009.

MA440

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1 Formulate and solve linear Programming Problems

CO2 Determine the optimum solution to constrained and unconstrained

CO3 Apply dynamic programming principle to Linear programming problems.

CO4 Determine the integer solutions to Linear Programming Problems.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

CO2

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

CO3

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

CO4

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Linear Programming: Introduction and formulation of models, Convexity, Simplex method, Big-M method, Two-phase method, Degeneracy, non-existent and unbounded solutions, revised simplex method, duality in LPP, dual simplex method, sensitivity analysis, transportation and assignment problems, traveling salesman problem .

Nonlinear Programming: Introduction and formulation of models, Classical optimization methods, equality and inequality constraints, Lagrange multipliers and Kuhn-Tucker conditions, quadratic forms, quadratic programming problem, Wolfe’s method.

Dynamic Programming: Principle of optimality, recursive relations, solution of LPP.

Integer Linear Programming: Gomory’s cutting plane method, Branch and bound algorithm, Knapsack problem, linear 0-1 problem.

Reading:

1. Kanti Swarup, Man Mohan and P.K.Gupta, Introduction to Operations Research,

S.Chand & Co., 2006

2. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Operations Research, Jain Brothers, New Delhi, 2008.

3. N.S.Kambo, Mathematical Programming Techniques, East-West Pub., Delhi, 1991.

MA441

OPERATIONS RESEARCH

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: None


CO1 Formulate and solve linear programming problems

CO2 Determine optimum solution to transportation problem

CO3 Determine average queue length and waiting times of queuing models.

CO4 Determine optimum inventory and cost in inventory models.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

CO2

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

CO3

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

CO4

-

-

-

2

1

1

-

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Linear Programming: Formulation and graphical solution of LPP’s. The general LPP, slack, surplus and artificial variables. Reduction of a LPP to the standard form. Simplex computational procedure, Big-M method, Two-phase method. Solution in case of unrestricted variables. Dual linear programming problem. Solution of the primal problem from the solution of the dual problems.

Transportation Problems : Balanced and unbalanced Transportation problems. Initial basic feasible solution using N-W corner rule, row minimum method, column minimum, least cost entry method and Vogel’s approximation method. Optimal solutions. Degenracy in Transportation problems.

Queueing Theory : Poisson process and exponential distribution. Poisson queues - Model

(M/M/1):(/FIFO) and its characteristics.

Elements of Inventory Control : Economic lot size problems - Fundamental problems of EOQ. The problem of EOQ with finite rate of replenishment. Problems of EOQ with shortages - production instantaneous, replenishment of the inventory with finite rate. Stochastic problems with uniform demand (discrete case only).

Reading:

1. Kanti Swarup, Man Mohan and P.K.Gupta, Introduction to Operations Research, S.

Chand & Co., 2006

2. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Operations Research, Jain Brothers, New Delhi, 2008.

3. N.S.Kambo : Mathematical Programming Techniques, East-West Pub., Delhi, 1991.

PH440

NANOMATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: None


CO1

Understand synthesis and properties of nanostructured materials.

CO2

Analyze magnetic and electronic properties of quantum dots

CO3

Understand structure, properties and applications of Fullerenes and Carbon nanotubes.

CO4

Understand applications of nanoparticles in nanobiology and nanomedicine


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

1

1

1

-

1

1

CO2

1

-

1

1

1

-

1

1

CO3

1

-

1

1

1

-

1

1

CO4

1

-

1

1

1

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

General properties of Nano materials : Origin of nanotechnology. Classification of nanomaterials. Fullerene,carbon, Nanotubes (CNT’s), Nanoparticles. Physical, Chemical, Electrical, Optical, Magnetic and mechanical properties of nanomaterials.

Fullerenes and Carbon Nanotubes (CNT’s): Introduction: Synthesis and purification. Preparation of fullerenes in the condensed phase,Transport, mechanical, physical properties of CNT’s.

Investigation and manipulating materials in the Nanoscale: Electron microscope, scanning probe microscopes, optical microscopes for Nanoscience and Technology, X-Ray Diffraction.

SAMs and clusters: Growth process. Patterning monolayers. Types of clusters. Bonding and properties of clusters.

Semi conducting Quantum Dots: Introduction: Synthesis of Quantum Dots. Electronic structure of Nanocrystals, properties.

Nanobiology: Interaction between Biomolecules and Nanoparticle surgaces. Different types of Inorganic materials used for the synthesis of Hybrid Nano-bio assemblies. Nanoprobes for Analytical Applications.

Nanosensors: Nanosensors based on optical properties. Nanosensors based on quantum size effects. Nanobiosensors.

Nanomedicines: Developments of nanomedicines. Nanotechnology in Diagnostic Applications, materials for use in Diagnostic and therapeutic Applications.

Reading:

1. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials; Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.

2. W.R. Fahrner, Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics; Springer,2006.

3. Rechard Booker and Earl Boysen, Nanotechnology, Willey, 2006.

PH441

BIOMATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits

Prerequisites: None


CO1

Understand the structure and properties of biomaterials

CO2

Classify implant biomaterials

CO3

Evaluate biocompatibility of implants

CO4

Identify appropriate biomaterials for specific medical applications


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Overview of biomaterials: Historical developments, impact of biomaterials, interfacial phenomena, tissue responses to implants.

Structure and properties of biomaterials: Crystal structure of solids, phase changes, imperfections in solids, non-crystalline solids, surface properties of solids, mechanical properties, surface improvements.

Types of biomaterials: Metallic implant materials, ceramic implant materials, polymeric implant materials composites as biomaterials.

Characterization of materials: Electric properties, optical properties, X-ray absorption, acoustic and ultrasonic properties.

Bio implantation materials: Materials in ophthalmology, orthopedic implants, dental materials and cardiovascular implant materials.

Tissue response to implants : Normal wound healing processes, body response to implants, blood compatibility, structure – property relationship of tissues.

Reading:

1. Joon Park, R.S. Lakes , Biomaterials an introduction; 3rd Ed., Springer, 2007

2. Sujatha V Bhat , Biomaterials; 2nd Ed., Narosa Publishing House, 2006.

CY440

CORROSION SCIENCE

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand the electrochemical Principles of Corrosion.

CO2

Apply eight forms of corrosion to industrial problems.

CO3

Evaluate corrosion rates for industrial problems

CO4

Evaluate the corrosion rates of steel in RCC under corrosive environments.

CO5

Perform case studies using microbially induced corrosion of metals.

CO6

Perform case studies using appropriate methods of corrosion control of metals and alloys


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO5

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

CO6

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Understanding Corrosion: Types of corrosion: uniform corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, pitting corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, corrosion fatigue, stray current corrosion, selective leaching, microbial corrosion, Pourbaix potential-pH diagrams for iron, for aluminium, limitations of Pourbaix diagram Passivity- characteristics of passivation and the Flade potential, Theories of passivity, passive-active cells, critical pitting potential, Anodic protection and transpassivity.

Methods of corrosion monitoring: Polarisation and corrosion rates, polarisation diagrams of corroding metals, calculation of corrosion rates from polarization data. Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy: Nyquist plots, Bode plots, simple equivalent circuits for fitting the impedance data, calculation of corrosion parameters from impedance measurements. Electrochemical cell assembly for polarization and impedance studies. Gravimetric method of determination of corrosion rates.

Measurement of corrosion rates of carbon steel in reinforced cement concrete, Corrosion rates of metals due to micriobially induced corrosion.

Methods of corrosion prevention and control:

Cathodic protection; By impressed current, By the use of sacrificial anodes, combined use with coatings, Advances in cathodic protection.

Metallic coatings: Methods of application, Electroplating, Electroless plating, specific metal platings like Cu, Ni and Cr.

Inhibitors and passivators: Picking inhibitors, vapour phase inhibitors, Inhibitors for cooling water systems, understanding of action of inhibitors through polarization and impedance.

Corrosion prevention and control strategies in different industries – case studies

Reading:

1. R. Winston Revie, Herbert H. Uhlig, Corrosion and Corrosion control, 4th edition, Wiley-

Interscience, 2007

2. Mc Cafferty and Edward, Introduction to Corrosion Science, 1st Edition, Springer,

2010.

3. Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, New Delhi,

2008.

CY441

CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand the state of art synthesis of nano materials

CO2

Characterize nano materials using ion beam, scanning probe methodologies, position sensitive atom probe and spectroscopic ellipsometry.

CO3

Analyze nanoscale structure in metals, polymers and ceramics

CO4

Analyze structure-property relationship in coarser scale structures

CO5

Understand structures of carbon nano tubes.


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

1

CO2

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

1

CO3

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

1

CO4

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

1

CO5

1

-

1

-

-

-

1

1

Detailed Syllabus:

Introduction: Scope of Nano science and nanotechnology, Nano science in nature, classification of nanostructured materials, importance of nano materials.

Synthetic Methods: Chemical Routes (Bottom-Up approach):- Sol-gel synthesis, micro emulsions or reverse micelles, solvothermal synthesis, microwave heating synthesis and sonochemical synthesis. Physical methods (Top-Down approach):- Inert gas condensation, plasma arc technique, ion sputtering, Laser ablation, laser pyrolysis, and chemical vapour deposition method.

Techniques for characterization:

Diffraction Technique: - Powder X-ray diffraction for particle size analysis.

Spectroscopy Techniques: - Operational principle and applications of spectroscopy techniques for the analysis of nanomaterials, UV-VIS spectrophotometers and its application for band gap measurement.

Electron Microscopy Techniques:- Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and EDAX analysis, transmission electron microscopy (TEM), scanning probe microscopy (SPM).

BET method for surface area determination.

Dynamic light scattering technique for particle size analysis.

Reading:

4. T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials: McGraw-Hill, 2007.

5. B. S. Murty, P. Shankar, Baldev Rai, BB Rath and James Murday, Textbook of Nanoscience and nanotechnology: Univ. Press, 2012.

6. Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures & Nanomaterials; Synthesis, Properties & Applications: Imperial College Press, 2007.

7. M.A. Shah and Tokeer Ahmad, Principles of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology: Narosa Pub., 2010.

8. Manasi Karkare, Nanotechnology: Fundamentals and Applications: IK International, 2008.

9. C. N. R. Rao, Achim Muller, K.Cheetham, Nanomaterials Chemistry, Wiley-VCH, 2007

HS440

CORPORATE COMMUNICATION

OPC

3 – 0 – 0

3 Credits



CO1

Understand corporate communication culture

CO2

Prepare business letters, memos and reports

CO3

Communicate effectively in formal business situations

CO4

Exhibit corporate social responsibility and ethics

CO5

Practice corporate email, mobile and telephone etiquette

CO6

Develop good listening skills and leadership qualities


Course Outcomes

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

CO1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO2

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO3

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO4

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO5

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

CO6

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Detailed Syllabus:

Importance of Corporate communication - Introduction to and definition of corporates – Communication, process, patterns and channels of communication- Barriers to communication and strategies to overcome them- Evolution of corporate culture- Role and contribution of individual group and organization - Role of psychology in communication.

Oral Communication- Techniques for improving oral fluency-Speech mechanics-Group Dynamics and Group Discussion – Debate and oral presentations.

Written Communication- Types and purposes- Writing business reports, and business proposals- Memos, minutes of meetings- Circulars, persuasive letters- Letters of complaint- ; language and formats used for drafting different forms of communication. Internal and external communication.

Corporate responsibility- Circulating to employees vision and mission statements- ethical practices- Human rights -Labour rights-Environment- governance- Moral and ethical debates surrounding -Public Relations - Building trust with stakeholders.

Corporate Ethics and Business Etiquette- Integrity in communication-Harmful practices and communication breakdown- Teaching how to deal with tough clients through soft skills. Body language- Grooming- Introducing oneself- Use of polite language- Avoiding grapevine and card pushing – Etiquette in e-mail, mobile and telephone.

Listening Skills - Listening- for information and content- Kinds of listening- Factors affecting listening and techniques to overcome them- retention of facts, data and figures- Role of speaker in listening.

Leadership Communication Styles - Business leadership -Aspects of leadership-qualities of leader- training for leadership-delegation of powers and ways to do it-humour-commitment.

Reading:

1. Raymond V. Lesikar, John D. Pettit, Marie E. Flatley Lesikar's Basic Business

Communication - 7th Edition: Irwin, 1993

2. Krishna Mohanand Meera Banerji, Developing Communication Skills: Macmillan

Publishers India, 2000

3. R.C. Sharma & Krishna Mohan Business Correspondence and Report Writing: – 3rd

Edition Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008

4. Antony Jay & Ross Jay, Effective Presentation, University Press, 1999. 5. Shirley Taylor, Communication for Business

Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks

End Semester Exam : 60 marks

U14MH101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS- I

Class: B.Tech. I Semester Branch: Common to all branches

Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme : L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives: To enable the student to acquire fundamental knowledge of mathematical concepts and mathematical methods and apply in engineering disciplines.

To introduce the basic concepts such as convergence and divergence of series, tests for convergence of series; limit, continuity, differentiability of a function, mean value theorems, expansion of a function in series To introduce the concept of partial differentiation and total differentiation , and maxima & minima of functions of two/several variables

To introduce the concept of double integral and triple integral

To introduce differential equations of first order along with simple applications

UNIT-I (9+3) Infinite Series: Sequences & Series, General properties of series, Series of positive terms, Comparison test, Limit comparison test, Integral test, D‟Alembert‟s Ratio test, Cauchy‟s nth root test; Alternating

series- absolute convergence. Differential Calculus (Functions of One variable): Limits, Continuity, Differentiability, Rolle‟s

theorem (Physical and algebraic interpretations), Lagrange‟s mean value theorem (Geometrical

interpretation), Cauchy‟s mean value theorem. Taylor‟s theorem and Power series representation of

functions, Maclaurin‟s series, Asymptotes and Tracing of Simple Curves.

UNIT-II (9+3) Differential Calculus (Functions of Several variables): Partial differentiation, Total differentiation, Change of variables, Jacobians, Application to find Tangent plane and Normal to a surface. Taylor‟s

theorem for function of two variables (without proof), Maximum and minimum values of functions of two variables. Langrage‟s method of undetermined multipliers. Differentiation under integral sign.

UNIT-III (9+3)

Multiple Integrals and Applications: Double integral, Change of order of integration, Double integration in polar coordinates, Triple integrals, Applications: Area enclosed by plane curves, Volumes of solids, Calculation of mass, Center of gravity, Moment of Inertia of plane lamina. Beta and Gama functions and their relations. Evaluation of improper integrals in terms of Beta and Gamma functions.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Differential Equations of first order: Practical approach to differential equations. Formation and solution of differential equation. Solution of first order and first degree differential equation, variables

separable form, homogeneous form, reducible to homogeneous form, First order linear equations, Equations reducible to linear equation (Bernoulli‟s equation), Exact differential equations, Equations

reducible to exact form. Applications of first order differential equations: Simple examples of Physical applications (Orthogonal trajectories, RL series circuit problem)

Text Books: 1. Grewal, B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi 2. Shanti Narayan, “Differential Calculus”, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi

Reference Books: 1. Jain R.K.& Iyengar SRK , “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa Publishers 2. Kreyszig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, New Age International 3. Sastry S.S., “Engineering Mathematics - Vol. I & II”, Prentice Hall of India

Course Learning Outcomes: After completion of the course, the student will be able to

test the convergence/divergence of a given series by Comparison test, Limit comparison test, Integral test, D’Alembert’s Ratio test, Cauchy’s nth root test understand the basic concepts of limit, continuity, differentiability of a function, and will be able to expand a given function in series

trace a given curve

apply the technique of differentiation under integral sign to solve an integral

find maxima & minima of functions of two/several variables

find double integral and triple integral and apply them to find moment of inertia, centre of gravity of plane lamina understand Beta and Gama functions and their relations and evaluate an improper integral in terms of Beta and Gamma functions

solve a given differential equations of first order and understand the application of differential equations of first order



U14CS102 PROGRAMMING IN C


Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme :

L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives: To expose the students to the concepts of problem solving using structured programming language

To improve students capability in applying logical skills in problem solving

To improve students expertise in C Programming concepts.

To make students capable of using memory management techniques like pointers, files, dynamic memory allocation in c programming

UNIT-I (9+3)

Introduction: Definition of a computer, Types of computers, Operating system functions, Computer languages, Problem solving and Program development steps, Algorithm, Flowchart. C Language

Preliminaries: History, Character set, Identifiers, Keywords, Data types, Variable declarations, Expressions, Symbolic constants, Input-Output statements. Operators: Arithmetic, Relational, Increment, Decrement, Conditional, Logical, Bit-wise and Special operators.

UNIT-II: (9+3)

Flow Control Statements: Simple if, If-Else, Nested–if, Else-If ladder, Switch and Goto. Iterative Statements: While, Do-While and For statements, Nested loops, Break, Continue. Arrays: One dimensional, Two dimensional arrays. Linear search, Binary search, Bubble sort.

UNIT-III (9+3)

Functions: Definition, Function prototypes, Types of arguments, Parameter passing mechanisms, Recursion, Storage classes. Strings: Operations on strings, String-Handling functions. Structures and Unions: Definition, Declaration of structure and union variables, Memory allocation, Nested structures, Array of structures

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Pointers: Pointer declaration, pointers arithmetic, Pointer to arrays, Array of pointers, Pointer to strings, Pointer to function, and Pointer to Structures, Dynamic memory allocation. Files: File operations, File handling functions, Random access files

Text Books: 1. E.Balagurusamy, “Programming in ANSIC”, Tata McGraw Hill, 6th Edn, ISBN-13: 978-1-

25- 90046-2, 2012 2. Herbert Schildt, “Complete Reference with C”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edn., ISBN-

13: 9780070411838, 2000

Reference Books: 1. Kerninghan and Ritchie, “The C Programming Language”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd Edn.,

ISBN-13:007-6092003106, 1988 2. Yaswanth Kkanetkar, “Let Us C”, BPB Publications, 13th Edn., ISBN-13: 9788183331630,

2012

Course Learning Outcomes: After completion of the course, the student will be able to

know the fundamentals of computers understand applying logical skills for problem solving

learn C programming language concepts

apply C programming language concepts for problem solving gain knowledge in using memory management techniques in c programming

develop modular programming using functions



U14PH103 ENGINEERING PHYSICS



L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To make the bridge between physics in intermediate level and its applications in engineering by giving proper inputs.

To introduce the basic concepts of all types of oscillations with illustrations by mechanical examples.

To introduce the basic concepts of coherence and polarized nature (interference, diffraction & polarization) of light waves and their applications.

To introduce and explore the knowledge of high frequency sound waves & their application in different fields.

To introduce the basic concepts of modern physics by introducing the fundamental elements of Quantum mechanics, which are essential to understand the mechanics of microscopic particles.

To introduce the basic concepts of modern science like Photonics (lasers, Fiber optics, etc.,.), modern materials (magnetic materials, superconductors, nano material etc.,.)

UNIT-I (9+3)

Oscillations: Physical examples of simple harmonic motion –Torsional pendulum, Physical pendulum, Spring - Mass systems and Loaded beams - Two body oscillations – Qualitative treatment of Free, Damped & Forced Oscillations and Resonance.

Interference: The Superposition principle –Coherence –Phasor method of adding wave disturbances –

Phase changes on reflection - Anti reflection coating –Interference of reflected light from uniform and wedge shaped film –Newton‟s rings in reflected light-Determination of wavelength of monochromatic light using Newton‟s rings experiment –Michelson‟s Interferometer, Types of fringes, Determination of wavelength of monochromatic light, thickness and refractive index of a thin transparent sheet using Michelson‟s Interferometer.

UNIT-II (9+3) Diffraction: Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit, measurement of slit width –Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture –Rayleigh‟s criterion for resolution - Diffraction grating (Qualitative) – Experimental determination of wavelength using a plane transmission grating- Dispersion and Resolving power of a grating.

Polarization: Polarized light-Double refraction, Geometry of calcite crystal, Construction and working of a Nicol prism – Theory of polarized light - Production and Detection of plane, circularly and elliptically polarized light – Quarter and Half-wave plates - Optical activity – Laurent‟s half-shade Polarimeter – Application of polarization in LCDs. Ultrasonics: Ultrasonic waves – Properties - Production of Ultrasonic waves - Magnetostriction method, Piezo-electric method – Detection of Ultrasonics - Determination of wavelength (Acoustic grating) - Application of ultrasonic waves.

UNIT-III (9+3)

Lasers (Qualitative): Absorption, Spontaneous and Stimulated emission – Relation among Einstein coefficients –Difference between conventional and laser light – Population inversion, Methods of achieving population inversion – Types of Lasers – Ruby Laser, Helium-Neon Laser, Carbon dioxide Laser and Nd-YAG Laser – Applications of lasers. Holography: Introduction – Formation and Reconstruction of a Hologram – Applications of Holography.

Fiber Optics (Qualitative): Introduction – Total internal reflection – Fiber construction – Numerical aperture and Acceptance angle – Types of Optical fibers (Step and Graded index) – Power losses in Optical fibers –Attenuation, Dispersion, Bending – Light wave Communication using Optical fibers –

Applications of Optical fibers - Fiber optic Sensors (Temperature and Displacement ), Endoscope.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Elements of Quantum Mechanics: De-Broglie concept of matter waves – De-Broglie wavelength, Properties of matter waves –Schrodinger‟s wave equation – Time independent wave equation (one dimension), Particle in a box (one dimension), energy quantization, Wave functions.

Modern Materials (Qualitative): Magnetic materials: Introduction –Permeability - Magnetization –

Classification of magnetic materials . Applications of magnetic materials – magnetic recording, magnetic memories. Superconducting materials: Superconductivity – Meissner effect –Transition temperature – Isotope effect. Types of Superconductors - Soft and Hard Superconductors – Applications of Superconductors.

Nanomaterials: Introduction – Classification of nanomaterials – Properties of nanomaterials – Physical, Chemical, Electrical, Optical, Magnetic and Mechanical properties (in brief) - Applications of nanomaterials (in brief).

Text Books: 1. Bhattacharya and Bhaskaran, “Engineering Physics”, Oxford University Press. 2. V.Rajendran, “Engineering Physics”, McGraw Hill Education.

Reference Books: 1. David Halliday and Robert Resnick, “Physics Part I & II”, Wiley Eastern Limited. 2. R.K. Gaur and S.L.Gupta, “Engineering Physics”, Dhanpath Rai and Sons. 3. P.K. Palanisamy, “Engineering Physics”, Scitech Publishers.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs): After completion of the course, the student will be able to,

understand the basic concepts of physics for its applications to Engineering.

understand the basic principles of oscillations that can be applied to all types of oscillatory phenomena like acoustic, mechanical, electromagnetic, atomic, nuclear etc.,.

appreciate the knowledge acquired in studying interference, diffraction and polarization in the application of thickness measurement of thin films, refractive indices and wavelength determinations using interferometric techniques, fringe pattern etc.,.

appreciate the knowledge gained in studying ultrasonics and their multi dimensional applications in various fields like industrial, engineering (like NDT etc.,.) and medical etc.,.

understand the fundamental principles and applications of lasers and Optical fibers.

exposed to various material properties which are used in engineering applications and devices.



U14CH103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY



3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To understand the fundamental principles and applications of chemistry.

To identify the significance of electro chemistry.

To introduce and explore the knowledge of corrosion and its prevention

To impart and inculcate proper understandings of energy sources, phase rule, organic and polymer chemistry

To acquire the techniques of water analysis and treatment

To understand the role of chemistry in the field of engineering

UNIT-I (9+3) Electrochemistry: Specific and equivalent conductance, Conductometric titrations, Electrode potential, Nernst equation, Electrochemical series, Reference electrodes : Calomel electrode, Ag/AgCl electrode, Ion-selective electrode : glass electrode, Determination of pH using Glass, Quinhydrone and Hydrogen electrodes, Potentiometric titrations, Commercial cells: Hydrogen-Oxygen fuel cell, Lead-acid storage cell.

UNIT-II (9+3)

Corrosion:Introduction: Corrosion by pure chemical reaction, Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, Differential aeration corrosion, Factors influencing corrosion, Prevention of corrosion: Cathodic Protection, Hot Dipping, Cementation, Cladding, Electroplating, Corrosion inhibitors, Anodized coatings.

Phase Rule: Description of the terms: „Phase‟, „Component‟ and „Degrees of freedom‟. Gibbs Phase rule equation. Application of the phase rule to one-component system (Water system) and two-component system (silver-lead system).

Energy Sources: Characteristics of fuels for internal combustion (IC) engines, Knocking, Octane number. Unleaded petrol, Cetane number, Power alcohol, Compressed Natural gas (CNG), Liquified petroleum gas (LPG).

UNIT-III (9+3)

Introduction to Methods of Chemical Analysis: Introduction to spectroscopy, Microwave spectra: Theory, Application of microwave spectra in the determination of bond length of a diatomic molecule. Infra-Red spectra: Theory, Applications: Calculation of force constant and identification of functional groups in organic compounds. UV-Visible spectra: Lambert-Beer‟s law and its applications, Types of electronic transitions.

Water Analysis and Treatment: Hardness of Water, determination of hardness of water by using EDTA, determination of Alkalinity, determination of Chloride by argentometry, determination of Fluoride by spectrophotometry, determination of Dissolved Oxygen, Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Chemical Oxygen Demand, Softening of water by Zeolite process and Ion-exchange process, Reverse Osmosis, Electrodialysis.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Organic Chemistry: Fission of a covalent bond, Types of electron effects: Inductive effect, Mesomeric effect and Hyperconjugation, Reaction intermediates and their stabilities, Types of reagents: Electrophilic, Nucleophilic and Free radical reagents. Study of the mechanisms of substitution (SN1 and

SN2) and Addition (Electrophilic, Nucleophilic and Free radical) reactions, Role of inductive effect, mesomeric effect and hybridazation on the dissociation constant of carboxylic acids.

Polymers: Introduction : Types of Polymerization reactions (Addition and Condensations), Mechanism of free radical, cationic and anionic addition polymerization, Condensation polymerization, Thermo setting and thermo plastic resins, Silicone rubber, Conducting polymers, Laminated plastics.

Text Books:

1. Jain and Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishers. 2. Shashi Chawla, “Text book of Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. J C Kuriacose and J.Rajaram, “Chemistry in Engineering and Technology (Vol .I&II)”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.

2. Suba Ramesh, Vairam et. al “Engineering Chemistry”, Wiley India. 3. O P Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry”, Khanna Publishers. 4. S.S.Dara, “A Text book of Engineering Chemistry”, S.Chand & Company Ltd.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs):

After completion of the course, the student will be able to,

understand basic principles and role of chemistry in the field of engineering

gain the knowledge of interrelationship between electrical and chemical energy

make a judicious selection of materials in the field of engineering

understand the phase rule and its application in the study of material science understand the methods of chemical analysis of water and its treatment

know the synthetic methods and versatile applications of polymers

understand the advantage of spectrometric methods of chemical analysis over the conventional methods



U14MH104 ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION



2 2 - 3

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To acquire writing skills with a focus on accuracy avoiding common errors in English.

To acquire word power enabling to use them in speaking and writing.

To develop reading comprehension skills with local and global comprehension.

To acquire listening and speaking skills using language laboratory.

Grammar

1. Clause Analysis 2. Tenses 3. Reported Speech

Vocabulary

1. Collocations 2. Idioms & Phrasal verbs

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-I (6) UNIT-II (6) UNIT-III (6)

1. “Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening” by Robert Frost

2. “ Adivasis” by Kancha Ilaiah

Writing Devices UNIT-IV (6)

1. Application for jobs and preparing a curriculum vitae 2. Report writing 3. Project Writing

Text Books:

1. Damodar G., & Surender Kumar M., “English for Communication”, KGA Publications, Warangal. 2. Purushotham K., “English for fluency”, Orient Blackmen, Hyderabad.

Reference Book:

1. Krishna Swamy N., “Modern English Grammar”, MacMillan India Ltd.

English Language Lab: {Teacher Assessment (TA) is done through English Language Lab}

Listening Skills (6x2)

1. Listening to sounds, stress and intonation 2. Listening for information

Speaking Skills (6x2)

a. Presentation Techniques

Group Discussions Interview Skills

b. Assignment

Students have to prepare and present an assignment on the following through PPT in the communication skills laboratory.

Presentation of Oneself

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of the course, the student will be able to,

develop writing skills with a focus on accuracy to develop error free English.

develop word power to enable to use them in speaking and writing.

develop reading skills with a focus on developing reading comprehension skills .

enhance listening and speaking skills. Note:

Teacher Assessment : 15 marks

Assignment : 05 marks

Lab Performance : 05 marks

Lab Attendance : 05 marks Total : 15 marks

Continuous Internal Evaluation : 40 marks End Semester Exam : 60 marks

U14ME104 ENGINEERING DRAWING



L T P C

2 4 - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To understand the importance of Engineering Drawing

To communicate effectively through Engineering Drawing

To impart and inculcate proper understanding of theory of projections

To identify the significance and application of the orthographic and isometric drawings.

UNIT – I (6+12) Introduction: Importance of Engineering Drawing, instruments- uses; Conventions - ISO and BIS, Layout of drawing sheets, Types of Lines, Lettering and dimensioning. Geometrical Constructions: Bisection of a line, arc and angle; division of a line, Construction of polygons- triangle, square, pentagon and hexagon.

Projection of Points: Introduction to orthographic projections-Vertical Plane, Horizontal plane; Views- Front view, Top view and Side view; Projection of Points. Projection of Straight lines - I: Line parallel to both the planes, Line parallel to one plane and perpendicular to the other reference plane, Line parallel to one plane and inclined to the other reference plane.

UNIT – II (6+12)

Projection of Straight lines – II: Line- inclined to both the planes-Traces. Projection of Planes: Planes - Perpendicular and Oblique planes; Projections of planes - parallel to one of the reference plane, inclined to one of the reference plane and perpendicular to the other; Projections of oblique planes.

UNIT – III (6+12)

Projection of Solids: Types-prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone; Simple Positions-axis parallel to a reference plane and perpendicular to the other plane, axis parallel to one plane and inclined to other reference plane; axis inclined to both the reference planes. Sections of Solids: Types-prisms and pyramids; Section planes, Sectional views and true shape of a section.

UNIT – IV (6+12)

Isometric Projections: Terminology; difference between isometric projection and view; Construction of isometric projection of different solids-box method and offset method. Orthographic projections: Conversion of isometric views into orthographic views.

Text Books:

1. Bhatt N.D., “Elementary Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand.

Reference Books: 1. Dhananjay A Jolhe, “Engineering Drawing”, TMH, 2008. 2. Venugopal K. “Engineering Graphics with Auto CAD”, New Age International Publishers Ltd.,

Hyderabad. 3. K. L. Narayana & P. Kannaiah, “Engineering Drawing‟‟, SciTech Publications, Chennai 4. W J Luzadder and J M Duff, “Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing”, Prentice-Hall of India,

1995.


develop concepts on Engineering Drawing in order to become professionally efficient

understand the theory of projections

improve their spatial imagination skills to develop new products.

Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 Marks

End Semester Exam 60 Marks

U14EI105 BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme:

L T P C

3 - - 3

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To introduce basic concepts of semi conductors and conductivity in semiconductors

To introduce the operation and applications of semiconductor diodes

To introduce the basic concepts of BJT & its DC biasing concepts and FET

To introduce the fundamental concepts and basic principles of Electronic Measuring instruments

UNIT-I (9)

Introduction to Electronics: Analog Signals (DC & AC), Sources (DC & AC), Digital Signals

Semiconductors: Energy bands in solids, Concept of forbidden gap, Insulator, Metals and Semiconductors, Transport phenomenon in semiconductors: Mobility and conductivity, Intrinsic semiconductor, Donor and Acceptor impurities, Fermi level, Recombination and Minority carrier Injection, Drift currents and Diffusion currents, Temperature dependence of conductivity, Hall Effect

Semiconductor Diode: P-N Junction, Band diagram, Depletion layer, V-I characteristics of P-N Diode, Diode resistance and capacitance, Avalanche and Zener breakdown mechanisms

UNIT-II (9)

Diode Circuits: Rectifier circuits – Half wave, Full wave & Bridge rectifiers, Ripple voltage and Diode current with and without filters, Voltage regulation using Zener diode, Block diagram of DC adapter, Operation of LED & Photodiode

Bipolar Junction Transistor: Physical structure, Transistor current components, CE, CB & CC configurations and their Input & Output characteristics

UNIT-III (9)

DC Analysis of BJT Circuits: DC load line, Need for biasing, Transistor biasing methods for CE configuration, Basic transistor applications: Switch and Amplifier, Block diagram of a Public Address system Field Effect Transistor: Physical structure, Operation and Characteristics of a Junction Field Effect Transistor (JFET)

UNIT-IV (9)

Measurement Systems: Block diagram of Measurement system, Ideal requirements of Measurement system, Performance characteristics of Measurement system, Errors in Measurement system

Electronic Instruments: PMMC Mechanism, Ammeter, Voltmeter & Ohmmeter, Loading effects of Ammeter & Voltmeter, Block diagram of Digital Multimeter (DMM), Block Diagram of Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO), Expression for deflection sensitivity, CRT Screens, Measurement of time period and amplitude

Text Books: 1. David.A.Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Oxford University Press,

New Delhi, India. 2. Neil storey, “Electronics: A systems Approach”, 4/e-Pearson Education

Publishing company Pvt. Ltd, India. 3. Helfrick. A.D and Cooper W.D., “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and

Measurement Techniques”, PHI, India.

Reference Books:

1. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 3/e, TMH, India.

2. Bhargava and Kulashresta, “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”, TTTI, TMH, India.

3. Sawhney A.K, “Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation”,

Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, India.


learn the concepts of conductivity in semi conductors

learn the operation of basic semi conductor devices and their V-I characteristics

get familiarized with the concepts of BJT& FET

use basic electronic measuring instruments like DMM and CRO


U14EE105 BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme: L T P C 3 - - 3

Course Learning Objectives(LOs):

To impart basic knowledge about the Electrical & Magnetic Circuits.

To apply Kirchhoff’s laws and Equivalent circuit models to analyze voltage & current relationship in passive circuit.

To inculcate the understanding about A.C. fundamentals and transformers.

To understand the working principles and applications of DC and AC Machines.

UNIT – I (9)

D.C. Circuits: Ohm‟s Law, Network Elements, Kirchhoff‟s Laws, Source Transformation, Mesh and

Nodal Analysis, Power in D.C. Circuits, Series, Parallel and Series Parallel combination of Resistances ,network reduction by Star – Delta Transformation.

Magnetic Circuits: Introduction, Magnetic Circuits, Magnetic Field Strength, Magnetomotive Force, Permeability, Relative Permeability, Analogy between Electric and Magnetic Circuits, Series Magnetic Circuit, Parallel Magnetic Circuit, Self-Inductance and Mutual Inductance.

UNIT – II (9)

D.C. Machines: Constructional features, Methods of Excitation, E.M.F. Equation, Torque development in D.C motor, Characteristics of Series, Shunt and Compound motors and Applications.

1- A.C. Circuits: Phasor representation of sinusoidal quantities, Average, R.M.S. values and Form factor, A.C. through Resistor, Inductor and Capacitor, Analysis of R-L-C series and Power factor, Power triangle, Series Resonance.

Measurements: Working principle of Moving coil, Moving Iron Ammeters and Voltmeters Dynamometer type Wattmeter.

UNIT – III (9)

3- A.C. Circuits: Production of 3 - Voltages, Voltage & Current relationships of Line and Phase values for Star and Delta connections , 3- Power Measurement by two-wattmeter method.

1- Transformers: Construction and operation principle, Development of No Load & On Load Phasor diagrams, Equivalent circuit, O.C. and S.C. tests, Losses and Efficiency, Voltage regulation.

UNIT – IV (9)

3- Induction Motor: Constructional features, Principle of Operation, Production of Rotating Magnetic Field, Torque – Slip Characteristics, Applications.

1- Induction Motors: Production of Rotating Field in various type of 1 – Phase Motors Split Phase, Capacitor Start, Capacitor run, Shaded Pole motors and Applications.

Text Books: 1. Edward Hughes, “Electrical & Electronics Technology”, 10th edn., Pearson Education,2010

Reference Books:

1. M.S. Naidu & S.Kamakshaiah, “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd, New Delhi.

2. B.L.Thereja, A.K.Thereja, “Electrical Technology Vol. I & II“, S.Chand & Company Ltd, 2005 Edn. 3. Chakravarthy A, Sudhipanath and Chandan Kumar, “Basic Electrical Engg.”, Tata McGraw Hill

Ltd, New Delhi. Course Learning Outcomes(COs):

After completion of the course, the students will be able to, predict the behavior of any Electrical & Magnetic Circuits.

solve Electrical Networks by mesh & nodal analysis.

analyze 1- & 3 - AC Basic network and measure the 3- power identify the type of Electrical Machines used for that particular application.



U14ME106 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING



3 - - 3


To identify various engineering materials and applications.

To understand the basic elements of power transmission.

To know the basic manufacturing processes.

To understand fundamental principles and applications of thermodynamics.

To know working principles of SI and CI engines.

UNIT- I (9)

Engineering Materials: Classification; properties and applications. Power Transmission: Classification; Flat belt drives - open and cross belts; Introduction to Gears. Bearings: Types - Sliding and rolling contact; Lubricants - Objectives, types, properties and applications.

UNIT- II (9)

Manufacturing Processes: Classification and their applications. Sand Casting: Terminology; Mould cross section; Moulding sand-types and properties; Patterns-types, materials and allowances. Welding: Principle and applications of gas and arc welding Machining: Classification; Lathe machine-line diagram and functions of various parts.

UNIT- III (9)

Fundamental Concepts: Introduction to SI units, System, Thermodynamic state, Property, Process and Cycle; Energy, Work and Heat; Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Zeroth law of Thermodynamics, Laws of perfect gases.

First Law Of Thermodynamics: First law- Applications to Closed system, Internal energy, Enthalpy; Processes of Closed systems- Isobaric, Isochoric, Isothermal, Adiabatic and Polytropic.

UNIT- IV (9) Second Law Of Thermodynamics: First law limitations, Second law Statements and their equivalence, Carnot Cycle, Carnot Theorem, Heat engine, Heat pump and Refrigerator. IC Engines: Classification; Working principle of two and four stroke SI and CI engines.

Text Books:

1. Basant Agrawal and C M Agrawal, “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi

2. Mathur, Mehta and Tiwari, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Jain Brothers, New Delhi 3. Hazra Chowdary. S. K and Bose, “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Media Promoters and

Publishers Pvt. Ltd, India.

Reference Books:

1. P. K. Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 2. Hazra Chowdary. S. K and Bose, “Workshop Technology, Vol. I & II”, Media Promoters and

publishers Pvt Ltd, India.


know the properties and applications of various engineering materials

learn the basic concepts of power transmission

follow the principles and operations of manufacturing technology

understand the laws of thermodynamics and their applications

know the working principle of Heat engine, Heat pump and Refrigerator.



U14CE106 BASIC ENGINEERING MECHANICS



3 1 - 4


Study the concept of force, principles of force and their application on engineering structures and machines.

To expose the students various kinds of statically determinate pin jointed structures and methods of analysing the truss.

To know the importance of geometric centre, cross sectional areas of plane bodies through centre of gravity and moment of inertia respectively.

Study the dynamic behavior of particles in motion subjected to force system.

UNIT – I (9+3)

Introduction: Basic Definitions – Mass, Particles, Rigid Body, Time, Space, Force, Branches of Mechanics, Fundamental principles of Mechanics – Parallelogram and Triangle laws of Forces, Newton‟s

laws of Gravitation and Motion, Laws of superposition and Transmissibility of Forces.

Force Systems: Types of Forces – Co-planar, Concurrent and Parallel Forces, Moment and Couple, Free

Body Diagram, Types of Supports, Resultant of Force Systems, Resolution of Forces, Composition of Forces, Equilibrium equations of Forces, Lami‟s Theorem, Varignon‟s Theorem, Moment Equilibrium

Equations, Distributed Forces, Resultant and Equilibrium of General Force System.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Friction: Introduction, Classification, Laws of Friction, Coefficient of Friction, Angle of Friction, Angle of Repose, Ladder Friction, Wedge Friction .

Plane Trusses and Frames: Basic Definitions, Stability and Determinacy Conditions, Rigid truss, Basic assumptions for a perfect truss, Assumptions in the Analysis of Trusses, Methods of Analysis of Trusses: Method of Joints and method of Sections of a Cantilever and simply supported statically determinate trusses. Frames: Analysis of a Frames using Method of Members

UNIT– III (9+3)

Centroid and Centre of Gravity: Introduction, Computation of Centroid, Centre of gravity of one dimensional and two dimensional figures- centroids of composite line, simple sections, composite sections-Centre of gravity of composite areas and composite bodies.

Moment of Inertia: Introduction to Moment of Inertia, Transfer theorems of Moment of Inertia – Parallel Axis theorem and Perpendicular Axis theorem.

UNIT - IV (9+3) Kinematics: Introduction to Dynamics, Rectilinear Motion of a particle – Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration, Motion with uniform Acceleration and Motion with variable Acceleration. Curvilinear Motion- Components of motion, Rectangular Components, Components of Normal and Tangential Acceleration.

Kinetics: Rectilinear motion-Equations of Rectilinear motion, Equations of Dynamic Equilibrium, D‟Alembert‟s Principle. Curvilinear Motion-Equations of Motion in Rectangular components, Tangential and Normal Components, Equations of Dynamic Equilibrium. pplications of Work-Energy, Impulse –

Momentum principles of Rectilinear Motion and Curvilinear Motion.

Text Books: 1. Tayal A.K., “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, Umesh Publishers, New Delhi, 40th edn.,

2014. 2. Timoshenko S., Young D.H., Rao J.V., and Sukumar Pati, ”Engineering Mechanics in SI units”,

McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013. 3. Basudeb Bhattacharyya, “Engineering Mechanics”, Oxford University Press, 9th edn., 2013.

Reference Books: 1. Singer F.L., “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, Harper and Row Publishers, 3rd edn.,

1975. 2. Bhavikatti S.S., “Engineering Mechanics”, New Age International, New Delhi, 4th edn., 2013 (reprint).


understand the physical action of forces on the bodies through free body diagrams and analyse the forces using principles of force.

determine the axial forces in members of pin jointed structures subjected to various types of loadings.

understand the technical importance of geometrical shapes and centre of various cross sections.

understand equilibrium condition of particles in dynamic condition and can analyse the problems using various applications such as conservation of work energy principle.



U14CS107 PROGRAMMING IN C LABORATORY



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives (COs):

To expose the undergraduate students to the practical implementation of C Programming concepts

To improve students capability in applying C Programming for problem solving.

To make students use effective memory management techniques in programming

To expose students to modular programming concepts in problem solving

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Programs using input output functions, operators (arithmetic, relational, conditional etc).

2. Programs using operators (bit-wise, logical, increment and decrement etc).

3. Programs using conditional control structures: if, if-else, nested if.

4. Programs using else if ladder, switch and goto.

5. Programs using loop control structures: while, do-while, for.

6. Programs on one dimensional array and two dimensional arrays.

7. Programs using functions: different types, parameter passing using call-by-value, call-by-

reference, recursion and storage classes.

8. Programs using strings: one dimensional array, two dimensional array, string handling

functions.

9. Programs using pointers, string pointers.

10. Programs using, structure pointers, functions pointers.

11. Programs using dynamic memory allocation.

12. Programs using file operations and file handling functions.



learn practical implementation of C programming language concepts.

debug and document programs in C.

know usage of logical skills in developing C programs. apply effective memory management techniques for problem solving

understand the file management techniques



U14PH108 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To understand the oscillatory phenomena in determining the various properties like rigidity modulus, moment of inertia, acceleration due to gravity and other elastic properties.

To determine the wavelengths, slit widths, diameters of thin wires etc., with high degree of accuracy using

interference and diffraction techniques.

To study the optical activity of some substances.

To determine the optical fiber characteristics.

.

LIST OF EXPERMENTS

1 Newton‟s Rings: Determination of wavelength of a monochromatic light.

2 Determination of slit width using He-Ne Laser.

3 To find dispersive power of a prism using Spectrometer

4 Torsional pendulum: Determination of rigidity modulus of given wire and moment

of inertia of ring.

5 Diffraction Grating: Determination of wave lengths of white light using normal

incidence method.

6 To determine resolving Power of a Telescope.

7 To find the acceleration due to gravity (g) by Compound pendulum.

8 Polarimeter (Saccharimeter): Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution.

9 Photo Cell: To study the characteristics of a photo cell.

10 Determination of wavelength of He-Ne Laser.

11 Spiral spring: Determination of force constant of spiral spring.

12 Determination of Numerical Aperture of an Optical fiber.

13 Determination of diameter of a thin wire using Interference method.


handle and apply the powerful radiations like lasers and radioactive rays.

know the interference and diffraction patterns and apply them in precise measurements.

make preferential selection of Optical fibers. determine the various optical, mechanical and magnetic properties



U14CH108 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives: To gain hands-on experience of conventional and instrumental methods of chemical analysis

To introduce water analysis techniques

To understand the principles involved in the polymerization reactions

To gain the knowledge of estimation of metals from their ores

To expose the experiments such as estimation of metal ion by using ion-exchange resin, instrumental methods of chemical analysis, adsorption

To introduce a photo chemical reduction

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 Determination of Alkalinity of test sample of water.

2 Estimation of Available Chlorine in test sample of Bleaching powder.

3 Determination of Hardness of water using complexometric method.

4 Determination of Calcium in Lime Stone / Dolomite.

5 Estimation of Cupric ions in the test solution.

6 Adsorption of an acid on a charcoal -Applicability of adsorption Isotherm.

7 Photochemical reduction of Ferric salt.

8 Synthesis of a polymer.

9 Conductometric Titrations.

10 Potentiometric Titrations.

11 Colorimetric analysis – Verification of Lambert-Beer‟s Law.

12 Estimation of Metal ion using ion-exchange resin.


handle analytical instruments for chemical analysis.

determine alkaline species, temporary and permanent hardness of a water sample.

estimate some metals from their ores.

understand the advantages of instrumental methods of chemical analysis over conventional methods.

understand the principles involved in photo chemical and polymerization reaction.


U14ME109 ENGINEERING WORKSHOP PRACTICE



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To understand the importance of workshop practice in Engineering

To acquire proper understanding of various manufacturing processes

To identify the significance and application of various tools and equipment used in workshop

Foundry:

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Prepare a Sand Mould using bracket pattern 2. Prepare a Sand Mould using dumbbell pattern

Fitting: 3. Prepare a Square fit using Mild Steel Plates 4. Prepare a Half round fit using Mild Steel Plates

Welding:

5. Prepare a Lap joint on Mild Steel Plates using Arc Welding 6. Prepare a Single V – Butt Joint on Mild Steel Plates using Arc Welding

Carpentry: 7. Prepare a Half lap joint of a given Wooden pieces 8. Prepare a Bridle joint of a given Wooden pieces

Plumbing: 9. Prepare a Pipe joint with elbows & tee using PVC pipes 10. Prepare a Pipe joint with union & coupling using PVC pipes

Machine Shop: 11. Perform a Step turning operation on mild steel bar 12. Perform a Taper turning operation on mild steel bar

Text Books:

1. Hazra Chowdary. S.K and Bose, “Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol-I &II”, Media Promoters and publishers Pvt. Ltd, India.

2. W.A.J.Chapman, “Workshop Technology, Vol-I”, Edward Arnold



know and understand the types of trades in engineering

improve their practical skills to develop new products



U14CH109 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES



2 - - 2

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To incorporate the basic knowledge of the environmental studies

To understand the need to use resources more equitably

To understand the knowledge of conversation of biodiversity

To introduce the causes, effects and control measures of environmental pollution

To know the issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation

UNIT-I (6)

Introduction: The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies: Definition, Scope and Importance.

Natural Resources: Forest Resources: Use and over – exploitation of forests, deforestation, Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people. Water Resources: Use and over- utilization of surface and ground water, floods; drought; conflicts over water. Mineral Resources: Environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources. Agricultural Land: Land as a resource, land degradation, soil erosion and desertification. Food Resources :World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity. Energy Resources: Renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources.

Ecosystem and Biodiversity: UNIT-II (6)

Ecosystem: Concepts of an ecosystem: Food chain, food webs and ecological pyramids: Energy flow in the ecosystem: ecological succession. Biodiversity and its conservation: Introduction: Definition. genetic, species and ecosystem diversity; value of biodiversity. Biodiversity in India, Hot spots of biodiversity, Man- wildlife conflicts, Endangered and endemic species of India, In-situ and Ex-situ conservation

UNIT-III (6)

Environmental Pollution: Global climatic change, Green house gases, Acid rain. Causes and effects of Air, Water, Soil, Marine and Noise pollution with case studies. Solid and Hazardous waste management, effects of urban, industrial and nuclear waste. Natural disaster management: flood, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

Environment Protection and Society: UNIT-IV (6)

Role of Individual and Society: Role of individual in prevention of pollution, Water conservation, Rain water harvesting, Watershed management, wasteland reclamation. Environmental Protection / Control Acts: Environmental legislation with respect to Air, Water, Forest and Wildlife, Enforcement of environmental legislations, Population growth, Role of Information Technology in Environment and Human Health.

Text Books: 1. Erach Bharucha, “Text Book of Environmental Studies for Under Graduate Courses – 2nd edn.,

Universities Press (India) Private Limited 2. Anjaneyulu Y., “Environmental Studies”, B.S. Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Bharucha Erach, “The Biodiversity of India” Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd. 2. Odum, E.P. 1971, “Fundamental of Ecology”, W.B. Saunders Co., USA, 574p. 3. Trivedi R.K. and P.K. Goel, “Introduction to Air Pollution”, Technoscience Publications. 4. Gilbert M. Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering & Science”, 1991, PHI 5. A.S. Chauhan, “Environmental Studies”, Jain Brothers (New Delhi) 3rd revised and enlarged

edition 6. R.Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies from crisis to cure“, Oxford University Press


After completion of the course, the student will be able to, understand human interaction with the environment

understand utmost importance of the sustainable use of natural resources

get acquainted with ecosystem and conservation of biodiversity

gain the knowledge of control measures of environmental pollution and natural disaster management

understand the conflict between the existing development strategies and need for environmental conservation

understand various environmental protection / control acts

understand the role of individual in the environment protection


End Semester Exam : -

U14EA110 EAA: PHYSICAL EDUCATION & NSS



- - 2 1

I. PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Course Learning Objectives & Outcomes: To perform and engage in a variety of physical activities

To develop and maintain physical health and fitness through regular participation in physical activities

To demonstrate positive self esteem, mental health and physiological balance through body awareness and control

To exhibit the spirit of fair play, team work and sportsmanship

Activities related to : 1. Physical Fitness 2. Games & Sports

II. NATIONAL SERVICE SCHEME (NSS)

Course Learning Objectives: The objectives of the NSS is to

arouse the social consciousness of the students

provide them with opportunity to work with people in villages and slums

expose them to the reality of life

bring about a change in their social perceptions

develop competence required for responsibility sharing and team work

List of Activities:

1. Shramadanam 2. Tree Plantation 3. General Medical Camps in Villages 4. Awareness on Eye Donation 5. Awareness on “Child Labour and Child Marriages”

6. Awareness programs on “Literacy, Good Health Practices, etc.”

7. Safe Riding Program 8. Awareness program on “RTI Act”

9. Awareness on Blood Donation

Course Learning Outcomes: After completion of the course, the student will be able to,

develop his / her personality through community service rendered

apply their education to find solutions to individual and community problems

acquire capacity to meet emergencies and natural disasters

acquire a democratic attitude, leadership qualities and practice national integration

S. No.

Course code

Course Name

Periods

Credits (C)

Evaluation Scheme

CIE

ESE

Total Marks

L

T

P TA MSE Total

1 U14MH201 Engineering Mathematics-II 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

2 U14CS202 Object Oriented Programming through C++

3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

3 U14CH203 U14PH203

Engg. Chemistry / Engg. Physics

3 3

1 1

- -

4 4

15 15

25 25

40 40

60 60

100 100

4 U14ME204 U14MH204

Engineering Drawing / English for Communication

2 2

4 2

- -

4 3

15 15

25 25

40 40

60 60

100 100

5 U14EE205 U14EI205

Basic Electrical Engg. / Basic Electronics Engg.

3 3

- -

- -

3 3

15 15

25 25

40 40

60 60

100 100

6 U14CE206 U14ME206

Basic Engg. Mechanics/ Basic Mechanical Engg.

3 3

1 -

- -

4 3

15 15

25 25

40 40

60 60

100 100

7 U14CS207 Object Oriented Programming (OOP) Lab

- - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

8 U14CH208 U14PH208

Engg. Chemistry Lab / Engg. Physics Lab

- -

- -

3 3

2 2

40 40

- -

40 40

60 60

100 100

9 U14CH209 U14ME209

Environmental Studies #

Engg. Workshop Practice 2 -

- -

- 3

2 2

40 15

- 25

40 40

60 60

100 100

10 U14EA210 EAA: Physical Education & NSS # - - 2 1 100 - 100 - 100

Total 19/ 17 8/ 5

8/ 11

30/ 28

1000

KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, WARANGAL – 15 (An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University, Warangal)

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTIONS & EVALUATION FOR B.TECH. 4-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMME

BRANCH : COMMON FOR ALL BRANCHES SEMESTER : SECOND

Note: L – Lectures; T- Tutorials; P – Practicals; CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation; TA – Teachers Assessment; MSE – Mid Semester Examination; ESE – End Semester Examination; EAA – Extra Academic Activity; # indicates Mandatory Course Student Contact Hours / Week : Stream – I = 35 (periods/week); Stream- II = 33 (periods /week) Total Credits (C) : Stream – I = 30 Credits; Stream –II = 28 Credits



U14MH201 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS- II

Class: B.Tech. II Semester Branch: Common to all branches


L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To enable the student to acquire fundamental knowledge of mathematical concepts and methods and apply in engineering disciplines

To introduce the methods of solving higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients and introduce simple applications

To introduce the concept of vector function and vector differential calculus

To introduce integration of vector valued functions

To introduce functions of complex variables and the property of analyticity of a function of complex variable

UNIT-I (9+3)

Higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients: Liner differential Equations of higher order with constant coefficients, General solution, Complementary function, Particular Integral. Methods of evaluation of particular Integrals. Simple examples of Physical applications (Free oscillations of Spring - Mass system, RLC series circuit problem) Wronskian, Linear dependence of solutions, Method of Variation of parameters. Cauchy‟s homogenous linear equation.

UNIT-II (9+3)

Vector Differential Calculus: Vector functions - Derivative of a vector function of a scalar variable, Velocity and acceleration, Curves in Space, Tangent, Principal normal, Binormal, Curvature, Torsion of a given curve and Frenet -Serret Formulae. Scalar and vector point functions, Vector operators – Gradient of a scalar field, Divergence of a vector field, Curl of a vector field and their physical interpretations. Directional derivative, Application to find angle between two surfaces and to find scalar potential of a vector field, Irrotational fields & Solenoidal fields.

UNIT-III (9+3)

Vector integration: Integration of vector valued functions of a scalar variable, Application to find velocity and displacement of a particle; Line integral of scalar point and vector point functions, Applications: Work done by a force, Circulation; Surface Integral & Volume integral. Green‟s theorem in plane, and area of a plane region using Green‟s theorem, Stokes theorem &

Gauss divergence theorems (without proof).

KITSW – Syllabi for B.Tech. Civil Engineering

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Complex Variables: Functions of complex variables, Limit, Continuity, Differentiability, Analytic Functions, Cauchy-Riemann Equations in Cartesian and Polar coordinates. Elementary functions, Harmonic Functions, Construction of Analytic functions. Applications to find velocity potential and stream function of a fluid flow. Conformal mapping and bilinear transformation.

Text Books:

1. Grewal, B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, Reference Books:

1. Churchill R.V., “Complex Variable and its Applications”, McGraw Hill 2. Kreyszig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics” , New Age International 3. Spiegel M., “Vector Analysis -Schaum Series”, McGraw Hill

Course Learning Outcomes(COs): After completion of the course, the student will be able to

solve a given higher order linear differential equation with constant coefficients

understand few simple applications

understand the concept of a vector function and vector differentiation and will be able to find the characteristics of a space curve such as tangent, normal, binormal, curvature and torsion

understand the concept of gradient , divergence and curl of a vector point function and will be able to apply them to find angle between two surfaces, scalar potential

find line, surface and volume integrals of vector valued functions and understand Green’s theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss theorem understand the concept of a function of complex variable and verify whether a function is analytic or not.

construct analytic function when real/imaginary part of the function is known

find velocity potential and stream function of a fluid flow using complex analytical methods




U14CS202 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH C++



3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): to expose the students to the concepts of Object-Oriented Paradigm

to improve students capability in applying object oriented programming concepts in problem solving

to improve students expertise in implementing object oriented concepts using C++ Programming

to enable students to understand concepts of templates and exceptional handling

UNIT – I (9+3)

Programming Paradigms: Procedural Programming, Modular Programming, Object-Oriented Programming and Generic Programming.

Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program, Basic I/O, Tokens, Data types, Reference variables, Operators, Manipulators, Expressions, Control Structures, Name Spaces. Functions in C++: Inline function, Default arguments, Overloading, Parameter passing mechanisms, Name Spaces.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Classes and objects: Structures, Access Control, Specifying a Class, Defining member functions, Making an outside function inline, Nesting of member functions, Arrays within class, Arrays of objects, Static data members, Static member functions, Friend functions, Objects as arguments, Returning objects, Pointers to members, Constructors and Destructors. Operator Overloading: Overloading of Unary and Binary operators, Overloading of Unary and Binary operators using friend functions, String operations, Type conversions.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Inheritance: Single inheritance, Multilevel inheritance, Multiple inheritance, Hierarchical inheritance, Hybrid inheritance, Making private member inheritable, Virtual Base class, Abstract class, Constructors in derived classes.

Polymorphism: Pointers to objects, Pointers to derived classes, This pointer, Virtual Functions, Pure virtual functions.

Managing Console I/O operations: Introduction, C++ Streams, C++ Stream Classes, Un formatted I/O Operations, Formatted I/O Operations, Managing output with manipulators.


UNIT – IV (9+3) Files: Classes for file stream operations, Opening and closing a file, Detecting EOF, File Modes, File pointers and their manipulators, Sequential input and output operations, Random access files, Command line arguments. Templates: Class templates, Class templates with multiple parameters, Function templates, Function templates with multiple parameters, Overloading of template functions.

Exception Handling: Exception handling mechanism, Throwing mechanism, Catching mechanism, Rethrowing of exception, Specifying the exceptions.

Text Books:

1. E.Balagurusamy, “Object-Oriented Programming with C++”, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd , Sixth Edition, ISBN-13:978-1-25-902993-6, 2012.

2. Bjarne Stroustrup, "The C++ Programming Language", Addison-Wesley Publications,

Second Edition, ISBN No. 81-7808-126-1, 1991.

Reference Books:

1. K.R. Venugopal, Rajkumar, T.Ravishankar, “Mastering C++”, McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.Ltd, Second Edition, ISBN: 0-07-463454-2, 1997.

2. Timothy Bud, “An Introduction to Object Oriented Programming”, Pearson Education,

Second Edition, ISBN 81-7808-228-4, 2004.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs): After completion of the course, the student will be able to

know the differences between procedural language and object-oriented languages

gain knowledge of Object-Oriented Paradigm for problem solving

will be able to gain practical knowledge of OOP concepts using C++

apply reusability concepts like inheritance, polymorphism in application development

use generic programming concepts

develop modular programming using classes



U14CH203 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY



L T P C

3 1 - 4


To understand the fundamental principles and applications of chemistry.

To identify the significance of electro chemistry.

To introduce and explore the knowledge of corrosion and its prevention To impart and inculcate proper understandings of energy sources, phase rule, organic and polymer

chemistry

To acquire the techniques of water analysis and treatment

To understand the role of chemistry in the field of engineering

UNIT-I (9+3)

Electrochemistry: Specific and equivalent conductance, Conductometric titrations, Electrode potential, Nernst equation, Electrochemical series, Reference electrodes : Calomel electrode, Ag/AgCl electrode, Ion-selective electrode : glass electrode, Determination of pH using Glass, Quinhydrone and Hydrogen electrodes, Potentiometric titrations, Commercial cells: Hydrogen-Oxygen fuel cell, Lead-acid storage cell.

UNIT-II (9+3)

Corrosion: Introduction: Corrosion by pure chemical reaction, Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Galvanic corrosion, Differential aeration corrosion, Factors influencing corrosion, Prevention of corrosion: Cathodic Protection, Hot Dipping, Cementation, Cladding, Electroplating, Corrosion inhibitors, Anodized coatings. Phase Rule: Description of the terms: „Phase‟, „Component‟ and „Degrees of freedom‟. Gibbs Phase rule

equation. Application of the phase rule to one-component system (Water system) and two-

component system (silver-lead system). Energy Sources: Characteristics of fuels for internal combustion (IC) engines, Knocking,

Octane number. Unleaded petrol, Cetane number, Power alcohol, Compressed Natural gas (CNG), Liquified petroleum gas (LPG).

UNIT-III (9+3)

Introduction to Methods of Chemical Analysis: Introduction to spectroscopy, Microwave spectra: Theory, Application of microwave spectra in the determination of bond length of a diatomic molecule. Infra-Red spectra: Theory, Applications: Calculation of force constant and identification of functional groups in organic compounds. UV-Visible spectra: Lambert-Beer‟s

law and its applications, Types of electronic transitions. Water Analysis and Treatment: Hardness of Water, determination of hardness of water by using EDTA, determination of Alkalinity, determination of Chloride by argentometry, determination of Fluoride by spectrophotometry, determination of Dissolved Oxygen,


Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Chemical Oxygen Demand, Softening of water by Zeolite process and Ion-exchange process, Reverse Osmosis, Electrodialysis.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Organic Chemistry: Fission of a covalent bond, Types of electron effects: Inductive effect, Mesomeric effect and Hyperconjugation, Reaction intermediates and their stabilities, Types of reagents: Electrophilic, Nucleophilic and Free radical reagents. Study of the mechanisms of substitution (SN1 and SN2) and Addition (Electrophilic, Nucleophilic and Free radical) reactions, Role of inductive effect, mesomeric effect and hybridazation on the dissociation constant of carboxylic acids.

Polymers: Introduction : Types of Polymerization reactions (Addition and Condensations), Mechanism of free radical, cationic and anionic addition polymerization, Condensation polymerization, Thermo setting and thermo plastic resins, Silicone rubber, Conducting polymers, Laminated plastics.

Text Books:

3. Jain and Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishers. 4. Shashi Chawla, “Text book of Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishers.

Reference Books:

5. J C Kuriacose and J.Rajaram, “Chemistry in Engineering and Technology (Vol .I&II)”,

Tata McGraw Hill Publishers. 6. Suba Ramesh, Vairam et. al “Engineering Chemistry”, Wiley India. 7. O P Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry”, Khanna Publishers. 8. S.S.Dara, “A Text book of Engineering Chemistry”, S.Chand & Company Ltd.



understand basic principles and role of chemistry in the field of engineering

gain the knowledge of interrelationship between electrical and chemical energy

make a judicious selection of materials in the field of engineering

understand the phase rule and its application in the study of material science understand the methods of chemical analysis of water and its treatment

know the synthetic methods and versatile applications of polymers

understand the advantage of spectrometric methods of chemical analysis over the conventional methods




U14PH203 ENGINEERING PHYSICS



L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To make the bridge between physics in intermediate level and its applications in engineering by giving proper inputs.

To introduce the basic concepts of all types of oscillations with illustrations by mechanical examples.

To introduce the basic concepts of coherence and polarized nature (interference, diffraction & polarization) of light waves and their applications. To introduce and explore the knowledge of high frequency sound waves & their application in different fields.

To introduce the basic concepts of modern physics by introducing the fundamental elements of Quantum mechanics, which are essential to understand the mechanics of microscopic particles.

To introduce the basic concepts of modern science like Photonics (lasers, Fiber optics, etc.,.), modern materials (magnetic materials, superconductors, nano material etc.,.)

UNIT-I (9+3)

Oscillations: Physical examples of simple harmonic motion –Torsional pendulum, Physical pendulum, Spring - Mass systems and Loaded beams - Two body oscillations – Qualitative treatment of Free, Damped & Forced Oscillations and Resonance. Interference: The Superposition principle –Coherence –Phasor method of adding wave disturbances – Phase changes on reflection - Anti reflection coating –Interference of reflected light from uniform and wedge shaped film –Newton‟s rings in reflected light-Determination of wavelength of monochromatic light using Newton‟s rings experiment –Michelson‟s

Interferometer, Types of fringes, Determination of wavelength of monochromatic light, thickness and refractive index of a thin transparent sheet using Michelson‟s Interferometer.

UNIT-II (9+3) Diffraction: Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit, measurement of slit width –Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture –Rayleigh‟s criterion for resolution - Diffraction grating (Qualitative) – Experimental determination of wavelength using a plane transmission grating- Dispersion and Resolving power of a grating. Polarization: Polarized light-Double refraction, Geometry of calcite crystal, Construction and working of a Nicol prism – Theory of polarized light - Production and Detection of plane, circularly and elliptically polarized light – Quarter and Half-wave plates - Optical activity –

Laurent‟s half-shade Polarimeter – Application of polarization in LCDs. Ultrasonics: Ultrasonic waves – Properties - Production of Ultrasonic waves - Magnetostriction method, Piezo-electric method – Detection of Ultrasonics - Determination of wavelength (Acoustic grating) - Application of ultrasonic waves.


UNIT-III (9+3) Lasers (Qualitative): Absorption, Spontaneous and Stimulated emission – Relation among Einstein coefficients –Difference between conventional and laser light – Population inversion, Methods of achieving population inversion – Types of Lasers – Ruby Laser, Helium-Neon Laser, Carbon dioxide Laser and Nd-YAG Laser – Applications of lasers. Holography: Introduction – Formation and Reconstruction of a Hologram – Applications of Holography. Fiber Optics (Qualitative): Introduction – Total internal reflection – Fiber construction –

Numerical aperture and Acceptance angle – Types of Optical fibers (Step and Graded index) –

Power losses in Optical fibers –Attenuation, Dispersion, Bending – Light wave Communication using Optical fibers – Applications of Optical fibers - Fiber optic Sensors (Temperature and Displacement ), Endoscope.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Elements of Quantum Mechanics: De-Broglie concept of matter waves – De-Broglie wavelength, Properties of matter waves –Schrodinger‟s wave equation – Time independent wave equation (one dimension), Particle in a box (one dimension), energy quantization, Wave functions. Modern Materials (Qualitative): Magnetic materials: Introduction –Permeability - Magnetization –Classification of magnetic materials . Applications of magnetic materials –

magnetic recording, magnetic memories. Superconducting materials: Superconductivity – Meissner effect –Transition temperature –

Isotope effect. Types of Superconductors - Soft and Hard Superconductors – Applications of Superconductors. Nanomaterials: Introduction – Classification of nanomaterials – Properties of nanomaterials –

Physical, Chemical, Electrical, Optical, Magnetic and Mechanical properties (in brief) - Applications of nanomaterials (in brief).

Text Books:

1. Bhattacharya and Bhaskaran, “Engineering Physics”, Oxford University Press. 2. V.Rajendran, “Engineering Physics”, McGraw Hill Education.

Reference Books:

1. David Halliday and Robert Resnick, “Physics Part I & II”, Wiley Eastern Limited. 2. R.K. Gaur and S.L.Gupta, “Engineering Physics”, Dhanpath Rai and Sons. 3. P.K. Palanisamy, “Engineering Physics”, Scitech Publishers.



understand the basic concepts of physics for its applications to Engineering.

understand the basic principles of oscillations that can be applied to all types of oscillatory phenomena like acoustic, mechanical, electromagnetic, atomic, nuclear etc.,.

appreciate the knowledge acquired in studying interference, diffraction and polarization in the application of thickness measurement of thin films, refractive indices and wavelength determinations using interferometric techniques, fringe pattern etc.,.

appreciate the knowledge gained in studying ultrasonics and their multi dimensional applications in various fields like industrial, engineering (like NDT etc.,.) and medical etcunderstand the fundamental principles and applications of lasers and Optical fibers.exposed to various material properties which are used in engineering applications and devices.



U14ME204 ENGINEERING DRAWING



L T P C

2 4 - 4


To understand the importance of Engineering Drawing

To communicate effectively through Engineering Drawing

To impart and inculcate proper understanding of theory of projections

To identify the significance and application of the orthographic and isometric drawings.

UNIT – I (6+12)

Introduction: Importance of Engineering Drawing, instruments- uses; Conventions - ISO and BIS, Layout of drawing sheets, Types of Lines, Lettering and dimensioning. Geometrical Constructions: Bisection of a line, arc and angle; division of a line, Construction of polygons- triangle, square, pentagon and hexagon. Projection of Points: Introduction to orthographic projections-Vertical Plane, Horizontal plane; Views-Front view, Top view and Side view; Projection of Points. Projection of Straight lines - I: Line parallel to both the planes, Line parallel to one plane and perpendicular to the other reference plane, Line parallel to one plane and inclined to the other reference plane.

UNIT – II (6+12)

Projection of Straight lines – II: Line- inclined to both the planes-Traces. Projection of Planes: Planes - Perpendicular and Oblique planes; Projections of planes - parallel to one of the reference plane, inclined to one of the reference plane and perpendicular to the other; Projections of oblique planes.

UNIT – III (6+12)

Projection of Solids: Types-prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone; Simple Positions-axis parallel to a reference plane and perpendicular to the other plane, axis parallel to one plane and inclined to other reference plane; axis inclined to both the reference planes. Sections of Solids: Types-prisms and pyramids; Section planes, Sectional views and true shape of a section.

UNIT – IV (6+12)

Isometric Projections: Terminology; difference between isometric projection and view; Construction of isometric projection of different solids-box method and offset method. Orthographic projections: Conversion of isometric views into orthographic views.

Text Books:

1. Bhatt N.D., “Elementary Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand.


Reference Books: 5. Dhananjay A Jolhe, “Engineering Drawing”, TMH, 2008. 6. Venugopal K. “Engineering Graphics with Auto CAD”, New Age International Publishers

Ltd., Hyderabad. 7. K. L. Narayana & P. Kannaiah, “Engineering Drawing‟‟, SciTech Publications, Chennai 8. W J Luzadder and J M Duff, “Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing”, Prentice-Hall of

India, 1995.


develop concepts on Engineering Drawing in order to become professionally efficient

understand the theory of projections

improve their spatial imagination skills to develop new products.




U14MH204 ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION



L T P C

2 2 - 3

Course Learning Objectives: To acquire writing skills with a focus on accuracy avoiding common errors in English.

To acquire word power enabling to use them in speaking and writing.

To develop reading comprehension skills with local and global comprehension.

To acquire listening and speaking skills using language laboratory.

Grammar 4. Clause Analysis 5. Tenses 6. Reported Speech

Vocabulary

3. Collocations 4. Idioms & Phrasal verbs

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-I (6)

UNIT-II (6) UNIT-III (6)

3. “Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening” by Robert Frost

4. “ Adivasis” by Kancha Ilaiah

Writing Devices UNIT-IV (6)

4. Application for jobs and preparing a curriculum vitae 5. Report writing 6. Project Writing

Text Books:

3. Damodar G., & Surender Kumar M., “English for Communication”, KGA Publications, Warangal.

4. Purushotham K., “English for fluency”, Orient Blackmen, Hyderabad.

Reference Book: 1. Krishna Swamy N., “Modern English Grammar”, MacMillan India Ltd.

English Language Lab: {Teacher Assessment (TA) is done through English Language Lab}


Listening Skills (6x2)

3. Listening to sounds, stress and intonation 4. Listening for information

Speaking Skills (6x2)

a. Presentation Techniques

Group Discussions

Interview Skills

b. Assignment Students have to prepare and present an assignment on the following through PPT in the communication skills laboratory.

Presentation of Oneself


develop writing skills with a focus on accuracy to develop error free English.

develop word power to enable to use them in speaking and writing.

develop reading skills with a focus on developing reading comprehension skills .

enhance listening and speaking skills.

Note: Teacher Assessment : 15 marks

Assignment : 05 marks

Lab Performance : 05 marks

Lab Attendance : 05 marks Total : 15 marks



U14EE205 BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme: L T P C 3 - - 3


To impart basic knowledge about the Electrical & Magnetic Circuits.

To apply Kirchhoff’s laws and Equivalent circuit models to analyze voltage & current relationship in passive circuit. To inculcate the understanding about A.C. fundamentals and transformers.

To understand the working principles and applications of DC and AC Machines.

UNIT – I (9)

D.C. Circuits: Ohm‟s Law, Network Elements, Kirchhoff‟s Laws, Source Transformation, Mesh

and Nodal Analysis, Power in D.C. Circuits, Series, Parallel and Series Parallel combination of Resistances ,network reduction by Star – Delta Transformation. Magnetic Circuits: Introduction, Magnetic Circuits, Magnetic Field Strength, Magnetomotive Force, Permeability, Relative Permeability, Analogy between Electric and Magnetic Circuits, Series Magnetic Circuit, Parallel Magnetic Circuit, Self-Inductance and Mutual Inductance.

UNIT – II (9)

D.C. Machines: Constructional features, Methods of Excitation, E.M.F. Equation, Torque development in D.C motor, Characteristics of Series, Shunt and Compound motors and Applications.

1- A.C. Circuits: Phasor representation of sinusoidal quantities, Average, R.M.S. values and Form factor, A.C. through Resistor, Inductor and Capacitor, Analysis of R-L-C series and Power factor, Power triangle, Series Resonance. Measurements: Working principle of Moving coil, Moving Iron Ammeters and Voltmeters Dynamometer type Wattmeter.

UNIT – III (9)

3- A.C. Circuits: Production of 3 - Voltages, Voltage & Current relationships of Line and Phase values for Star and Delta connections , 3- Power Measurement by two-wattmeter method. 1- Transformers: Construction and operation principle, Development of No Load & On Load Phasor diagrams, Equivalent circuit, O.C. and S.C. tests, Losses and Efficiency, Voltage regulation.


UNIT – IV (9)

3- Induction Motor: Constructional features, Principle of Operation, Production of Rotating Magnetic Field, Torque – Slip Characteristics, Applications. 1- Induction Motors: Production of Rotating Field in various type of 1 – Phase Motors Split Phase, Capacitor Start, Capacitor run, Shaded Pole motors and Applications.

Text Books:

2. Edward Hughes, “Electrical & Electronics Technology”, 10th edn., Pearson Education,2010

Reference Books:

4. M.S. Naidu & S.Kamakshaiah, “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd, New Delhi.

5. B.L.Thereja, A.K.Thereja, “Electrical Technology Vol. I & II“, S.Chand & Company Ltd, 2005 Edn.

6. Chakravarthy A, Sudhipanath and Chandan Kumar, “Basic Electrical Engg.”, Tata McGraw Hill Ltd, New Delhi.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs): After completion of the course, the students will be able to,

predict the behavior of any Electrical & Magnetic Circuits.

solve Electrical Networks by mesh & nodal analysis.

analyze 1- & 3 - AC Basic network and measure the 3- power

identify the type of Electrical Machines used for that particular application.


Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 Marks

End Semester Exam 60 Marks

U14EI205 BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING



L T P C

3 - - 3


To introduce basic concepts of semi conductors and conductivity in semiconductors

To introduce the operation and applications of semiconductor diodes

To introduce the basic concepts of BJT & its DC biasing concepts and FET

To introduce the fundamental concepts and basic principles of Electronic Measuring instruments

Introduction to Electronics:

UNIT-I (9)

Analog Signals (DC & AC), Sources (DC & AC), Digital Signals Semiconductors: Energy bands in solids, Concept of forbidden gap, Insulator, Metals and Semiconductors, Transport phenomenon in semiconductors: Mobility and conductivity, Intrinsic semiconductor, Donor and Acceptor impurities, Fermi level, Recombination and Minority carrier Injection, Drift currents and Diffusion currents, Temperature dependence of conductivity, Hall Effect Semiconductor Diode: P-N Junction, Band diagram, Depletion layer, V-I characteristics of P-N Diode, Diode resistance and capacitance, Avalanche and Zener breakdown mechanisms

UNIT-II (9)

Diode Circuits: Rectifier circuits – Half wave, Full wave & Bridge rectifiers, Ripple voltage and Diode current with and without filters, Voltage regulation using Zener diode, Block diagram of DC adapter, Operation of LED & Photodiode Bipolar Junction Transistor: Physical structure, Transistor current components, CE, CB & CC configurations and their Input & Output characteristics

UNIT-III (9)

DC Analysis of BJT Circuits: DC load line, Need for biasing, Transistor biasing methods for CE configuration, Basic transistor applications: Switch and Amplifier, Block diagram of a Public Address system Field Effect Transistor: Physical structure, Operation and Characteristics of a Junction Field Effect Transistor (JFET)

UNIT-IV (9)

Measurement Systems: Block diagram of Measurement system, Ideal requirements of Measurement system, Performance characteristics of Measurement system, Errors in Measurement system


Electronic Instruments: PMMC Mechanism, Ammeter, Voltmeter & Ohmmeter, Loading effects of Ammeter & Voltmeter, Block diagram of Digital Multimeter (DMM), Block Diagram of Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO), Expression for deflection sensitivity, CRT Screens, Measurement of time period and amplitude

Text Books:

4. David.A.Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, India.

5. Neil storey, “Electronics: A systems Approach”, 4/e-Pearson Education Publishing company Pvt. Ltd, India.

6. Helfrick. A.D and Cooper W.D., “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and

Measurement Techniques”, PHI, India.

Reference Books:

4. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 3/e, TMH, India.

5. Bhargava and Kulashresta, “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”, TTTI, TMH, India.

6. Sawhney A.K, “Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation”,

Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, India.


learn the concepts of conductivity in semi conductors

learn the operation of basic semi conductor devices and their V-I characteristics

get familiarized with the concepts of BJT& FET

use basic electronic measuring instruments like DMM and CRO




U14CE206 BASIC ENGINEERING MECHANICS



3 1 - 4


Study the concept of force, principles of force and their application on engineering structures and machines. To expose the students various kinds of statically determinate pin jointed structures and methods of analysing the truss.

To know the importance of geometric centre, cross sectional areas of plane bodies through centre of gravity and moment of inertia respectively.

Study the dynamic behavior of particles in motion subjected to force system.

UNIT – I (9+3) Introduction: Basic Definitions – Mass, Particles, Rigid Body, Time, Space, Force, Branches of Mechanics, Fundamental principles of Mechanics – Parallelogram and Triangle laws of Forces, Newton‟s laws of Gravitation and Motion, Laws of superposition and Transmissibility of Forces.

Force Systems: Types of Forces – Co-planar, Concurrent and Parallel Forces, Moment and Couple, Free Body Diagram, Types of Supports, Resultant of Force Systems, Resolution of Forces, Composition of Forces, Equilibrium equations of Forces, Lami‟s Theorem, Varignon‟s

Theorem, Moment Equilibrium Equations, Distributed Forces, Resultant and Equilibrium of General Force System.

UNIT – II (9+3) Friction: Introduction, Classification, Laws of Friction, Coefficient of Friction, Angle of Friction, Angle of Repose, Ladder Friction, Wedge Friction . Plane Trusses and Frames: Basic Definitions, Stability and Determinacy Conditions, Rigid truss, Basic assumptions for a perfect truss, Assumptions in the Analysis of Trusses, Methods of Analysis of Trusses: Method of Joints and method of Sections of a Cantilever and simply supported statically determinate trusses. Frames: Analysis of a Frames using Method of Members

UNIT– III (9+3)

Centroid and Centre of Gravity: Introduction, Computation of Centroid, Centre of gravity of one dimensional and two dimensional figures- centroids of composite line, simple sections, composite sections-Centre of gravity of composite areas and composite bodies. Moment of Inertia: Introduction to Moment of Inertia, Transfer theorems of Moment of Inertia – Parallel Axis theorem and Perpendicular Axis theorem.


UNIT - IV (9+3) Kinematics: Introduction to Dynamics, Rectilinear Motion of a particle – Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration, Motion with uniform Acceleration and Motion with variable Acceleration. Curvilinear Motion- Components of motion, Rectangular Components, Components of Normal and Tangential Acceleration. Kinetics: Rectilinear motion-Equations of Rectilinear motion, Equations of Dynamic Equilibrium, D‟Alembert‟s Principle.

Curvilinear Motion-Equations of Motion in Rectangular components, Tangential and Normal Components, Equations of Dynamic Equilibrium. Applications of Work-Energy, Impulse –Momentum principles of Rectilinear Motion and Curvilinear Motion.

Text Books: 4. Tayal A.K., “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, Umesh Publishers, New Delhi,

40th edn., 2014. 5. Timoshenko S., Young D.H., Rao J.V., and Sukumar Pati, ”Engineering Mechanics in SI

units”, McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013. 6. Basudeb Bhattacharyya, “Engineering Mechanics”, Oxford University Press, 9th edn., 2013.

Reference Books: 3. Singer F.L., “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, Harper and Row Publishers, 3rd

edn., 1975. 4. Bhavikatti S.S., “Engineering Mechanics”, New Age International, New Delhi, 4th edn., 2013

(reprint).


understand the physical action of forces on the bodies through free body diagrams and analyse the forces using principles of force.

determine the axial forces in members of pin jointed structures subjected to various types of loadings. understand the technical importance of geometrical shapes and centre of various cross sections. understand equilibrium condition of particles in dynamic condition and can analyse the problems using various applications such as conservation of work energy principle.



U14ME206 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING



3 - - 3

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To identify various engineering materials and applications.

To understand the basic elements of power transmission.

To know the basic manufacturing processes. To understand fundamental principles and applications of thermodynamics.

To know working principles of SI and CI engines.

UNIT- I (9)

Engineering Materials: Classification; properties and applications. Power Transmission: Classification; Flat belt drives - open and cross belts; Introduction to Gears. Bearings: Types - Sliding and rolling contact; Lubricants - Objectives, types, properties and applications.

UNIT- II (9)

Manufacturing Processes: Classification and their applications. Sand Casting: Terminology; Mould cross section; Moulding sand-types and properties; Patterns-types, materials and allowances. Welding: Principle and applications of gas and arc welding Machining: Classification; Lathe machine-line diagram and functions of various parts.

UNIT- III (9)

Fundamental Concepts: Introduction to SI units, System, Thermodynamic state, Property, Process and Cycle; Energy, Work and Heat; Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Zeroth law of Thermodynamics, Laws of perfect gases. First Law Of Thermodynamics: First law- Applications to Closed system, Internal energy, Enthalpy; Processes of Closed systems- Isobaric, Isochoric, Isothermal, Adiabatic and Polytropic.

UNIT- IV (9)

Second Law Of Thermodynamics: First law limitations, Second law Statements and their equivalence, Carnot Cycle, Carnot Theorem, Heat engine, Heat pump and Refrigerator. IC Engines: Classification; Working principle of two and four stroke SI and CI engines.


Text Books: 4. Basant Agrawal and C M Agrawal, “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Wiley India Pvt.

Ltd, New Delhi 5. Mathur, Mehta and Tiwari, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Jain Brothers,

New Delhi 6. Hazra Chowdary. S. K and Bose, “Basic Mechanical Engineering”, Media Promoters

and Publishers Pvt. Ltd, India.

Reference Books:

1. P. K. Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 2. Hazra Chowdary. S. K and Bose, “Workshop Technology, Vol. I & II”, Media

Promoters and publishers Pvt Ltd, India.


After completion of the course, the student will be able to, know the properties and applications of various engineering materials

learn the basic concepts of power transmission

follow the principles and operations of manufacturing technology

understand the laws of thermodynamics and their applications

know the working principle of Heat engine, Heat pump and Refrigerator.




U14CS207 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives: To expose the students to the practical implementation of Object-Oriented concepts using C++ programming language To improve students capability of object oriented programming for problem solving

To make students capable of using reusability and generic programming concepts in developing applications

Experiment-I

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Read 10 numbers and displays them in sorted order. 2. Write functions to swap two numbers using pointers and references. 3. Write a program that prints the sizes of the fundamental types, a few pointer types and a

few enumeration of your choice. Use the size of operator. Experiment-II 4. Write a function that counts the number of occurrences of pair of letters in a string, for

example the pair “ab” appears twice in “xabaacbaxabb”.

5. Find LCM of two, three and four numbers using function overloading. 6. Create a structure for storing students details (sno, sname, course, Array of five subject‟s

marks) provide the functions for printing the total marks, calculating percentage and the result. (Note: Include the functions within the structure).

Experiment-III 7. Write a macro to find square (A+B)-square (C+D). 8. Create a class for complex number and provide methods for addition, subtraction,

multiplication and division. Display the output in “a+ib” form.

9. Create a Distance class and provide methods for addition and subtraction of two distances. Experiment-IV 10. Create a complex number class with default, parameterized, copy constructors and a

destructor. 11. Create a class which provides a method to count the number of objects that are created for

that class. (Use static method). 12. Create a class INT that behaves exactly like an int. (Note: overload +, -, *, /, %). Experiment-V 13. Create a string class and overload + to concatenate two Strings, overload () to print

substring and overload <, <=, >, >=, = = operators to compare two string objects. 14. Create Date class and overload ++ to print next date and overload -- to print previous date. Experiment-VI


15. Create a user defined array class Array and overload + to add two arrays, overload * to multiply two arrays, overload [] to access given position element and also to use left side of an assignment operator.

16. Create a complex number class and overload +, -, * operators using friend functions. 17. Program to perform Matrix operations using operator overloading with friend functions. Experiment-VII 18. Programs to demonstrate Single, Multiple, Multilevel, Hierarchical, Hybrid and Multipath

inheritance. 19. Programs to demonstrate constructors in inheritance. Experiment-VIII 20. Create a Shape class with methods perimeter, area. Derive classes Circle, Square and

Triangle from Shape class. Provide implementation for perimeter, area in the derived classes. (Declare perimeter, area as pure virtual functions).

21. Implement Multipath inheritance by declaring pointers to base class and access the derived class methods using base class pointers.

22. Program to demonstrate of manipulators Experiment-IX 23. Write a function template to overload max method, which can find maximum of any data

type. 24. Create function template to sort an array, which can sort array of any type. 25. Create a Generic calculator class to perform +, -, *, / operations on any type. 26. Create a Generic class for array of variable size and provide sorting, searching on any type. Experiment-X 27. Find the roots of a quadratic equation. Handle exception for divide by zero. 28. Handle the Array Index out of Bounds Exception when accessing the elements of Arrays. 29. Create a text file of student information and display the contents of file. Experiment-XI 30. Write a program to read a text file and remove all white space characters and replace each

alphanumeric character with next character in the alphabet (Replace z by a and 9 by 0). 31. Copy the contents of one file into another except the blank lines using command line

arguments. 32. Create a file with floating point numbers. Read pair of floating numbers from the file and

write into another file. Experiment-XII 33. Read the contents of three files, concatenate them and display it. 34. Write complex numbers into a file in binary format and in character format. 35. Create a class with integers and overload << to place integer into a file and overload >> to

read an integer.


gain knowledge of implementing Object-Oriented Programming concepts using C++

know the application of Object-Oriented Programming concepts for developing applications

debug and document programs in C++

develop applications using modularization technique

apply reusability and generic programming concepts in application development




U14CH208 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives: To gain hands-on experience of conventional and instrumental methods of chemical analysis

To introduce water analysis techniques

To understand the principles involved in the polymerization reactions

To gain the knowledge of estimation of metals from their ores

To expose the experiments such as estimation of metal ion by using ion-exchange resin, instrumental methods of chemical analysis, adsorption

To introduce a photo chemical reduction

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 Determination of Alkalinity of test sample of water.

2 Estimation of Available Chlorine in test sample of Bleaching powder.

3 Determination of Hardness of water using complexometric method.

4 Determination of Calcium in Lime Stone / Dolomite.

5 Estimation of Cupric ions in the test solution.

6 Adsorption of an acid on a charcoal -Applicability of adsorption Isotherm.

7 Photochemical reduction of Ferric salt.

8 Synthesis of a polymer.

9 Conductometric Titrations.

10 Potentiometric Titrations.

11 Colorimetric analysis – Verification of Lambert-Beer‟s Law.

12 Estimation of Metal ion using ion-exchange resin.


handle analytical instruments for chemical analysis.

determine alkaline species, temporary and permanent hardness of a water sample.

estimate some metals from their ores.

understand the advantages of instrumental methods of chemical analysis over conventional methods. understand the principles involved in photo chemical and polymerization reaction.




U14PH208 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives: To understand the oscillatory phenomena in determining the various properties like rigidity modulus,

moment of inertia, acceleration due to gravity and other elastic properties.

To determine the wavelengths, slit widths, diameters of thin wires etc., with high degree of accuracy using

interference and diffraction techniques.

To study the optical activity of some substances.

To determine the optical fiber characteristics.

.

LIST OF EXPERMENTS

1 Newton‟s Rings: Determination of wavelength of a monochromatic light.

2 Determination of slit width using He-Ne Laser. 3 To find dispersive power of a prism using Spectrometer 4 Torsional pendulum: Determination of rigidity modulus of given wire and moment

of inertia of ring. 5 Diffraction Grating: Determination of wave lengths of white light using normal

incidence method. 6 To determine resolving Power of a Telescope. 7 To find the acceleration due to gravity (g) by Compound pendulum. 8 Polarimeter (Saccharimeter): Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution. 9 Photo Cell: To study the characteristics of a photo cell. 10 Determination of wavelength of He-Ne Laser. 11 Spiral spring: Determination of force constant of spiral spring. 12 Determination of Numerical Aperture of an Optical fiber. 13 Determination of diameter of a thin wire using Interference method.

Course Learning Outcomes:


handle and apply the powerful radiations like lasers and radioactive rays.

know the interference and diffraction patterns and apply them in precise measurements.

make preferential selection of Optical fibers. determine the various optical, mechanical and magnetic properties






L T P C

2 - - 2

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): To incorporate the basic knowledge of the environmental studies





Introduction: UNIT-I (6)

The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies: Definition, Scope and Importance. Natural Resources: Forest Resources: Use and over – exploitation of forests, deforestation, Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people. Water Resources: Use and over- utilization of surface and ground water, floods; drought; conflicts over water. Mineral Resources: Environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources. Agricultural Land: Land as a resource, land degradation, soil erosion and desertification. Food Resources :World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity. Energy Resources: Renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources.



UNIT-III (6)

Environmental Pollution: Global climatic change, Green house gases, Acid rain. Causes and effects of Air, Water, Soil, Marine and Noise pollution with case studies. Solid and Hazardous waste management, effects of urban, industrial and nuclear waste. Natural disaster management: flood, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.


Environment Protection and Society:

UNIT-IV (6)


Text Books:

3. Erach Bharucha, “Text Book of Environmental Studies for Under Graduate Courses –

2nd edn., Universities Press (India) Private Limited 4. Anjaneyulu Y., “Environmental Studies”, B.S. Publications.

Reference Books:

7. Bharucha Erach, “The Biodiversity of India” Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd. 8. Odum, E.P. 1971, “Fundamental of Ecology”, W.B. Saunders Co., USA, 574p. 9. Trivedi R.K. and P.K. Goel, “Introduction to Air Pollution”, Technoscience Publications. 10. Gilbert M. Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering & Science”, 1991, PHI 11. A.S. Chauhan, “Environmental Studies”, Jain Brothers (New Delhi) 3rd revised and

enlarged edition 12. R.Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies from crisis to cure“, Oxford University Press


After completion of the course, the student will be able to, understand human interaction with the environment



gain the knowledge of control measures of environmental pollution and natural disaster management understand the conflict between the existing development strategies and need for environmental conservation






U14ME209 ENGINEERING WORKSHOP PRACTICE



- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives(Los): To understand the importance of workshop practice in Engineering

To acquire proper understanding of various manufacturing processes

To identify the significance and application of various tools and equipment used in workshop

Foundry: LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

13. Prepare a Sand Mould using bracket pattern 14. Prepare a Sand Mould using dumbbell pattern

Fitting: 15. Prepare a Square fit using Mild Steel Plates 16. Prepare a Half round fit using Mild Steel Plates

Welding:

17. Prepare a Lap joint on Mild Steel Plates using Arc Welding 18. Prepare a Single V – Butt Joint on Mild Steel Plates using Arc Welding

Carpentry: 19. Prepare a Half lap joint of a given Wooden pieces 20. Prepare a Bridle joint of a given Wooden pieces

Plumbing: 21. Prepare a Pipe joint with elbows & tee using PVC pipes 22. Prepare a Pipe joint with union & coupling using PVC pipes

Machine Shop: 23. Perform a Step turning operation on mild steel bar 24. Perform a Taper turning operation on mild steel bar

Text Books:

3. Hazra Chowdary. S.K and Bose, “Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol-I &II”, Media Promoters and publishers Pvt. Ltd, India.

4. W.A.J.Chapman, “Workshop Technology, Vol-I”, Edward Arnold



know and understand the types of trades in engineering

improve their practical skills to develop new products


Continuous Internal Evaluation : 100 marks End Semester Exam : -

U14EA210 EAA: PHYSICAL EDUCATION & NSS



- - 2 1

I. PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Course Learning Objectives & Outcomes(LOs): To perform and engage in a variety of physical activities

To develop and maintain physical health and fitness through regular participation in physical activities To demonstrate positive self esteem, mental health and physiological balance through body awareness and control

To exhibit the spirit of fair play, team work and sportsmanship

Activities related to :

1. Physical Fitness 2. Games & Sports

II.NATIONAL SERVICE SCHEME (NSS)

Course Learning Objectives: The objectives of the NSS is to

arouse the social consciousness of the students

provide them with opportunity to work with people in villages and slums

expose them to the reality of life

bring about a change in their social perceptions

develop competence required for responsibility sharing and team work

List of Activities:

1. Shramadanam 2. Tree Plantation 3. General Medical Camps in Villages 4. Awareness on Eye Donation 5. Awareness on “Child Labour and Child Marriages”

6. Awareness programs on “Literacy, Good Health Practices, etc.”

7. Safe Riding Program 8. Awareness program on “RTI Act”

9. Awareness on Blood Donation


develop his / her personality through community service rendered

apply their education to find solutions to individual and community problems

acquire capacity to meet emergencies and natural disasters


acquire a democratic attitude, leadership qualities and practice national integration


KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AND SCIENCE: WARANGAL-506 015

(An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University) SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND EVALUATION

III SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME

CIVIL ENGINEERING [(6+2) +1]

Sl. No.

Course

Category

Course

Code

Course Name Periods

Credits

Evaluation Scheme

L

T

P CIE

ESE Total Marks TA MSE Total

1. BS U14MH301 Engineering Mathematics – III 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

2. PC U14CE302 Strength of Materials – I 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

3. PC U14CE303 Fluid Mechanics 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

4. PC U14CE304 Surveying - I 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

5. PC U14CE305 Building Materials and Construction 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

6. PC U14CE306 Engineering Geology 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

7. PC U14CE307 Survey Field Work - I - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

8. PC U14CE308 Fluid Mechanics Laboratory - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

Total 20 4 6 28 170 150 320 480 800

9. MC U14MH309 Soft and Inter Personal Skills - - 2 1 100 - 100 100

Student Contact Hours/Week: 32

Total Credits: 28



t

o nl ira ta

t

t t

Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks

End Semester Examination 60 marks

U14MH301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS- III

Class: B.Tech. III semester Branch: Common to all


3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on….

LO1: Laplace transform and its use to find the solutions of certain initial and boundary value problems

occur in engineering

LO2: Fourier series and its importance

LO3: application of Fourier series to a few partial differential equations of specific importance like

wave equation, heat conduction equation, etc. which arise in engineering

LO4: integration of a function of complex variable, and evaluation of certain real integrals using complex

analysis

UNIT-I (9+3)

Laplace Transforms: Integral transforms, Kernel of a transform, Laplace transform of a function; Inverse Transform, Existence and uniqueness of Laplace Transforms, S- plane and region of convergence (ROC); Laplace Transform of some c mmo y used signals-D c-del

(impulse) function ,Step u t ,Ramp tu t ,Parabolic t 2 u t ,Real exponential e

at u t ,

Complex exponential e j

u t , Sine & cosine functions, Damped sine & cosine functions,

Hyperbolic sine & cosine functions, Damped hyperbolic sine & cosine functions, Rectangular pulse & triangle; Properties of Laplace Transforms- Linearity, First shifting theorem (Frequency shift property),Multiplication by ‟t‟ and division by „t‟, Laplace transforms of derivatives and

integrals, Time scaling property, Time reversal property, Laplace transform of Heaviside unit step function, Second shifting theorem (time shift property); Initial value and final value theorems; Laplace transform of periodic functions, Convolution theorem. Operational Calculus: Transfer functions, Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and system of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms, Application of Laplace transforms to the first order and second order systems subjected to impulse, Step, Periodic, Rectangular, Square, Ramp, Triangular and Sinusoidal functions.

UNIT-II (9+3)

Fourier Series: Periodic functions, Orthogonal and orthonormal functions and systems of orthogonal functions, Representation of a function as trigonometric Fourier series (FS) in a range of length 2π, Euler formulae, Conditions for the existence of Fourier series (Dirichlet‟s

conditions), FS for typical wave forms - Square wave, Pulse train, Impulse train(comb function), Periodic rectangular wave, Triangle, Saw-tooth, Half-wave rectified signal, Full-wave rectified signal; Plotting FS coefficients - Line spectrum (magnitude and phase spectra); Effects of

symmetry of function on FS coefficients, Exponential FS ,Fourier series of Sin , Cos and

KITSW – Syllabi for IV Semester B.Tech. 4-year Degree Programme Page 62 of 18

combination of Sinusoids, Fourier series on an arbitrary period; Half range series – Half range cosine and sine series expansions.

UNIT-III (9+3) Applications of Partial Differential Equations: Basic concepts of partial differential equations, Classification of second order partial differential equations, Solution of a partial differential equation, Solution through the method of separation of variables. Vibrating string: Wave equation and its solution by the method of separation of variables, D‟Alembert‟s solution of wave equation, solutions of various boundary value problems based

on vibrating string. One dimensional heat flow: Transient heat flow equation, Heat flow through a bar of finite length with homogeneous and non homogeneous boundary conditions, Heat flow through a bar with insulated ends. Two dimensional heat flow: Equation of two dimensional heat flow (Laplace‟s equation) under steady state/the electrostatic potential of electrical charges in any region that is free of these charges (problems based on Trigonometric FS only),Solution of Laplace‟s equation in cartesian

and polar form, Heat flow through infinite rectangular plates, Finite square plate and semi

circular and circular plates.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Complex Integration: Line integration in complex plane, Integral of a non analytic function, Dependence on path of integration, Bounds for integrals, ML-Inequality, Cauchy‟s integral theorem, Cauchy‟s integral formula; Series expansion of complex functions- Taylor‟s series and

Laurent‟s series; Zeros and singularities, Residues; Residue Theorem - Applications of Residue theorem to the properly chosen integrals around a unit circle and semi circle.

Text Books:

3. Grewal. B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 43rd edn.,

2014.

Reference Books:

1. Kreyszig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., U.K 9th edn.,

2013.

2. R.V.Churchill, “Complex Variables and its Applications”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 9th edn., 2013.

3. S.S.Sastry, “Engineering Mathematics”, Vol. II ,Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edn., 2014.

Course Learning Outcomes (CO s):

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: find Laplace transform of a given function and apply Laplace transforms to solve certain differential

equations

CO2: express given function as a Fourier series in an interval

CO3: find solutions of partial differential equations by the method of separation of variables and apply the

same to wave equations, equation of heat flow and Laplace’s equation (cartesian & polar forms)

CO4: represent a given function in Taylor’s & Laurent’s series along a given path and evaluate certain real

integrals using integral theorems


Continuous Internal Evaluation 40 marks End Semester Examination 60 marks

U14CE302 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS - I

Class: B.Tech. III-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on

LO1: behavior of bodies subjected to various types of stresses and the associated strains LO2: shear force and bending moment for determinate beams LO3: bending and shear stresses for beams in flexure LO4: behavior of springs and circular shafts subjected to loading

UNIT – I (9+3)

Simple stress and strain: Stress, Types of stresses, Strain, Stress – Strain diagram, Elastic limit, Hooke‟s law, Bars of varying sections, Uniformly tapering Circular and Rectangular sections,

Elongation of bars due to self weight, Temperature stresses in uniform bars, Stresses due to lack of fit, Statically indeterminate problems.

Elastic Modulii: Elastic constants, Longitudinal strain, Lateral strain, Poisson‟s ratio,

Complimentary shear stress, State of simple shear, Modulus of elasticity (E), Modulus of rigidity (N), Bulk modulus (K), Relation between E, N and K, St. Venant‟s principle, Strain

energy, Resilience, Impact loading.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Principal stresses: Definition, Normal and Shear stress, Principal stresses and their graphical representation by Mohr‟s circle.

Shear force and bending moment: Types of supports, Classification of beams, Concept of shear force and bending moment, Shear force diagram and Bending moment diagram for Simply supported, Cantilever and Overhanging beams, Loading from shear force and bending moment diagram, Principle of superposition.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Theory of simple bending: Assumptions, Theory of simple bending, Application of bending equation and Calculation of bending stresses in beams of homogeneous and Flitched beam material, Beams of Uniform strength.

Shear stress distribution: Shearing stress due to bending, Variation of flexural shear stress distribution across various shapes of beams, Shear resilience.


UNIT – IV (9+3) Torsion of circular shafts and springs: Close-coiled and Open-coiled helical spring subjected to axial load and axial twist, Springs in series, Springs in parallel, Strain energy in springs, Theory of pure torsion in Solid and Hollow circular shafts, Shear stresses, Angle of twist, Power transmitted by shaft. Theories of failure: Maximum principal stress theory, Maximum principal strain theory, Maximum shear stress theory, Strain energy theory and Shear strain energy theory.

Text Books:

3. R. K. Rajput, “Strength of Materials”, S. Chand and Company, 4th edn., 2006. 4. S. Ramamrutham and R. Narayanan, “Strength of Materials”, Danpath Rai and sons, 16th

edn., 2011.

Reference Books: 7. Timoshenko and Gere, “Mechanics of Materials”, PWS Publishing Company, Boston, 4th

edn., 1997. 8. R. K. Bansal, “A text book of Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications, 4th edn., 2010. 9. Andrew Pytel and L. Ferdinand Singer, “Strength of Materials”, Harper and Row

Publishers, New York, 4th edn., 2011.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this course, students will be able to….

CO1: explicate the various types of stresses and the associated strains CO2: compute the shear force and bending moment for determinate beams CO3: assess the bending and shear stresses for beams in flexure CO4: explore the behavior of springs and circular shafts subjected to loading




U14CE303 FLUID MECHANICS



L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop students’ knowledge in/on

LO1: fluid properties, hydrostatic forces on submerged plane and curved surfaces LO2: application of Euler’s equation of motion and Bernoulli’s equation LO3: methods of dimensional analysis and importance of Reynold’s and Froude’s model laws LO4: energy losses in pipe flows

UNIT – I (9+3) Fluid fundamentals: Introduction, Difference between a Solid and Fluid, Conservation principles applied in Fluid Mechanics, Ideal fluid and Real fluid, Fluid Continuum, Fluid properties - Density, Specific weight, Specific gravity, Specific volume, Viscosity, Capillarity, Vapour pressure, Compressibility, Surface tension, Cohesion and Adhesion. Fluid Statics: Equilibrium of fluid, Pressure at a point, Pascal‟s Law, Hydrostatic Law, Measurement of Pressure, Atmospheric, Gauge and Absolute pressures, Manometers - Principle of Manometry, Piezometer, U-tube differential manometer, Inverted differential manometer, Mechanical gauges - Bourdon‟s tube pressure gauge, Hydrostatic forces on Submerged plane and Curved surfaces, Total pressure and Center of pressure. Buoyancy and Floatation - Archimedes principle, Metacentre, Metacentric height - Analytical expression for Metacentric height, Stability of floating and submerged bodies.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Fluid Kinematics: Classification of fluid flow– Steady and Unsteady, Uniform and non uniform, one, Two and three dimensional flow, Streamline, Path line, Streak line and stream tube, Acceleration of fluid particle, Continuity equation in one, two and three dimensional flow, Circulation and Vorticity, Rotational and Irrotational flow, Conditions for irrotational flow, Velocity potential and Stream function. Fluid Dynamics: Forces causing motion, Euler‟s equation of motion and its integration, Bernoulli‟s equation, Linear momentum equation, Application of Linear momentum equation to

forces on pipe bend, Flow measurements - Venturimeter, Orificemeter, Pitot tube, Orifices, Mouthpieces, Notches and Weirs.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Dimensional Analysis: Dimensions and Dimensional Homogeneity, Dimensional analysis by Rayleigh‟s method and Buckingham‟s -Theorem, Dimensionless numbers and their consequences in Fluid Mechanics.


Model Analysis: Forces Influencing Hydraulic phenomena, Types of Similarities, Model Analysis, Similitude studies and Modeling, Classification of Models, Model Laws - Reynold‟s

and Froude‟s Model laws.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Flow Through Pipes: Energy losses in pipes - Major and Minor losses - Expression for head loss due to Friction - Darcy‟s Weisbach equation, Expressions for head loss due to Pipe Expansion

and Pipe Contraction, Hydraulic Gradient and Total Energy Lines, Pipes in Series and parallel, Equivalent pipe, Power transmission through pipes. Laminar Flow: Characteristics of Laminar flow, Reynold‟s experiment, Critical Reynold‟s

number, Critical velocity, Steady laminar flow through a circular pipe, Hagen Poiseuille equation.

Text Books: 1. P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”,

Standard Book House, Rajsons Publications Private Limited, 18th edn., 2011. 2. A. K. Jain, “Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”, Khanna Publications, 2010.

Reference Books:

1. L. Victor Streeter and E. Benjamin Wylie, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1st

Metric Edition, 1983. 2. M. Frank White, “Fluid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Special Indian edn.,

2007.


CO1: identify the properties of fluid and analyze the hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surfaces CO2: explain the kinematics of a fluid element and flow measurement techniques CO3: apply the Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham’s -theorem CO4: evaluate energy losses in a pipe flow and apply the Hagen Poiseuille equation for pipe flow




U14CE304 SURVEYING – I



L T P C

3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on LO1: concepts of surveying LO2: concepts of meridian, bearings and their interrelationships LO3: principles and methods of traversing and leveling LO4: concepts of trigonometric levelling and plot contours maps

UNIT – I (9+3)

Principles of Surveying: Introduction, Principles of surveying, Classifications of surveys, Preparation of Maps and Plans, Units of measurement, Sources of errors. Linear measurements: Methods of making Linear measurements by chain and tape, Correction to lengths by chain and tape, Ranging, Chaining on level ground and sloping ground, Survey stations and survey lines, Offsets, Errors and Obstacles in chaining.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Compass Surveying: Meridians, Bearings and their inter-relationships, Designations of bearings, Calculations of angles from bearings - Vice versa, Magnetic declination, Local Attraction. Theodolite Surveying: Theodolite description, Uses and adjustments – Temporary and permanent, Fundamental lines and relations, Measurement of horizontal and vertical angles - Repetition and Reiteration methods.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Traverse surveying: Traversing methods, Checks in Traverse, Measurement of traverse angles, Traverse computations using compass and theodolite, Balancing Traverse, Omitted measurements. Levelling: Definitions, Principles of Levelling, spirit levelling, limitations, and Levelling instruments, Terms in Levelling, Booking and reduced levels, Curvature and refraction.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Trigonometrical surveying: Base of the object accessible, Base of an inclined object accessible, Reduced level of the elevated points with inaccessible bases, Instrument axes at different levels.

Contour surveying: Characteristics of contours, Methods of contouring, Contours of natural features, Interpolation, Contour gradient, Uses of contour maps.


Text Books: 1. B. C. Punmia and Ashok kumar Jain, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Laxmi Publications, 16th

edn., 2011. 2. S. K. Duggal, “Surveying Volume 1 and II”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt., Ltd., 2015.

Reference Books: 1. K. R. Arora, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Standard Book House, 15th edn., 2015. 2. T. P. Kanetker and S. V. Kulkarni, “Surveying and Leveling Volume I and II“, Pune Vidyarthi

Griha Prakashan, 24th edn., 2014. 3. R. Subramanian, “Surveying and Leveling”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2nd edn.,

2007. 4. S. K. Roy, “Fundamentals of Surveying”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2nd edn.,

2010.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this course, students will be able to

CO1: describe the concepts of surveying CO2: apprise compass and theodolite surveying CO3: describe the concepts traversing and levelling CO4: apply trigonometric principles in surveying and plot contour maps


https://sapnaonline.com/shop/Publisher/pune-vidyarthi-griha-prakashan




U14CE305 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION



L T P C

4 0 - 4


LO1: occurrence and existence of stone and preparation of brick LO2: classification of lime, composition of cement and properties of other building materials LO3: functional requirements of building and building components LO4: masonry, finishing works, adopting suitable building services and temporary supporting system

UNIT – I (12)

Properties of building materials: Introduction, Identification of materials for construction in Civil Engineering practice – Physical and Mechanical properties of building materials.

Stones and Bricks: Classification of stones, Properties of stones, Natural bed of stones, Characteristics of good building stones, Bricks, Composition of brick earth, Manufacturing process of brick- preparation of clay, Moulding, Drying, Burning- clamp, Kiln, Characteristics of good building bricks, Classification of bricks, Tests on bricks.

UNIT – II (12)

Lime and Cement: Source of lime, Classification of limes, Slaking of lime, Hydraulic lime, Uses of lime, Cement, Composition of Ordinary Portland cement, Functions of ingredients, Setting and hydration of cement, Manufacturing process - IS recommendations. Timber: Definition, Classification of trees, Structure of tree, Seasoning of timber, Preservation of timber, Defects in timber. Other building materials: Glass- composition and types, Plastics- Types, Asbestos - Composition and Uses.

UNIT – III (12)

Building Planning: Functional planning of building- General principles of site selection, objectives of planning and sun diagram, IS / NBC recommendations. Building Components: Foundations-Brief introduction to shallow and deep foundations, Walls- Types of walls, Thickness of walls, Cavity wall. Openings in Buildings - Doors and Windows- Types, Functions, Sizes and suitability for different locations, Ventilators. Roofs - Flat roofs - Madras terrace and jack arch roof, Brief description of RCC roof, Method of construction of RCC roof. Floors - Common types of flooring used in buildings.


UNIT – IV (12)

Masonry Works: Stone masonry - Dressing of stones, Specifications for stone masonry. Brick masonry - Bonds in brick masonry, Classification, Stretcher, Header, English and Flemish bond, Specifications for construction of brick masonry. Temporary Supporting Structures - Brief description of Centering, Formwork, Scaffolding, Shoring and Underpinning. Building Services and Finishing works: Types of vertical transportation in building, Stairs - Types of stairs, Design of stairs. Building Services - Plumbing services, Electrical services, Air conditioning, Acoustics and sound insulation, Fire protection measures. Brief description of Plastering, Pointing, White and color washing, False ceiling works.

Text Books:

1. S. P Arora and Bindra, “A Textbook of Building Construction”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 4th

Edn., 2010. 2. B. C. Punmia, “Building construction”, Laxmi Publications Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi, 19th

Edn., 2005

Reference Books: 1. S. K. Duggal, “Building materials”, New Age international Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi 2. S. V. Deodhar, “Building science and planning”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. 3. N. L. Arora and B. L. Gupta, “Building construction”, Satya prakshan publications, New

Delhi. 4. C. Rangwala, K .S. Rangwala and P. S. Rangwala, “Engineering materials”, Charotar

Publishers.


CO1: classify and demonstrate the occurrence and existence of stone and brick CO2: describe the manufacturing of lime, cement and identify other materials CO3: frame and describe the building components and other statutory requirements CO4: describe the masonry work, finishing work, building services and temporary supporting system




U14CE306 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY



L T P C

4 - - 4


LO1: study of weathering and its effects on rocks LO2: different rocks and the various tests to be done on them LO3: study of geological structures, geological maps and investigations on ground water table. LO4: geological problems associated with earthquakes, landslides, reservoir and tunnels

UNIT – I (12)

General Geology: Scope of geology from Civil Engineering point of view, Branches of Geology, Surface features and Earth‟s interior, Processes and end products of weathering, Susceptibility

of rocks to weathering. Mineralogy: Definition of crystal and mineral, Study of the physical properties and importance of minerals such as Quartz and its varieties, Feldspar, Augite, Hornblende, Olivine, Mica, Granite, Kyanite, Calcite, Talc, Bauxite, Corundum, Gypsum, Flourite, Apatite and important Civil Engineering minerals.

UNIT – II (12)

Petrology: Formation and Geological classification of different rocks - Applications. Texture & Structure: Physical and Engineering properties of rocks for constructional purposes, Tests for rocks as building stone, Aggregates, Foundation stone, Roofing and facing stones.

UNIT – III (12)

Structural Geology: Structural features like stratification, Lamination, Bedding planes, Dip, Strike, Study of common geological structures associating with the rocks such as faults, Folds, joints and their field identifications, Unconformities, Overlaps, Inliers, Outliers, Importance of geological structures in Civil Engineering activities. Geological Investigations: Interpretation of geological maps and aerial maps, Hydrogeology, ground water table investigations and explorations, Geophysical methods – electrical resistivity and seismic refraction methods, Bore hole drilling.

UNIT – IV (12)

Geology of Dams, Reservoirs and Tunnels: Types of dams, requirement of dam sites, reconnaissance - preliminary and detailed Geological investigations for a dam site. Geology of the major dam sites of India, Leakage and Silting of reservoirs, Remedial measures, Purpose of tunneling and Geological problems connected with tunneling. Natural Hazards: Causes and effects of earthquakes and landslides, Remedial measures to prevent damage to engineering structures, Causes and Remedial measures of soil erosion.


Text Books: 1. N. Chenna Keshavulu, “Textbook of Engineerin g Geology”, Macmillan Publishers, New Delhi,

2nd edn., 2009. 2. Parbin Singh, “Engineering and General Geology”, S. K. Kataria and Sons, New Delhi, 8th edn.,

2013.

Reference Books: 1. K. V. G. K. Gokhale, “Principles of Engineering Geology”, BS Publications, Hyderabad, 1st edn.,

2013. 2. B. S. S. Narayanaswamy, “Engineering Geology”, Dhanpat Rai and Co., New Delhi.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs):

After completion of this course, students will be able to….

CO1: identify various minerals CO2: classify different rocks CO3: interpret geological maps and Explore ground water table investigations CO4: describe in detail about earthquakes, landslides, reservoirs and tunnels




U14CE307 SURVEY FIELD WORK – I



L T P C

- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This laboratory course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on

LO1: chain surveying LO2: measuring the angles between survey lines LO3: methods of Leveling LO4: develop contour maps

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Chain Surveying: Ranging and Chaining

2. Chain Surveying: Use of Optical square or Cross staff, check line, tie line

3. Horizontal Angles measurement by Repetition and Re-iteration methods

4. Measuring the distance between two inaccessible points using theodolite

5. Theodolite Traversing- Closed Traverse

6. Levelling – Temporary adjustments and recording staff readings

7. Fly Levelling using Auto level

8. Profile Levelling using Auto level

9. Longitudinal and cross section using Auto level

10. Block levelling using Theodolite

11. 12.

Trigonometric Levelling – Single plane method Trigonometric Levelling – Double plane method

Laboratory manual:

1. “Survey Field Work – I Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Department of Civil Engineering.

Text Books: 5. B. C. Punmia and Ashok kumar Jain, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Laxmi Publication, Pvt., Ltd.,

16thedn., 2011

6. Dr. K. R. Arora, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Standard Book House, 15th edn., 2015.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to…..

CO1: conduct Chain surveying CO2: establish the survey lines CO3: determine the elevations of points by different methods CO4: plot contour maps




U14CE308 FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY



L T P C

- - 3 2


LO1: flow measuring devices LO2: implementation of Bernoulli’s equation LO3: major and minor losses in a pipe flow LO4: Reynolds experiment to verify different types of flows in a pipe

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Calibration of Triangular Notch 2. Calibration of Rectangular Notch 3. Calibration of sharp edged circular Orifice (Both steady and unsteady flows) 4. Calibration of external Mouthpiece (Both steady and unsteady flows) 5. Verification of Bernoulli‟s theorem

6. Performance of Venturimeter and Orifice meter 7. Losses in pipe lines due to sudden enlargements and sudden contractions 8. Losses in pipe lines due to bends and elbows 9. Determination of friction factor in Pipes

10. Performance of Nozzle meter and Rotameter 11. Broad crested weir – discharge measurement 12. Study of flow through a Reynold‟s apparatus

Laboratory manual:

2. “Fluid Mechanics Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Department of Civil Engineering.

Text Books:

1. N. Kumara Swamy, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Laboratory Manual”, Charotar Publishing House Pvt., Ltd., 1st edn., 2008.

2. Sarbjit Singh, “Experiments in Fluid Mechanics”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New

Delhi, 2009.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to

CO1: measure discharge through pipes, channels and tanks CO2: verify Bernoulli’s theorem CO3: measure the energy losses in a pipe flow CO4: classify the different types of flows in a pip



End Semester Examination -

U14MH309 SOFT AND INTERPERSONAL SKILLS

Class: B.Tech. III semester Branch: CE, ME and CSE


- - 2 1


LO1: language skills and speaking with logical sequence & confidence LO2: knowing their skills in public speaking and practice to reveal true qualities of personality & leadership LO3: knowing their suitable and apt career objectives in-line with the industry expectations LO4: developing career goals, and strategies for gaining employability skills

Activity 1: Team interaction Activity 2: JAM round Activity 3: Extempore Activity 4: Debate Activity 5: GD Activity 6: Elocution

LIST OF ACTIVITIES

Activity 7: Presentations through PPTs Activity 8: Oral presentations on career planning and “my dream-career”

Activity 9: SWOT analysis presentation Activity 10: Mock Interview Activity 11: Hosting and anchoring an event Activity 12: Story narration

Suggested readings:

1. Robert.T.Kiyosaki and Sharon L.Lechter, ”Rich Dad Poor Dad”, Warmer Books,1997. 2. Shiv Khera, “You can Win” New Dawn Press, 2004. 3. APJ Abdul Kalam, “Wings of Fire: An Autobiography of APJ Abdul Kalam”, University

Press, 1999. 4. David Joseph Schwartz, “The magic of thinking big”, Simon & Schuster Inc., 1/e, 1987. 5. Stephen Covey, “The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People”, Free Press, 1989.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: exhibit their verbal skills and non verbal skills CO2: identify clearly defined career objective and apply skills to achieve excellence in their career CO3: analyze and relate their competencies as per the industry requirements CO4: excel in interviews to attain better opportunities.




IV SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME


S.

No.

Course

Category

Course Code

Course Name

Periods

Credits

Evaluation Scheme

L

T

P CIE


1. BS U14MH401 Engineering Mathematics - IV 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

2. PC U14CE402 Strength of Materials - II 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

3.

PC

U14CE403

Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines

3

1

-

4

15

25

40

60

100

4. PC U14CE404 Surveying - II 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

5. PC U14CE405 Concrete Technology 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

6. PC U14CE406 Survey Field Work - II - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

7.

PC

U14CE407 Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines Laboratory

-

-

3

2

40

-

40

60

100

8.

ES

U14EE410

Basic Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation Laboratory

-

-

3

2

40

-

40

60

100

Total 15 5 9 26 195 125 320 480 800

9. MC U14MH409 Compliance with Current English - - 2 - 100 - 100 - 100

10. MC# U14CH209 Environmental Studies 2 - - 2 15 25 40 60 100

Student Contact Hours/Week: 31+2#

# For lateral entry students only

Total Credits: 26




U14MH401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS- IV

Class: B.Tech. IV semester Branch: Common to all


3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop student‟s knowledge in/on….

LO1: various methods of solving system of linear equations and eigen value problem LO2: methods of fitting curves by the method of least squares LO3: probability distributions and applications to engineering disciplines LO4: numerical methods to solve various problems

UNIT-I (9+3) Matrices: Elementary transformations on a matrix to find inverse of a matrix, Rank of matrix, Normal form of a matrix, Solution of system of homogenous and non homogeneous linear equations, Linear dependence and independence of vectors. Eigen values and eigen vectors of a matrix - Cayley Hamilton theorem, Reduction of a matrix to diagonal form, Reduction of a quadratic form to canonical form.

UNIT-II (9+3)

Probability & Statistics: Statistical data: Review of measures of central tendency and measures of dispersion, Correlation coefficient, Rank correlation, Regression – Linear regression equations. Curve fitting: Method of least squares –Fitting of (i) Straight line (ii) Second degree parabola (iii) Exponential curves, Most plausible solution of a system of linear algebraic equations. Review of the concepts of probability, Random variables, Discrete and continuous probability distributions, Mean and variance of a distribution, Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution and normal distribution, Fitting of these probability distributions to the given data.

UNIT-III (9+3)

Numerical Analysis: Finite differences and difference operators. Interpolation: Lagrange interpolation, Newton‟s forward and backward interpolation formulae.

Numerical differentiation: First and second derivatives using forward and backward interpolation polynomials at the tabulated points. Numerical integration: Gaussian quadrature formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‟s 1/3rd rule and Simpson‟s 3/8th rule.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Solution to system of linear equations: Gaussian elimination method, Jacobi and Guass-Siedel iteration methods.

Numerical Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Bisection method, Regula-Falsi method and Newton Raphson‟s method.

Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations: Taylor‟s method, Picard‟s method,

Euler‟s method and Runge - Kutta methods of second and fourth order.

Text Books: 4. Grewal. B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,

43rd edn. 2014.

Reference Books:

4. Gupta and Kapoor, “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sulthan Chand and & sons,

New Delhi, 11th edn. , 2010.

5. Kreyszig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,U.K., 9th edn.,

2013.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: compute rank of a matrix to solve a system of linear algebraic equations, eigen values, eigen vectors of a given square matrix and reduce a given quadratic form to canonical form

CO2: fitting various types of curves arising in the analysis of engineering problems, find correlation regression coefficients of given data and apply theoretical probability distributions in decision making

CO3: find the polynomial for the given set of data & its derivative and evaluate definite integrals using numerical methods

CO4: compute the solution of system of linear equations, algebraic, transcendental and ordinary differential equations



U14CE402 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – II

Class: B.Tech. IV-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


L T P C 3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs):

This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on LO1: various methods to evaluate slope and deflection LO2: stresses developed in short and long columns and chimneys LO3: analysis of statically indeterminate structures LO4: stresses arise in thin and thick cylinders subjected to pressure

UNIT – I (9+3)

Deflection of beams: Double integration method, Macaulay‟s method, Moment area method,

Conjugate beam method, Application of above methods in calculation of slope and deflections of simply supported, Cantilever and Overhanging beams. Strain energy: Strain energy of beams in bending, Deflection of beams from strain energy, Unit load method, Castigliano‟s theorem 1, Application to deflection of determinate plane truss.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Direct and bending stresses: Stresses in a member subjected to axial load, Eccentric loads, Core or Kernel of a section, Wind pressures on chimneys. Theory of long columns: Euler‟s theory, Euler‟s critical load for columns with various end

conditions, Limitations, Rankine‟s hypothesis, IS code formula, Critical load for eccentrically

loaded columns.

UNIT – III (9+3) Fixed and continuous beams: Analysis of fixed beams for shear and bending moments, Deflection of fixed beams, Effect of sinking of supports, Analysis of continuous beams using Clapeyron‟s theorem of three moments, Effect of sinking of supports.

Statically indeterminate frames: Analysis of statically indeterminate frames up to two degree of indeterminacy using Castigliano‟s theorem.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Thin cylinders: Analysis of thin walled pressure vessels, Hoop stress, longitudinal stress. Thick cylinders: Lame‟s theory, Stresses in cylinders subjected to internal and external pressure, compound cylinders , Shrink fitting.

Text Books: 1. B. C Punmia, K. Arun Jain, K. Ashok Jain, “Mechanics of Materials”, Laxmi Publications Pvt.,

Ltd., New Delhi, 15th edn., 2005 2. H. J. Shah and S. B. Junnarkar, “Mechanics of Structures Volume - I and Volume - II”, Charotar

Publishing House Pvt., Ltd., Anand, 31st edn., 2014.

References: 10. R. K .Bansal, “A text book of Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications, 4th edn., 2010. 11. Andrew Pytel and L. Ferdinand Singer, “Strength of Materials”, Harper and Row Publishers,

New York, 4th edn., 2011.


After completion of this course, students will be able to…. CO1: analyze slope and deflection in beams subjected to loading CO2: evaluate the stresses in long and short columns with various loading and boundary conditions CO3: apply principles of Clapeyron’s and Castigliano’s theorem in analyzing indeterminate structures CO4: analyze and design thick, thin and compound cylinders subjected to pressure



U14CE403 HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES


Teaching Scheme: Examination Scheme: L T P C

3 1 - 4


LO1: characteristics of turbulent flow and water hammer phenomenon LO2: boundary layer concept of displacement thickness, momentum thickness and energy thickness LO3: most economical channel cross sections for maximum discharge LO4: classification of turbines and pumps

UNIT – I (9+3)

Turbulent flow in Pipes: Characteristics of Turbulent flow, Shear stress due to Turbulence, Reynolds stresses, Prandtl‟s mixing length theory, Universal velocity distribution law near a

solid boundary, Smooth and Rough boundaries, Nikuradse‟s experiment, Karman – Prandtl resistance equations, Variation of friction factor with Reynold‟s number – Moody‟s Chart.

Water Hammer in Pipes: Water hammer phenomenon, Gradual and sudden closure of valves, Expression for pressure rise considering elasticity of pipe and fluid, Pressure relieving devices.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Boundary Layer Theory: Concept of Boundary layer, Boundary layer growth over a flat plate, Boundary layer thickness, Displacement thickness, Momentum thickness and Energy thickness, Laminar and Turbulent boundary layers, Integral momentum equation for boundary layer, Separation of Boundary layer and its Control. Fluid Flow around Submerged Bodies: Drag and Lift - Basic concepts and expressions, Drag and lift forces on Sphere and Cylinder.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Flow in Open Channels: Distinction between Pipe flow and Channel flow, Characteristics of open channels, Classification of flow, Manning‟s and Chezy‟s equations, Most economical cross

sections of channels - Rectangular, Trapezoidal, Triangular and Circular shapes, Velocity distribution in channel section. Hydraulic Jump: Energy concepts in open channel flow, Specific Energy curve, Critical depth, Critical velocity, Condition for Critical, Subcritical and Super critical flows. Hydraulic jump - expressions for depth of Hydraulic jump and Loss of energy due to Hydraulic jump. Channel transitions, Equation for gradually varied flow, Classification of surface profiles, Rapidly varied flow.

UNIT – IV (9+3) Hydraulic Machines: Impact of Jets - Force exerted by a liquid jet on a Stationary, Moving flat plate and Curved vanes. Hydraulic Turbines - Heads and Efficiencies, Classification - Impulse and Reaction turbines, Pelton and Francis turbines, Specific speed, Draft tube, Cavitation phenomenon, Characteristic curves and Selection of turbines. Pumps: Introduction, Centrifugal pump - Heads and Efficiencies, Specific sped, Characteristic curves, Net positive suction head, Priming, Selection and Operational difficulties. Reciprocating Pump - Single and Double acting Reciprocating pumps, Coefficient of discharge and Slip, Use of Air vessels and Characteristic curves.

Text Books:

1. P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines”,

Standard Book House, Rajsons Publications Pvt. Ltd., 18th edn., 2011. 2. A. K. Jain, “Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines” Khanna Publications, 2010.

Reference Books:

1. Ven Te Chow, “Open Channel Hydraulics”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1973. 2. L. Victor Streeter and E. Benjamin Wylie, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1st

edn., 1983. 3. Jagdeesh Lal, “Hydraulic Machines”, Metropolitan Book Co., New Delhi.


CO1: explain the characteristics of turbulent flow and the concept of water hammer in pipelines CO2: explain the concept of boundary layer CO3: identify the most economical section for a channel flow CO4: analyze the operation of various turbines and pumps



U14CE404 SURVEYING - II



L T P C

3 1 - 4


LO1: concepts of tacheometry LO2: setting out various curves LO3: plane table surveying LO4: advanced survey instruments

UNIT – I (9+3)

Principles of Tacheometry: Introduction, Types of tacheometric measurements, Determination of Tacheometric constants, Distance and elevation formulae, uses. Tacheometric Surveying: Analytical lens, Principle of subtense bar, Tacheometric measurements by tangential system, Methods of holding and reading staff.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Simple and Compound Curves: Theory of simple curves, Setting out simple curves by linear and angular methods, Setting out Compound curve. Transition curves: Transition curves, Characteristics of transition curves, Computations and Setting out Transition curve.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Plane table Surveying: Plane table survey – principles, adjustment, Working operations, methods of plane table surveying, Two point problem, Three point problem, Advantages and Disadvantages. Setting out works: Horizontal and vertical control, Setting out a pipe line, Setting out a building.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Elements of Photogrammetry: Principle, photographs types, Vertical-aerial photographs, Relief displacement and measurement Radial line method of plotting, Principle of stereoscopy. Total Station survey: Introduction to Total station, Angular- linear-coordinates- measurement, setting up and orienting, Accessories, Advantages.

Text Books: 1.B. C. Punmia and Ashok kumar Jain, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Laxmi Publication, Pvt.,

Ltd., 16th edn., 2011. 2.S. K. Duggal, “Surveying Volume I and II”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt., Ltd., 2015.

Reference Books: 1.Dr. K. R. Arora, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Standard Book House, 15th edn., 2015.

2.T. P. Kanetker and S. V. Kulkarni “Surveying and Levelling Volume I and II “,Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, 24th edn., 2014.

3.R. Subramanian, “Surveying and Levelling”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2nd edn., 2007. 4.S. K. Roy,”Fundamentals of Surveying”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2nd edn.,

2010.


CO1: explain concepts of tacheometry CO2: discuss the methods to set out various curves CO3: execute plane table methods CO4: operate the advance instruments in the survey





U14CE405 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY



L T P C

3 1 - 4


LO1: constituent materials and properties of fresh concrete LO2: different phases in production of concrete and methods of protecting concrete LO3: special concretes and methods of repair in concrete LO4: different methods of mix proportioning of concrete

UNIT I (9+3)

Constituents & Properties of Fresh Concrete: Brief review of concrete making materials, Cement, Aggregate and water, Use of admixtures in concrete and the effects produced by them on concrete, Workability, Pozzolonas, Air entraining mixtures, Accelerators and Retarders Properties of fresh concrete. Properties of hardened concrete: Concrete testing, Strengths of Concrete, Factors affecting strength, Stress-strain Characteristics, Shrinkage and creep deformations, Influence of temperature and Permeability on concrete, Other properties of concrete.

UNIT II (9+3)

Production of concrete: Batching of materials in concrete, Compaction of concrete, Different types of compaction, Types of vibrators, Vibro pressing, Vibro tamping, Centrifugation. Curing of Concrete: Methods of curing concrete, Protection of concrete from extreme weather conditions such as temperature and corrosion.

UNIT III (9+3)

Concrete Durability: Causes of inadequate durability, Diffusion, Absorption, Water permeability, Air and vapour Permeability, Carbonation, Acid and sulphate attack, Efflorescence, Disruption by alkali silica reaction-preventive measures Abrasion, erosion, cavitation and types of cracking. Special types of concrete: Light weight concrete, Vacuum concrete, Mass concrete, Self Compacting Cement (SCC), Polymer concrete, Prepacked concrete, Under water concreting, Ferrocement, Fibre reinforced concrete, Shotcrete and Guniting.

UNIT IV (9+3)

Proportioning of concrete mixes: Variables influencing the concrete proportioning mixes and their effect on the concrete strength. Design Mixes: Design of concrete mixes using IS code method and ACI method.

Text Books: 1. M. L .Gambhir, “Concrete Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013. 2. M. S. Shetty, “Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice)”, S. Chand Company, New Delhi,

7th edn., 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. A. R. Santha kumar “Concrete Technology”, Oxford Publishers, 1st edn., 2010. 2. A. M. Neville, “Properties of Concrete”, Mc Graw Hill Publications, New Delhi, 5th edn.,

2012.


CO1: summarize constituent materials, properties and behavior of fresh concrete CO2: design different grades of concrete mixes CO3: explain different phases in production of concrete and methods of protecting concrete CO4: summarize different special concretes and methods of repair in concrete



U14CE406 SURVEY FIELD WORK – II



L T P C

- - 3 2


LO1: measuring the distances and angles by tacheometry LO2: developing contour maps by tacheometry LO3: setting out of curves LO4: using Total station

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Tacheometric constants 2. Determination of horizontal and vertical distances by stadia tacheometry 3. Determination of gradient of two inaccessible points by tangential tacheometry 4. Plot contour maps of a given area using tacheometer 5. Setting out a Simple curve using chain and tape 6. Setting out a Simple curve by Rankine‟s method

7. Setting out a Compound curve using Theodolite 8. Setting out a Transition curve using Theodolite 9. Determination of lengths and directions of consecutive survey lines using total

station 10. Determination of area of a terrain using total station 11. Determination of the elevation of a remote object using total station 12. Determination of gradient and distance between two inaccessible points using total

station

Laboratory manual:

3. “Survey Field Work-II Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Department of Civil Engineering.

Text Books: 3. B. C. Punmia and Ashok kumar Jain, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Laxmi Publication, Pvt., Ltd., 16th

edn., 2011

4. Dr. K. R. Arora, “Surveying Volume I and II”, Standard Book House, 15th edn., 2015.


CO1: determine the distances and angles of tacheometry CO2: plot the contour maps by tacheometry CO3: plot the curves using different instruments CO4: determine distances, angles, gradient and area using total station



U14CE407 HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES LABORATORY



- - 3 2


LO1: rugosity coefficient in smooth and rough channels LO2: characteristics of hydraulic jump LO3: application of Impulse momentum equation LO4: performance characteristics of pumps and turbines

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Rugosity coefficient in smooth and rough channels

2. Study of hydraulic jump characteristics

3. Study of flow through a Venturi flume and Standing wave flume

4. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Proportional weir

5. Study of forces due to impact of jet on a surface

6. Performance of Centrifugal pump

7. Performance of Turbine pump

8. Performance of Reciprocating pump

9. Performance of Submersible pump

10. Performance of Francis Turbine

11. Performance of Pelton wheel

Laboratory manual: 4. “Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of

Department of Civil Engineering.

Text Books: 1. N. Kumara Swamy, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Laboratory Manual”, Charotar Publishing

House Pvt., Ltd., 1st edn., 2008. 2. Sarbjit Singh, “Experiments in Fluid Mechanics”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi,

2009.


After completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to CO1: calculate discharge in smooth and rough channels CO2: determine energy loss in hydraulic jump CO3: verify Impulse momentum equation CO4: evaluate the performance characteristics of pumps and turbines



U14EE410 BASIC ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY



- - 3 2


LO1: use of strain gauge and LVDT

LO2: application of Kirchhoff’s laws for DC Circuits LO3: rectifier circuits and amplifier circuits LO4: usage of CRO

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of ripple factor for a diode bridge rectifier.

2. Biasing of a transistor and calculation of gain of CE amplifier.

3. Zener diode as a voltage regulator.

4. Measurement of unknown frequency using CRO.

5. Verification of Kirchhoff‟s Laws for DC circuits.

6. Determination of parameters of a choke coil.

7. Frequency of series RLC circuit.

8. Determination of efficiency and voltage regulation of a 1-phase transformer using O.C

and S.C. tests.

9. Measurement of displacement using LVDT.

10. Measurement of strain of a cantilever beam using strain gauge.

11. Measurement of resistance using Wheatstone‟s bridge.

12. Measurement of force using s strain gauge.

Laboratory Manual

1. Manual for “Basic Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation Laboratory” prepared by the

department of EEE.


CO1: use strain gauge and LVDT for civil engineering applications CO2: apply Kirchhoff’s laws for DC Circuits CO3: determine the ripple factor of rectifier circuit and gain of BJT amplifier CO4: use CRO for measurement of frequency


End Semester Examination --

U14MH409 COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT ENGLISH

Class: B.Tech. IV Semester Branch: CE, ME and CSE

Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme:

L T P C

- - 2 1


LO1: rudiments of grammar and accuracy in spoken English LO2: introducing themselves, making new introductions, preparing scripts of simple dialogues,

playing the assigned roles and speaking extempore and making public discourses LO3: vocabulary to attribute quality to language LO4: correct use of language and techniques to write an essay, a report, an official letter, to

precise the given text and to prepare CV/resume

LIST OF ACTIVITIES

Activity-1: Identifying sub- tenses, structures and examples Activity-2: Using tenses in different situations and detecting the errors Activity-3: Matching the sentences with subject and verb Activity-4: Making statements and questions using correct verb form that would go with

the subject Activity-5: Introducing oneself and introducing others Activity-6: Developing dialogues on the given situations and playing the assigned roles Activity-7: Predicting the meanings of different words, making sentences substituting a

group of words, identifying the ambiguity in sentences and using foreign phrases in sentences

Activity-8: Speaking extempore on the given topic, making speeches and giving seminars Activity-9: Preparing CV/resume and writing an official letter Activity-10: Writing a report and an essay Activity-11: Précising the given text Activity-12: Correcting the errors in a sentence

Reference Book:

1. John Sinclair, “Collins Cobuld English Grammar,” Collins Cobuild,1990

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): Upon completion of this course, students will be able to CO1: use appropriate tense in proper situations and produce grammatically acceptable sentences in

speech and writing CO: develop dialogues and conversations in English and make oral presentations effectively CO: use sound vocabulary in communication CO4: write a report, an official letter, an essay, prepare CV / Resume and precise the given passage.





L T P C

2 - - 2


To incorporate the basic knowledge of the environmental studies





UNIT-I (6)

Introduction: The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies: Definition, Scope and Importance. Natural Resources: Forest Resources: Use and over – exploitation of forests, deforestation, Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people. Water Resources: Use and over- utilization of surface and ground water, floods; drought; conflicts over water. Mineral Resources: Environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources. Agricultural Land: Land as a resource, land degradation, soil erosion and desertification. Food Resources :World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity. Energy Resources: Renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources.



Environmental Pollution: UNIT-III (6)

Global climatic change, Green house gases, Acid rain. Causes and effects of Air, Water, Soil, Marine and Noise pollution with case studies. Solid and Hazardous waste management, effects of urban, industrial and nuclear waste. Natural disaster management: flood, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

Environment Protection and Society:

UNIT-IV (6)


Text Books:

5. Erach Bharucha, “Text Book of Environmental Studies for Under Graduate Courses –

2nd edn., Universities Press (India) Private Limited 6. Anjaneyulu Y., “Environmental Studies”, B.S. Publications.

Reference Books:

13. Bharucha Erach, “The Biodiversity of India” Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd. 14. Odum, E.P. 1971, “Fundamental of Ecology”, W.B. Saunders Co., USA, 574p. 15. Trivedi R.K. and P.K. Goel, “Introduction to Air Pollution”, Technoscience Publications. 16. Gilbert M. Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering & Science”, 1991, PHI 17. A.S. Chauhan, “Environmental Studies”, Jain Brothers (New Delhi) 3rd revised and

enlarged edition 18. R.Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies from crisis to cure“, Oxford University Press



understand human interaction with the environment



gain the knowledge of control measures of environmental pollution and natural disaster management understand the conflict between the existing development strategies and need for environmental conservation



*** Note: To be offered to the Lateral Entry students in the IV semester

KAKATIYA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AND SCIENCE: WARANGAL-506 015 (An Autonomous Institute under Kakatiya University)

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND EVALUATION V SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME

CIVIL ENGINEERING [(5+3) +1)]

Sl. No.

Course

Category

Course

Code

Course Name

Periods

Credits

Evaluation Scheme

L

T

P CIE


1. PC U14CE501 Structural Analysis - I 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

2.

PC

U14CE502

Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures

3

1

-

4

15

25

40

60

100

3. PC U14CE503 Geotechnical Engineering - I 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

4. PC U14CE504 Highway Engineering 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

5. PC U14CE505 Environmental Engineering 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

6. PC U14CE506 Material Testing Laboratory - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

7. PC U14CE507 Concrete Technology Laboratory - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

8.

PC

U14CE508 Computer Aided Building Drawing Laboratory

- -

3

2

40

-

40

60

100

9. PR U14CE509 Seminar - - - 1 100 - 100 - 100

Total 15 5 9 27 295 125 420 480 900

Student Contact Hours/Week: 29 Total Credits: 27



U14CE501 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS – I

Class: B.Tech. V-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


3 1 - 4


LO1: analysis of indeterminate structures using compatibility and equilibrium equations LO2: distribution of forces at joints LO3: approximate analysis of tall structures subjected to horizontal loading LO4: the variation of internal forces in a structural member for moving loads

UNIT – I (9+3) Slope deflection method - beams: Development of Slope-Deflection equations, Sign convention, Analysis of continuous beams with and without sinking of supports. Construction of bending moment diagram, Shear force diagrams. Slope-deflection method- Frames: Rectangular portal frames, Frames with and without side sway for single bay single storey.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Moment distribution method -beams: Introduction and calculation of distribution factors and carry over factors, Analysis of continuous beams with and without sinking of supports. Moment distribution method-frames: Rectangular portal frames with and without side sway for single bay single storey.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Kani’s method: Analysis of beams using kani‟s method.

Approximate methods: Approximate analysis of multi storied frames using portal method and cantilever method.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Moving Loads: Maximum BM and SF diagrams for simple beams traversed by single point load, a pair of point loads, uniformly distributed load shorter and longer than the span, Series of point loads, Absolute maximum bending moment and shear force, Enveloping parabola and Equivalent UDL. Influence Line Diagrams: Influence line diagram for support reaction, Bending moment and Shear force for simple and over hanging beams. Influence Line Diagrams for stresses in members for deck and through type bridges truss.

Text Books: 1. B. C. Punmia and A. K. Jain “Theory of Structures”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 12th edn., 2004. 2. C. S. Reddy, “Basic Structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi. 3rd

edn., 1994.

Reference Books:

12. S. Ramamrutham and R. Narayan “Theory of Structures”, Dhanpat Rai, 18th edn., 2008. 13. C. K. Wang “Indeterminate Structural Analysis”, McGraw Hill Book Co.


CO1: develop compatibility and equilibrium equations for the analysis of indeterminate structures CO2: the distribution of forces at joints and also developing net bending moment and shear force diagrams for

indeterminate structures CO3: analyse the tall structures using approximate analysis for horizontal loads CO4: draw the variation of internal forces in structural members for moving loads

https://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22S.+Ramamrutham%22

https://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22R.+Narayan%22



U14CE502 DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES



3 1 - 4


LO1: concepts of limit state method of design LO2: design of reinforced concrete beams for collapse in serviceability limit state LO3: design of slabs and columns using limit state design LO4: design of footings and demonstrate working stress method

UNIT – I (9+3)

Fundamentals of Limit State Design: Introduction to reinforced cement concrete, Loads on structures, Methods of design, Code of practice, Stress-strain curves of concrete, Mild steel and Tor steel, Grades of concrete as per IS: 456-2000, Characteristic loads and strengths , Partial safety factors. Limit State of Collapse in Flexure: Analysis and design of Beams, Singly, doubly reinforced rectangular and flanged sections.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Shear and Torsion: Shear, torsion and development length. Limit State of Serviceability: Check for short term deflection for determinate beams, Long term deflection due to creep, Long term deflection due to differential shrinkage.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Slabs: Design of one way simply supported and continuous slabs and two way slabs as per IS: 456-2000.

Columns: Axially loaded rectangular columns, Circular columns with lateral ties and helical reinforcement, Axially loaded short columns with uni-axial bending moment.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Footings: Design of isolated footing for axially loaded columns, Design of combined footing. Working Stress Method of Design: Design Principles, Under reinforced, Balanced and over-reinforced beams, Analysis and design of rectangular beams, Design for shear.

Text Books:

5. A. K. Jain, “Limit State Design”, Nem Chand Brothers, Roorkee, 7th edn., 2012. 6. B. C. Punmia, “Reinforced Concrete Structures”, Laxmi Publishing Company, New Delhi, 8th edn.,

2012.

Reference Books:

1. S. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdas Menon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd edn., 2011.

2. Jai Krishna and O. P. Jain, “Plain and Reinforced Concrete”, Nem Chand Brothers, Roorkee, 8th edn., 2012.

3. IS 456, “Code of practice for Plain and reinforced concrete”, Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi, 2000.

4. IS 875 (part 1-5), “Code of practice for Design loads”, Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi, 1987.


CO1: explain the general mechanical behavior of reinforced concrete CO2: analyze and design reinforced concrete flexural members CO3: design one way, two way slabs and columns CO4: design footings and Summarize working stress method



U14CE503 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING-I



3 1 - 4


LO1: classification of soils LO2: permeability, seepage and compaction LO3: consolidation settlements LO4: shear strength parameters

UNIT – I (9+3)

Basic definitions and phase relationships: Introduction - Soil formation, Soil structure, Definitions of rock, soil and soil mechanics and Soil problems, Phase diagrams, Water content, Specific gravity, Void ratio, Porosity, Degree of saturation, Density of soil, Mass, weight, volume relationships, Relative density. Identification and classification of soils: Sieve analysis, Stoke‟s law and its limitations, Grain

size distribution curves, Atterberg limits, IS classification of soils, Field identification of soils consistency of soils, Activity, Thixotrophy, Liquidity index, Consistency index and Hydrometer analysis.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Permeability and Seepage: Darcy„s law and its limitations, Determination of coefficient of

permeability, Coefficient of permeability for different soils, Factors affecting permeability of soils, Permeability of stratified soils, Laplace‟s equation, Stream and potential functions,

characteristics of flow net, Construction of flow net, Uses of flow net, Flow net for Anisotropic soils. Compaction: Mechanism of compaction, Proctor‟s compaction test, Zero air voids curve, Factors affecting compaction, Effect of compaction on soil properties, Field compaction, and Percentage compaction.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Consolidation: Mechanism of consolidation, Characteristic compression curves, Basic definitions, Normal, under and over consolidated clays, Terzaghi‟s one dimensional

consolidation theory- Assumptions, Derivation, Determination of consolidation properties of soils, Magnitude and rate of consolidation settlements.

Stress distribution: Need for finding of stress distribution in soils - Assumptions in elastic theories - Boussinesq equation for point, line, circular and rectangular loads, Westergaard‟s

analysis for point load, Concept and use of pressure bulb - Principle and use of Newmark‟s

influence chart, Contact pressure distribution under rigid and flexible footings in sand and clay.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Shear strength: Introduction, Normal and Shear stresses, Mohr‟s circle characteristics of Mohr‟s

circle, Mohr-Coulomb theory, Revised Mohr-Coulomb equation.

Shear parameters of soils: Direct shear test, unconfined compression test, Tri axial test, Vane shear test, Importance of drainage conditions, Consolidated Drained, Consolidated Undrained and Unconsolidated Undrained shear tests, Factors affecting the shear strength of clays and sands, Liquefaction, Critical void ratio.

Text Books: 1. K. R. Arora,” Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers, New Delhi,

9th edn., 2013,. 2. C. Venkatramaiah, “Geotechnical Engineering”, New Age Publications, 2nd edn., 2006.

Reference Books: 1. Shenbaga R. Kaniraj, “Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Tata

McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 1st edn., 2013. 2. T. W. Lambe and Whiteman, “Soil Mechanics”, New Age Publications, 1st edn., 1969.


CO1: classify soils CO2: determine permeability, optimum moisture content and maximum dry density CO3: determine consolidation characteristics of a given soil CO4: identify shear strength parameters of different soils



U14CE504 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING

Class: B.Tech. V- Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


3 1 - 4


LO1: planning and geometric design of highways LO2: highway materials their desirable properties and suitability LO3: design of flexible, rigid pavements and also the construction LO4: highway economics and financing of projects

UNIT – I (9+3)

Highway development and planning: Introduction, Highway planning, Surveys and interpretation. Geometric design of highways: Factors controlling alignment, Engineering surveys, Cross section elements, Sight distance, Stopping sight distance, Overtaking sight distance, Intermediate sight distance, Design of horizontal alignment, Radius, Super elevation, Design speed, Widening of pavements, Transition curve, Design of vertical alignment, Grades, Grade compensation, Summit and valley curves.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Pavement materials: Soil – CBR, tests on aggregates and their desirable properties, Tests on bitumen materials and their desirable properties, Marshall method of mix design, MORTH specifications for semi dense bituminous macadam, Dense bituminous macadam and bituminous concrete. Pavement design: Factors, design of flexible pavements, CBR method, IRC recommendations, design of rigid pavements, Westergaards stress equation for wheel loads, Warping stresses, Frictional stresses, Critical combination of stresses, IRC recommendations.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Pavement construction: General features of highway construction, Construction specification as per MORTH for flexible and rigid pavements, Construction of joints in cement concrete pavements. Maintenance and evaluation: Importance of highway maintenance, Failures in flexible and rigid pavements, Pavement maintenance, Periodic, Routine, Special repairs, Pavement evaluation, Strengthening of pavements, Overlay design.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Highway drainage: Introduction, Importance of highway drainage, Surface drainage, Sub surface drainage, Erosion control, Road construction in water logged areas. Highway economics and finance: Introduction, Highway user benefits, Highway cost, Economic analysis and highway finance.

Text Books: 7. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, A. Veeraraghavan, ”Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand and Bros.,

10th edn., 2014. Reference Books:

14. E. J. Yoder and Witezak, “Principles of Pavement Design”, John Wiley and Sons, 2nd edn., 15. L. R. Kadiyali, “Principles of Highway Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, 7th edn., 2014. 16. Relevant IRC Codes IRC: 37, IRC: 38, IRC: 52, IRC: 58, IRC: 66, IRC: 73, IRC 81, IRC: 86 and

MORTH.


CO1: analyze the planning process required for highways and design the geometric features CO2: recommend suitable highway materials and design of flexible, rigid pavement CO3: design overlay, analyze the causes for failure of flexible and rigid pavement CO4: demonstrate highway drainage systems and assess feasibility of highway project



U14CE505 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING



3 1 - 4


LO1: quality and quantity aspects of water LO2: operations involved in water treatment and distribution LO3: sewage analysis and hydraulic design of sewer LO4: methods of sewage treatment and operations involved in them

UNIT – I (9+3)

Water Demand: Classification of sources of water supply, Choice of source, Types of water demand, Per Capita Demand, Factors affecting per-capita demand, Factors affecting water losses, Fluctuations in demand and its effects on different components of water supply scheme, Design period, Population forecasting methods, Fire demand. Water Quality: Physical, chemical and biological characteristics of water quality, Water borne diseases and their control, Quality standards for municipal supplies.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Purification of Water: Purification of water – water treatment: Operations involved in water treatment, Screening, Plain sedimentation, Sedimentation aided with coagulation, Filtration, Disinfection, Softening, Aeration. Distribution System: General requirements, Layouts of distribution networks, Methods of supply, Systems of supply, Distribution reservoirs – types, functions, Storage capacity of distribution reservoirs, Design of distribution networks, Analysis of complex pipe networks-Hardy Cross method, Appurtenances in distribution system.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Quality and Quantity Perspectives of Sewage: Physical, chemical and biological characteristics of sewage, Analysis of sewage, Biological Oxygen Demand and Dissolved Oxygen profile-processes and kinetics involved, Sewerage systems-merits and demerits, Estimation of dry weather flow, Estimation of storm water flow.

Sewer and sewer appurtenances: Hydraulic design of sewer, Hydraulic formulae for design of sewers, Minimum and maximum velocity of flow in sewers, Materials for sewers, Joints in sewers, Shapes of sewers, Sewer appurtenances.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Sewage treatment: Process flow diagram, Primary treatment, Screens, Grit chamber, Skimming Tanks, Sedimentation Tanks, Theory and Design, Activated sludge process.

Secondary treatment of sewage: Sewage filtration, Oxidation ditch, Oxidation ponds, Aerated lagoons, Rotating biological contractors, Treatment and disposal of sludge, On-site disposal methods.

Text Books: 8. P. N. Modi, “Water supply Engineering- Environmental Engineering–I”, Standard Book

House., New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013. 9. P. N. Modi,”Sewage Treatment and Disposal – Environmental Engineering-II”, Standard

Book House., New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013.

Reference Books:

17. Howard S. Peavy, Donald R. Rower and George Tchobanoglous, “Environmental Engineering”, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 1st edn., 2014.

18. The Expert Committee, CPHEEO “Manual on Water Supply and Treatment”, Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 3rd edn., 1999.

19. The Expert Committee, CPHEEO, “Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems”,

Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 3rd edn., 2013.


CO1: analyze problems related to analysis of water quality and quantity CO2: design various unit processes of water treatment and distribution CO3: explain various parameters of sewage and design the sewerage systems CO4: explain and design various units of sewage treatment



U14CE506 MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY



- - 3 2


LO1: testing of civil engineering materials LO2: mechanical properties of civil engineering materials LO3: behaviour of civil engineering materials when tested LO4: codal specifications of various engineering materials

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Stress – strain characteristics of (a) Mild steel and (b) TOR steel 2. Determination of the compressive strength of wood and punching shear strength 3. Determination of the Brinell‟s hardness numbers for Steel, Brass and Aluminum

4. Determination of the modulus of rigidity by conducting Torsion test on Solid shaft or Hollow shaft

5. Determination of the stiffness and modulus of rigidity by conducting compression test on spring

6. Determination of the Young‟s modulus of the given material by measuring deflection for a

given Simply Supported Beam 7. Determination of the Young‟s modulus of the given material by measuring deflection for a

given continuous beam 8. Determination of the Young‟s modulus of the given material by measuring deflection for a

given propped cantilever beam 9. Ductility test for steel 10. Shear test for Mild steel specimen 11. Impact test on Metal Specimens using Izod test 12. Impact test on Metal Specimens using Charpy test

Laboratory Manual: 1. “Material Testing Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Department of Civil

Engineering.

Text Books: 1. E. Harmer Davis and George Earl Troxell, “Testing and Inspection of Engineering Materials”,

McGraw-Hill book company, inc, 2nd edn., 1955. 2. A. V. K. Suryanarayana, “Testing of Metallic Materials”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2nd edn., 2007.


After completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to CO1: correlate theory with the testing of engineering material. CO2: establish the mechanical properties of civil engineering materials. CO3: appraise the behavior of civil engineering materials when tested under various loads. CO4: realize the specifications recommended by various codes to civil engineering materials.

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=HARMER+E.+DAVIS&search-alias=books&text=HARMER+E.+DAVIS&sort=relevancerank

http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=GEORGE+EARL+TROXELL&search-alias=books&text=GEORGE+EARL+TROXELL&sort=relevancerank


U14CE507 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY


Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme : L T P C - - 3 2


LO1: testing of cement LO2: testing of fine aggregates and coarse aggregates LO3: testing of fresh and hardened concrete LO4: non-destructive testing of concrete

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Fineness and Specific Gravity of Cement 2. Standard Consistency of Cement 3. Initial and Final Setting Times of Cement 4. Compressive Strength of Cement 5. Fineness Modulus of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 6. Bulk Density, Specific gravity, Porosity and Void ratio of Fine Aggregate and Coarse

Aggregate 7. Bulking of Fine Aggregate 8. Workability of Fresh Concrete 9. Compressive Strength of Concrete 10. Modulus of concrete 11. Split tensile strength of concrete 12. Modulus of rupture of concrete 13. Non- Destructive Testing of Concrete

Laboratory Manual: 1. “Concrete Technology Laboratory Manual”, prepared by faculty of Department of Civil

Engineering.

Text Books: 1. M. L. Gambhir, “Concrete Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013. 2. M. S. Shetty, “Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice)”, S. Chand Company, New Delhi, 7th

edn., 2010. 3. A. R. Santha Kumar, “Concrete Technology”, Oxford Publishers, 1st edn., 2010. 4. A. M. Neville, “Properties of Concrete”, McGraw Hill Publications, New Delhi, 5th edn., 2012.

`


CO1: interpret laboratory testing results of cement for construction CO2: interpret laboratory testing results of fine aggregate and coarse aggregate for construction CO3: interpret laboratory testing results of fresh and hardened concrete for construction CO4: demonstrate various methods of non-destructive testing of concrete



U14CE508 COMPUTER AIDED BUILDING DRAWING LABORATORY



- - 3 2


LO1: functional planning of building and conventional signs LO2: different types of doors, windows and stair cases LO3: developing plan, section and elevation of buildings on a drawing sheet

LO4: developing plan, section and elevation of buildings using AUTOCAD

LIST OF EXCERCISES

1. Importance and types of buildings, functional planning and conventional signs 2. Planning of space from Line diagram and development of plan, section and elevation

Exercises on Drawing Sheet

3. Drawings of Various types of doors, windows 4. Drawing of Dog-Legged stair case 5. Planning of a residential building with restricted / unrestricted plinth area 6. Planning of a school building / dispensary 7. Planning of a Bank with ATM / Post office 8. Planning of a Apartment /Residential complex

Exercises Using AUTOCAD

9. Planning of a residential building with restricted / unrestricted plinth 10. Planning of a school building / dispensary 11. Planning of a Bank with ATM / Post office 12. Planning of a Apartment /Residential complex

Laboratory manual:

1. “Computer Aided Building Drawing Laboratory Manual”, prepared by faculty of Department of Civil Engineering.

Text Books:

1. “National Building Code of India”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2000. 2. Shah, Kale and Patki, “Building Drawing”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Book Company Ltd., New

Delhi.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of the Laboratory course, the student will be able to

CO1: explain functional planning of buildings and illustrate conventional signs CO2: differentiate types of doors, windows and staircases CO3: draw the plan, section and elevation of buildings on a drawing sheet CO4: draft the plan, section and elevation of buildings using AUTOCAD



U14CE509 SEMINAR



L T P C

- - - 1

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on…..

LO1: literature review and report writing LO2: presentation skills and speaking with logical sequence & confidence LO3: latest and current trends in technologies LO4: critical thinking

Student has to give independent seminar on the state-of-the-art technical topics relevant to their program of study, which would supplement and complement the program assigned to each student.

Guidelines:

1. The HoD shall constitute a Department Seminar Evaluation Committee (DSEC) 2. DSEC shall allot a faculty supervisor to each student for guiding on (i) selection of topic

(ii) literature survey and work to be carried out (iii) preparing a report in proper format and (iv) effective seminar presentation

3. There shall be only continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) for seminar 4. The CIE for seminar is as follows:

Assessment Weightage

Seminar Supervisor Assessment 20%

Seminar Report 30%

DSEC Assessment: Oral presentation (PPT) and viva-voce 50%

Total Weightage: 100%

(a) Report: Students are required to submit a well-documented report on the chosen seminar topic as per the prescribed format as per the dates specified by DSEC

(b) Presentation: The students are required to deliver the seminar before the DSEC as

per the schedule notified by the department (c) DSEC shall decide the course of action on the students, who fail to submit the

seminar report and give oral presentation

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1: analyze the technical content and prepare a well-documented report CO2: make effective seminar presentation by exhibiting the presentation skills with confidence in a

logical sequence CO3: explain the current and upcoming technologies CO4: propose and defend opinions and technical ideas with conviction (not as mere recipient of ideas)

U14OE601A Disaster Management U14CE606A Prestressed Concrete U14OE601B Project Management U14CE606B Ground Improvement Techniques U14OE601C Professional Ethics in Engineering U14CE606C Railway Engineering U14OE601D Rural Technology and Community Development



VI SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME


Sl. No.

Course

Category

Course

Code

Course Name

Periods

Credits

Evaluation Scheme

L

T

P CIE


1. OE U14OE601 Open Elective-I 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

2. PC U14CE602 Structural Analysis-II 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

3. PC U14CE603 Design of Steel Structures 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

4. PC U14CE604 Geotechnical Engineering - II 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

5. PC U14CE605 Engineering Hydrology 3 1 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

6. PE U14CE606 Professional Elective-I 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

7. PC U14CE607 Highway Engineering Laboratory - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

8.

PC

U14CE608 Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory

-

-

3

2

40

-

40

60

100

9. PR U14CE609 Mini Project - - - 2 100 - 100 - 100

Total 20 4 6 30 270 150 420 480 900

Student Contact Hours/Week: 30 Total Credits: 30

Open Elective-I Professional Elective-I



U14OE601A DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Class: B.Tech.VI-Semester Branch: Common to All


L T P C

4 - - 4


LO1: nature of disaster and types of disasters LO2: prevention, preparedness and mitigation measures for Earth Quake, floods, fire, landslides, cyclones,

tsunamis, nuclear & chemical disasters LO3: financial management of disaster and related losses LO4: information and communication technology in disaster management and training

UNIT – I (12) Introduction & principles of disaster management: Nature - Development, Hazards and disasters; Natural disasters - Earth quakes, Floods, Fire, Landslides, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Nuclear; Chemical dimensions and Typology of disasters - Public health disasters, National policy on disaster management.

UNIT –II (12)

Prevention and mitigation measures: Prevention, Preparedness and mitigation measures for various disasters, Post disaster reliefs and Logistics management, Emergency support functions and their coordination mechanism, Resources and material management, Management of relief camp.

UNIT– III (12)

Risk and vulnerability: Building codes and Land use planning, social vulnerability Environmental vulnerability, Macroeconomic management and sustainable development, Climate change, risk rendition, Financial management of disaster and related losses.

UNIT - IV (12)

Role of technology in disaster management: Disaster Management for Infrastructures, Taxonomy of infrastructure, Treatment plants and process facilities, electrical sub stations, roads and bridges, geo spatial information in agriculture, drought assessment, multimedia technology in disaster risk management and training.

TEXT BOOKS: 7. Rajib shah and R.R Krishnamurthy, “Disaster management – Global Challenges and local

solutions” University Press,1st edn,2009. 8. Satish Modh, “Introduction to Disaster management”, Macmillan Publishers, India, 1st edn.,

2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Jagbir Singh, “Disaster Management-Future Challenges and Opportunities”, I.K Publishers, 1st

edn., 2007. 2. H.K Gupta, “Disaster management”, Universities Press, India,1st, edn.,2003. 3. G.K. Ghosh, “Disaster management”, A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, 1st, edn., 2012.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): Upon completion of this course, students will be able to… CO1: describe & differentiate types of disasters CO2: identify prevention & mitigation measures in case of earthquakes, floods, fire, landslides,

Cyclones and tsunamis, nuclear & chemical disasters and plan preparedness & execute CO3: assess financial management of disaster and related losses CO4: apply information & communication technology for disaster risk management and training the

affected



U14OE601B PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Class: B.Tech. VI Semester Branch: Common to all


L T P C

4 - - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): This course will develop student‟s knowledge in/on

LO1: role of project manager, organization and management functions

LO2: effective time and conflict management

LO3: project planning, scheduling and budgeting

LO4: cost control, risk management and quality control techniques

UNIT – I (12)

Project Management: Understanding project management, Role of project manager, Classification of projects; Project management growth - Definitions and Concepts; Organizational structures - Organizing and staffing the project management office and team; Management functions.

UNIT – II (12)

Time and Conflict management: Understanding time management, Time management forms, Effective time management, Stress and burnout; The conflict environment, Conflict resolution, The management of conflicts, Conflict resolution modes; Performance measurement, Financial compensation and rewards, Morality, ethics, and corporate culture, Professional responsibilities, Success variables, Working with executives.

UNIT – III (12)

Project planning: General planning, Life-cycle phases, Proposal preparation, Project planning, The statement of work, Project specifications, Milestone schedules, Work breakdown structure, Executive role in planning, The planning cycle, Handling project phase outs and transfers, Stopping projects, Scheduling techniques - CPM and PERT, Pricing and estimating.

UNIT – IV (12)

Cost and quality control: Understanding cost control, Earned value measurement system, Cost control problems, Methodology for trade-off analysis; Risk management process, Risk analysis, Risk responses, Monitoring and control of risks, Contract management; Quality management concepts, Cost of quality, Quality control techniques.

Text Books: 1 Harold Kerzner, “Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling and

Controlling”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 10th edn., 2009.

Reference Books: 1 Jack R Meredith & Samuel J mantel Jr, “Project Management : A Managerial Approach” ,

John Wiley & Sons Inc., 8th edn., 2012. 2 John M Nicholas & Herman Steyn, “Project Management for Business, Engineering and

Technology”, Taylor & Francis, 4th edn., 2012. 3 Adedeji B. Badiru, “Project Management: Systems, Principles and Applications”, CRC Press,

2012.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs): After completion of the course, the student will be able to CO1: identify desirable characteristics of effective project managers CO2: manage executives, use success factors and resolve conflicting environments CO3: apply appropriate approaches to plan a new project in-line with project schedule and suitable budget CO4: identify & explain important risks expected to be encountered in a new project and apply appropriate

techniques to assess & improve ongoing project performance



U14OE 601C PROFESSIONAL ETHICS IN ENGINEERING

Class: B.Tech. VI-Semester Branch: Common to all


4 - - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on

LO1: human values and engineering ethics LO2: professionalism and theory of virtues

LO3: safety & risk benefit analysis, professional and intellectual property rights

LO4: environmental & computer ethics and various roles of engineers in a company

UNIT – I (12)

Human Values: Morals, values & ethics , Integrity, Work ethic, Service learning, Civic virtue, Respect for others , Living peacefully ,caring , Sharing , Honesty , Courage ,Valuing time , Co- operation , Commitment , Empathy , Self-confidence , Character , Spirituality.

Engineering Ethics: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”, Variety of moral issues, Types of inquiry,

Moral dilemmas, Moral autonomy, Kohlberg's theory, Gilligan's theory - Consensus and Controversy.

UNIT – II (12)

Profession and professionalism: Profession and its attributes, models of Professional roles

Theory of Virtues: Definition of virtue and theories of virtues, self-respect, responsibility and senses, modern theories of Virtues, uses of ethical theories

Engineering as social experimentation: Engineering as experimentation, engineers as responsible experimenters, codes of ethics, a balanced outlook on law, the challenger case study

UNIT –III (12)

Safety, Responsibilities and Rights: Safety and risk - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing risk - Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies, collegiality and loyalty - respect for authority - collective bargaining - confidentiality - conflicts of interest - occupational crime - professional rights - employee rights - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) - discrimination.

UNIT – IV (12)

Global Issues: Multinational corporations - environmental ethics, computer ethics, weapons development, engineers as managers, consulting engineers, engineers as expert witnesses and advisors, moral leadership, sample Code of Ethics (specific to a particular Engineering Discipline).

Text Books: 1. D R Kiran, “Professional Ethics and Human Values”, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 1/e, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, “Professional Ethics and Human Values”, Prentice Hall of India, 1/e, 2013.

2. Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, McGraw-Hill, 4/e, 2014. 3. Charles D. Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Prentice Hall, 4/e, 2004


CO1: summarize the need of human values and professional ethics CO2: explain the concept of professionalism and theory of virtues CO3: perform risk benefit analysis and describe professional rights & IPR CO4: describe the various roles of engineer in a company and analyze code of ethics specific to a

particular engineering discipline


U14 OE601D RURAL TECHNOLOGY AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

Class: B.Tech.VI-Semester Branch: Common to all


L T P C

4 - - 4


This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on LO1: wide spectrum of technologies and processes for implementation in rural and tribal areas LO2: medicinal and aromatic plants to fulfill the needs of pharmaceuticals industries and rural energy for

eradication of drudgery LO3: purification of drinking water, rain water harvesting and employment generating technologies LO4: concepts of community organization and development and other related issues in an accessible manner

UNIT – I (12) Technologies and Process: Building materials and components – Micro concrete roofing tiles, water & fire proof mud walls and thatch, red mud/rice husk cement, types of bricks, ferrocement water tanks and other products, Cement blocks, Preservation of mud walls; Agricultural implements - Naveen sickle, Animal drawn digger, Grubber weeder, Self propelled reaper, Seed drill, Improved bakhar. Food Processing: Introduction; Fruit and vegetable preservation – Process flow sheet, Scale of operation, Economic feasibility, Source of technology; Soya milk – Process, Economics; Dehydration of fruits and vegetables; Cultivation of oyster mushroom – Preparation of beds, Spawning, Removal of bags for production of mushrooms, Harvesting and marketing, Economics, Process flow sheet, Source of technology.

UNIT – II (12)

Medicinal and Aromatic plants: Introduction, Plants and its use, Aromatic plants, Cymbopogons, Geranium, Manufacturing of juice, Gel and powder; Rural energy – Cultivation of jatropha curcus and production of biodiesel, Low cost briquetted fuel, Solar cookers and oven, Solar drier, Biomass gasifier. Bio-fertilizers: Introduction, Vermicompost, Improvement over tradional technology/process, Techno economics, Cost of production, Utilization of fly ash for wasteland development and agriculture.

UNIT – III (12)

Purification of Drinking water: Slow sand filtration unit, Iron removal, Iron removal plant connected to hand pump, Chlorine tablets, Pot chlorination of wells, Solar still, Fluoride removal; Rain water harvesting – Availability of rain water through roof top rain water harvesting, Through percolation tank, Check dams recharging of dug wells. Employment Generating Technologies: Detergent powder and cake – Process, Process for liquid detergent; Carcass utilization – Improvement over traditional technology, Flow chart, Process, Capital investment; Indigo blue - Dye, Organic plant production, Dye extraction techniques, Aspects of indigo market, Economics; Modernization of bamboo based industries -

Introduction, Process for bamboo mat making, Machinery, Products; Agarbatti manufacturing; Vegetable tanning of leathers - Raw material, Soaking, Liming, Reliming, Deliming, Pretanning, Malani, Setting, Yield.

UNIT – IV (12)

Community development: Community organization – Concept, Definition, Need, Functions, Principles, Stages; Community development – Introduction, Concept, Definition, Need, Objectives, Characteristics, Elements, Indicators; Distinguish between community organization and community development; Community Mobilization: Need, Benefits, Preparing, Initial contact with community, Coordinating, Functions of the community, Challenges, Techniques for mobilizing community, Community contributions, Leadership and capacity building, Community participation, Role of community worker in community mobilization; Models of community organization practice –

Local development model, Social planning model, Social action model, Approaches to community organization.

Text Books:

1. M.S. Virdi, ”Sustainable Rural Technology”, Daya Publishing House, ISBN: 8170355656, 2009.

2. Asha Ramagonda Patil, “Community Organization and Development: An Indian

Perspective”, PHI Learning private ltd, 2013.

Reference Books: 1. Punia Rd Roy, “Rural Technology”, Satya Prakashan Publishers,2009

2. S B Verma, S K Jiloka, Kannaki Das, “Rural Education and Technology”, Deep & Deep

Publications Pvt. Ltd. 2006.

3. Edwards, Allen David and Dorothy G. Jones. “Community and Community

Development”. The Hague, Netherlands: Mouton, 1976.

4. Lean, Mary. “Bread, Bricks, and Belief: Communities in Charge of Their Future”. West

Hartford, Kumarian Press, 1995.

5. Heskin, Allen David, “The Struggle for Community”, West View Press. 1991

6. Clinard, Marshall Barron. “Slums and Community Development: Experiments in Self-

Help”, Free Press, 1970.


After completion of this course, students will be able to…

CO1: describe various technologies and process which can be implemented in rural and tribal areas CO2: identify the major medicinal plants are required for commercial supply to Pharma companies and alternative

fuel that could meet substantial oil need in the country CO3: analyze several cost effective technologies for purification of water which can adopted in rural areas, various

rain water harvesting techniques of collection and storage of rain water CO4: describes in detail the process of community development, different aspects of community organization and

community mobilization covering needs, benefits and challenges related to it CO5: explains different models of community organization for bringing social change


U14CE602 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS – II

Class: B.Tech. VI-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


3 1 - 4


LO1: analysis of three and two hinged arches LO2: cable and suspension bridges under different loads LO3: analysis of indeterminate structures using flexibility matrix method LO4: analysis of indeterminate structures using stiffness matrix method

UNIT – I (9+3) Three Hinged Arches: Principle of Arch action, Eddy‟s theorem, Circular and parabolic arches, Determination of horizontal thrust, Bending moment, Normal thrust and radial shear force. Influence line diagrams. Two Hinged Arches: Principle involved in analysis of two hinged arches. Determination of horizontal thrust, Bending moment, Normal thrust and radial shear force. Influence line diagrams.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Cables: Forces in cables subjected to point loads and uniformly distributed load. Cables with supports at same levels and different levels, Length of cable, different support conditions, Influence lines diagrams. Suspension Bridges: Simple suspension bridges with two hinged and three hinged stiffening girders. Bending Moment and Shear Force diagrams, Influence line diagrams.

Flexibility matrix method-Beams: UNIT – III (9+3)

Introduction, determination of internal and external statical indeterminacy for different types of structures. Analysis of beams up to second degree of indeterminacy, Bending moment and shear force diagrams. Flexibility matrix method-Frames: Rectangular portal frames upto 2nd degree of static indeterminacy. Bending moment and shear force diagrams. Analysis of statically indeterminate plane trusses-Up to second degree.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Stiffness matrix method -Beams: Introduction, determination of kinematic indeterminacy for different types of structures. Analysis of continuous beams up to second degree of kinematic indeterminacy, Bending moment and shear force diagrams. Stiffness matrix method -Frames: Rectangular portal frames up to second degree of kinematic indeterminacy. Bending moment and shear force diagrams. Analysis of statically indeterminate plane trusses-Up to second degree of kinematic indeterminacy.

Text Books: 1.G. S. Pandit and S. P. Gupta “Structural Analysis a Matrix analysis of Structures”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New

Delhi. 26th edn., 2007

2.C. S. Reddy “Basic Structural Analysis”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi. 3rd

edn., 1994.

Reference Books: 1.R. L. Jindal, “Indeterminate Structures”, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi, 4th edn., 1994.

2.Weaver and Gere “Analysis of framed structures”, Van Nostrand Company. 3. Sujit Kumar Roy and Subrata Chakrabarty, “Fundamentals of structural analysis with computer

analysis and applications”, S. Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1st edn., 2003.


CO1: analyse three and two hinged arches CO2: analyse cables and suspension bridges under different loadings CO3: develop SFD and BMD for beams and frames using flexibility matrix method CO4: develop SFD and BMD for beams and frames using stiffness matrix method


U14CE603 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES



3 1 - 4


LO1: steel structures and philosophy of limit state design LO2: bolted and welded connections LO3: tension members and compression members LO4: flexural members and column bases

UNIT – I (9+3)

Structural steel: Historical development, Advantages and disadvantages of structural steel, Types of structural steel, Various design philosophies of structural steel, Specifications and codes, Loading and load combinations. Principles of Limit State Design: Limit state design philosophy, Load and material partial safety factors, Design criteria, ultimate limit states and serviceability limit states.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Bolted Connections: General considerations, Riveted connections, Bolted connections, specifications for connected parts, Types of bolted joints, Lap and Butt connection, Assumptions made in analysis, Failure of bolted connections, Limit states, Efficiency of joints, Strength of plate connections. Welded Connections: Introduction, Welding, principal types of welds, Types of welded joints, Specifications for fillet welded joints, Strength of fillet welds, Stresses due to individual forces, Combination of stresses, Design of joint.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Tension Members: Types of tension members, Behavior of tension members, Net sectional area, Analysis of tension members, Sectional efficiency, Design of tension members, Splices in tension members. Compression Members: Types of column sections, Behavior of compression member, Classification of cross sections, Slenderness for flexural bulking, Design considerations, Analysis and design of compression member, Design of built-up compression member.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Flexural Members: Types of sections for beams, Behavior of beams in flexure, Classification of beam cross sections, Stability of beams, Failure modes, Design criteria for beams, Design moment strength for supported beams, Design shear strength of beams, Effective span of beams, Design procedure of simple beams, Built up beam sections, Lateral torsional buckling, Effective length for lateral torsional buckling, Laterally unsupported beams.

Column Bases: Design of slab base, Design of gusseted base and grillage foundation.

Text Books:

4. S. K. Duggal, “Limit state design of steel structures”, Mc Graw Hill, 2nd edn., 2014. 5. M. L. Gambhir,”Fundamentals of Structural steel design”, Mc Graw Hill, 1st edn., 2013.

Reference Books:

1. S. S. Bhavikatti, “Design of steel structures “, International Publishing House.

2. N. Subramanian, “Design of steel structures”, Oxford Higher Education, 2nd edn. 3. IS 800, “Code of practice for General construction in steel”, Bureau of Indian standards, New

Delhi, 2007. 4. SP: 6 (1-7),” Handbook for structural engineers”, Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi,

1980. 5. IS 808, “Dimensions for hot rolled steel beam, column, channel and angle sections”, Bureau of

Indian standards, New Delhi, 1989.


CO1: appraise the importance of steel structures and limit state method of design CO2: design different types of bolted and welded connections CO3: classify and design various types of tension and compression members CO4: design different flexural members and column bases



U14CE604 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - II



L T P C

3 1 - 4


LO1: shallow and deep foundations LO2: bearing capacity of soils and foundation settlements LO3: expansive soils LO4: earth pressures on foundations and retaining structures

UNIT – I (9+3)

Site investigation and Types of foundation: Types of exploration, Types of samplers, SPT test, Static and dynamic cone penetration tests, Plate load test, Types of foundations, Different types of loads coming on foundations, Choice of foundations. Shallow foundations: Bearing capacity- Definitions and theories-Terzaghi, Meyerhof, Skempton and Vesic, Terzaghi‟s bearing capacity equation, Effect of size, shape, Ground water

table, depth of embedment and load inclination on bearing capacity, Field determination of bearing capacity, Settlement of foundations, Elastic settlements, Permissible settlements.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Deep Foundations: Pile Foundations-Classification of piles, Load bearing capacity of piles, Static formulae, Negative skin friction, Dynamic formulae, ENR and Hiley‟s formulae, Pile load

tests, Group action of piles, Pile Groups in sand, gravel and clay, Settlement of pile groups. Caissons: Types of well foundations, Construction of well foundation, Sinking of open wells, pneumatic caissons, Box caissons and rectification methods.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Foundations on expansive soils: Identification of expansive soils, Problems associated with expansive soils, Design considerations for foundations in expansive soils, Under reamed piles.

Slope stability analysis: Introduction, Infinite and Finite slopes, Types of slope failures, Different factors of safety, Stability analysis of finite slope by Swedish and Friction Circle methods, Taylor‟s stability number, Stability analysis of earthen dam for different conditions.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Earth Pressures: Introduction, Types of lateral earth pressure – Active, at rest and passive earth pressure, Rankine‟s and Coulomb‟s earth pressure theories, Culmann‟s Graphical solution.

Machine foundations: Types of machine foundations, Basic definitions, Degree of freedom of block foundation, Field methods of determining design parameters, Cyclic plate load test, block

vibration test, Design criteria and detailing for machine foundations, Vibration analysis of machine foundation.

Text Books:

1. K. R. Arora, “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers, New Delhi. 9th

edn., 2013. 2. K. Shashi Gulhati, Manoj Datta, “Geotechnical Engineering” , Mc Grawhill Publications, New

Delhi, 18th edn., 2014.

Reference Books: 3. Srinivasulu and Vaidyanathan, “Handbook of Machine Foundations”, Tata Mc Graw Hill

Publications, New Delhi, 1st edn., 2013. 4. R. Shenbaga Kaniraj, “Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Tata

McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., New Delhi. 1st edn., 1969.


CO1: analyze shallow and deep foundations CO2: calculate the bearing capacity of soils and foundation settlements CO3: identify the problems associated with expansive soils CO4: determine the earth pressures on foundations and retaining structures


U14CE605 ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY



3 1 - 4


LO1: hydrologic cycle and analysis of rainfall data LO2: evaporation, Infiltration and runoff LO3: characteristics of hydrograph and ground water hydraulics LO4: principles of flood routing in reservoirs

UNIT – I (9+3)

Elements of Hydrology: Definition, Hydrologic cycle, Water budgeting, Water potential in India. Precipitation and its Measurement: Types of Precipitation, Recording and Non-recording type of rain gauges - errors in measurement - Location of rain gauges. Analysis of rain falls data by mass curves, Hyetograph, Intensity duration analysis, Estimation of missing precipitation data, Consistency test of data by double mass curve technique, Probable maximum precipitation.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Evaporation and Evapotranspiration: Factors affecting the processes and their estimation, Pan evaporation, Blaney Criddle, Hargreaves, Penmann and Lysimeter methods, Methods of reducing evaporation from reservoirs. Infiltration and Runoff: Factors affecting Infiltration, Measurements of infiltration, Infiltration indices, Factors affecting runoff, Estimation of runoff from rainfall, Flow duration curve and Mass curve and their uses.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Hydrograph analysis: Characteristics of hydrograph, separation of base flow, Unit hydrograph, S-Curve hydrograph, Synthetic unit hydrograph, and Dimensionless unit hydrograph. Groundwater: Types of Aquifers-Unconfined and Confined Aquifers, Well Hydraulics, Recuperation test for yield of open well.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Floods: Rating curve and its extension, Reservoir routing, Establishing Storage - Discharge relationship, I.S.D method, channel routing-Muskingum Method, determination of Muskingum parameters k and x. Design Flood: Methods of estimation of design flood empirical formulae, Rational method, Frequency analysis, Gumbel‟s distribution and Unit Hydrograph method.

Text Books: 6. K. Subramanya, “Engineering Hydrology”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 3rd edn.,

2011. 7. P. Jayarami Reddy, “A Textbook of Hydrology”, Laxmi Publishers, New Delhi, 4th edn., 2013.

Reference Books: 8. R. K. Linsley, M. A. Kohler and J. L. Paulus, “Hydrology for Engineers”, Mc Graw Hill Book

Co., New Delhi, 3rd edn., 1982. 9. R. S. Varshney, “Engineering Hydrology”, Nemchand Bros., Roorkee, 4th edn., 2012. 10. H. M. Raghunath, ”Hydrology”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 3rd edn.,

2015.


CO1: describe hydrologic cycle and analyze rainfall data CO2: estimate evaporation, infiltration and runoff CO3: examine characteristics of hydrograph and compute ground water hydraulics CO4: apply principles flood routing in reservoirs


U14CE606A PRESTRESSED CONCRETE



4 0 - 4


LO1: elements of prestressed concrete and systems of prestressing LO2: losses and analysis of prestressed concrete LO3: analysis and design of section in flexure and shear LO4: analysis and transfer of prestress

UNIT – I (12)

Elements of Prestressed concrete: Historical development, concepts of pre-stressing, Terminology, basic definitions, Advantages, Applications of prestressed concrete, Pre- tensioning and Post-tensioning. Pr e s t r e s s i ng Sy s t e m s : Hoyer, Freyssinet, Magnel blaton and Lee-Mc call system, material properties, Need for High strength steel and High strength concrete.

UNIT – II (12)

Losses of Prestress: Loss of prestress in pre-tensioned and post-tensioned members due to various causes like elastic shortening of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, relaxation of steel, slip in anchorage, bending of member and frictional loss. Analysis of Sections: Stress concept, Strength concept, Load balancing concept, Effect of loading on the tensile stresses in tendons, Effect of tendon profile on deflections, Factors influencing deflections, Calculation of Short term and long term deflections.

UNIT – III (12)

Design of Section for Flexure: Allowable stresses, Elastic design of simple beams having rectangular and I-section for flexure, kern lines, Cable profile and cable layout. Design of Section for Shear: Shear and Principal Stresses, Improving shear resistance by different prestressing techniques, horizontal, sloping and vertical prestressing, Analysis of rectangular and I–beam, Design of shear reinforcement, Indian code provisions.

UNIT – IV (12)

Transfer of Prestress: Transmission of prestressing force by bond, Transmission length, Flexural bond stresses, IS code provisions, Anchorage zone stresses in post tensioned members, stress distribution in End block. Methods of transfer: Analysis by approximate, Guyon and Magnel methods, Anchorage zone reinforcement.

Text Books: 1. N. Krishna Raju, “Prestressed concrete”, Tata McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi, 5th edn.,

2012. 2. S. K. Mallic and A. P. Gupta, “Prestressed concrete”, Oxford and IBH publishing Co. Pvt.

Ltd., 4th edn., 1987.

Reference Books: 1. T. Y. Lin “Design of prestressed concrete structures”, John Wiley and sons and Asia Publishing

House, Mumbai, 3rd edn., 1982. 2. G. S. Ramaswamy “Modern prestressed concrete design”, Arnold Heinimen, New Delhi, 2007. 3. N. Rajagopalan “Prestressed Concrete”, Alpha Science publishers, New Delhi, 2005.


CO1: appraise the concept of Prestressing in concrete CO2: analyze prestressed concrete sections CO2: design prestressed concrete members in flexure and shear CO3: appreciate the transfer of prestress in concrete


U14CE606B GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES



4 - - 4


LO1: ground improvement techniques like dewatering technique and grouting LO2: different methods of soil stabilization LO3: reinforced earth and materials used for reinforcing LO4: different ground improvement techniques and their applications

UNIT – I (12)

Dewatering: Definition, Methods of de-watering, Sumps and interceptor ditches, Single and multi stage well Points, Vacuum well points, Horizontal wells, Foundation drains, Blanket drains, Criteria for Selection of fill material around drains. Grouting: Definition, Objectives of grouting, Grouts and their properties, Grouting methods – Ascending, Descending and Stage grouting, Hydraulic fracturing in soils and rocks, Post grout tests.

UNIT – II (12) Compaction: Compaction equipment for shallow/surface compaction, Placement water content, Factors affecting field compaction of soils, Deep compaction, Vibration techniques, Vibro - Flotation Terra Probe method, Blasting, compaction piles, Field compaction and control. Liquefaction Control: Liquefaction, Differences between liquefaction and quick sand condition, damage potential of liquefaction, Factors affecting liquefaction, Methods to prevent liquefaction.

UNIT – III (12)

Reinforced Earth: Concept of reinforced earth, Effect of reinforcement on soils, Materials, Geotextiles, Types, Functions and applications, Principles of interfacial friction and its determination, Factors affecting friction coefficient, Applications of reinforced earth. In-Situ Reinforcing Techniques:

Necessity, Ground anchors, Types and application, Tie back, Soil nailing, Driven and grouted nails, Anchored spider netting.

UNIT – IV (12)

Stabilization: Introduction, Methods of stabilization, Mechanical, Cement, lime, Bituminous, Chemical stabilization with calcium chloride, Sodium silicate and gypsum.

Techniques of Stabilization: Vertical drains, Sand wicks, Synthetic drains, Stone columns, Soil- lime columns, Soil-cement columns.

Text Books: 1. Purushotham Raj, “Ground Improvement Techniques”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 4th

edn., 2006. 2. M. R. Hausmann, “Engineering Principles of Ground Modification”, McGraw Hill International

Edition, 3rd edn., 2002.

Reference Books: 1. M. P. Moseley, “Ground Improvement”, Blackie Academic and Professional, Boca Taton,

Florida, USA, 22nd edn., 2007. 2. Gopal Ranjan and A. S. R. Rao, “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, New Age Publishers,

New Delhi, 2006. 3. M. Braja Das and G. V. Ramana, “Principles of Soil Dynamics”, Cengage learning, Stamford

USA, 2nd edn., 2006.


CO1: apply dewatering and grouting techniques for ground improvement. CO2: adopt suitable stabilization method. C03: apply different methods and materials for reinforcement of soil. CO4: describe techniques for stabilization and liquefaction control.


U14CE606C RAILWAY ENGINEERING

Class: B.Tech.VI-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


4 - - 4


LO1: structure and organization of railways, development of railways and its requirements LO2: railway track components as per requirements and also geometric design of railway line LO3: essential features of railway stations and yards LO4: railway automatic signaling and interlocking systems

UNIT – I (12)

History of Indian railways: Developments in Indian railways, Organization, Railway finance, Classification of railway lines, Undertakings under ministry of railways. Railway Track gauge: Gauges, types, choice of gauge, Problems caused by change of gauge, Importance of good alignment, Basic requirements of an ideal alignment, Traffic, Reconnaissance, Preliminary and Final location surveys.

UNIT – II (12)

Tracks, Rails and Sleepers: Requirements of a good track, maintenance, Forces acting on the track, coning of wheels, Functions of rails and types of rail, Rail wear, Rail failure and flaw detection, Functions and requirements of sleepers, Sleeper density, Types of sleepers. Ballast, Subgrade and Creep of Rails: Types and functions of ballast, Requirements of good ballast, Design of ballast section, Specification, tests on ballast, Slopes, execution of earth work in embankment and cutting, Failure of railway embankment, Theories for the development of creep, Causes, effects of creep, Measurement of creep, Adjustments of creep.

UNIT – III (12)

Geometric Design: Details of geometric design, Gradients, grade compensation, Circular curves, Super elevation, safe speed on curves, Transition curves, widening of guage on curves, Vertical curves, Check rails Points, Crossing, Level Crossing: Important terms, switches, Tongue rails, Crossing, Turnouts, Layout of turnout, Classification of level crossing, Dimensions.

UNIT – IV (12)

Railway Stations and Yards, Signal Interlocking: Site Selection, Classification and layout of stations, Marshalling yard, Locomotive yard, Equipments at railway stations, Objectives and classification of signals, Types of signals in station and yards, Automatic signaling, Principles of interlocking. Sub urban Railways and Modernization: Urban transport, Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai and Chennai metro systems, Modernization of railways, High speed tracks, improvement in existing track for high-speed, Ballast less track

Text Books: 11. Satish Chandra and M. M. Agarwal , “Railway Engineering”, Oxford Publishers, 2nd edn.,

2013. 12. S. C. Saxena and S. P. Arora, “A Text Book of Railway Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,

Delhi, 1997. Reference Books:

13. J. S. Mundrey, “Railway Track Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edn., 2009. 14. Rangwala, “Railway Engineering” Charotar Publishers, 25th edn., 2015.


CO1: explain the importance of railways and also mention the requirements of alignment. CO2: design the elements of railway track. CO3: identify the essential features at railway stations and yards. CO4: elucidate the concept of signaling and interlocking.



U14CE607 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING LABORATORY


Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme: L T P C

- - 3 2

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This laboratory course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on LO1: highway material testing LO2: desirable properties of pavement materials and their applications LO3: conducting traffic volume and speed studies LO4: performing the CBR test

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Aggregate crushing test 2. Aggregate abrasion test 3. Aggregate specific gravity 4. Aggregate impact test 5. Aggregate shape test 6. Ductility test for bitumen 7. Softening point test for bitumen 8. Penetration test for bitumen 9. Flash and fire point test for bitumen 10. Traffic volume studies 11. Traffic Speed Studies 12. CBR Test

Laboratory Manual:

1. “Highway Engineering Laboratory Manual”, prepared by faculty of Department of Civil

Engineering.

Text books:

1. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo and A. Veeraraghavan, “Highway Material Testing”, Nem

Chand and Bros. Publications, 2014.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to…

CO1: conduct various tests on pavement materials CO2: interpret the results obtained from testing CO3: recommend the tested material for pavement construction CO4: predict the vehicular traffic behavior



U14CE608 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY



- - 3 2


LO1: classification of Indian soils LO2: determination of coefficient of permeability LO3: determination compaction characteristics LO4: determination of shear strength parameters

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Consistency Limits: ( a) Liquid limit (b) Plastic limit (c) Shrinkage limit

2. Classification of Coarse Grained Soil through Sieve Analysis 3. Determination of Insitu Density by

a) Core cutter method b) Sand replacement method 4. Determination of OMC and Maximum Dry Density

a) IS light compaction test b) IS heavy compaction test 5. Determination of Coefficient of Permeability

a) Constant head method b) Falling head method 6. Determination of Coefficient of Consolidation 7. Determination of Unconsolidated Undrained Shear Strength Parameters

a) Direct Shear test. b) Unconfined compression Test 8. Determination of Differential Free Swell. 9. Specific Gravity of Solids

10. Demonstration of a) Hydrometer Analysis for Fine Grained Soils b) Standard penetration test.

11. Demonstration of ( a) Tri- Axial Shear test

12. Demonstration of a) Plate load test (b) California Bearing Ratio test

Laboratory Manual:

1. “Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory Manual”, prepared by faculty of Department of Civil Engineering.

Text Books: 1. B. M. Das, “Soil Mechanics Laboratory Manual”, Oxford University Press, 8th edn, 2012 2. SP 36 (Part - I): 1987-“Compendium of Indian Standards on Soil Engineering”, Bureau of Indian

Standards, New Delhi.


CO1: classify the given soil CO2: determine coefficient of permeability of different soils CO3: determine optimum moisture content and maximum dry density for different soils CO4: determine shear strength parameters



U14CE609 MINI PROJECT



- - - 2


LO1: mini project design in one of the selected areas of specialization with substantial multi-disciplinary component

LO2: using current technologies LO3: problem solving, motivational and time-management skills for career and life LO4: problem based learning

Student has to take up independent mini project on innovative ideas, innovative solutions to common problems using their knowledge relevant to courses offered in their program of study, which would supplement and complement the program assigned to each student.

Guidelines:

1. The HoD shall constitute a Department Mini Project Evaluation Committee (DMPEC) 2. DMPEC shall allot a faculty supervisor to each student for guiding on (i) selection of

topic (ii) literature survey and work to be carried out (iii) preparing a report in proper format and (iv) effective mini project oral presentation

3. There shall be only continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) for mini project 4. The CIE for mini project is as follows:


Mini project Supervisor Assessment 20%

Working model developed under mini project 40%

Final Report on mini project 20%

DMPEC Assessment: Oral presentation (PPT) and viva-voce 20%


Note: a) Working Model: Students are required to develop a working model on the chosen

work and demonstrate before the DMPEC as per the dates specified by DMPEC b) Report: Students are required to submit a well-documented report on the on the

work carried out in the prescribed format as per the dates specified by DMPEC c) Presentation: The students are required to deliver the seminar before the DMPEC as

per the schedule notified by the department d) DMPEC shall decide the course of action on the students, who fail to complete mini

project, submit report and give oral presentation

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: identify, formulate and solve problems related to their program of study

CO2: work independently with minimal supervision

CO3: demonstrate mastery of knowledge, techniques, practical skills and use modern tools of their discipline CO4: write concisely & convey meaning in a manner appropriate to different readers and verbally express

ideas easily understood by others who are unfamiliar with the topic

Sl. No.

Course Category

Course Code

Course Name Periods

Credits

Evaluation Scheme

L

T

P CIE ESE Total

Marks TA MSE Total

1. OE U14OE701 Open Elective - II 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

2.

PC

U14CE702 Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic

3

1

-

4

15

25

40

60

100

3. PC U14CE703 Estimation and Valuation 1 3 0 4 15 25 40 60 100

4. PE U14CE704 Professional Elective - II 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

5. PE U14CE705 Professional Elective –III 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

6. PC U14CE706 Environmental Engineering Laboratory - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

7. PC U14CE707 Civil Engineering Detailing Laboratory - - 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

8. PR U14CE708 Major Project Work: Phase - I - - 7 4 100 - 100 - 100

Total 16 4 13 28 255 125 380 420 800

U14OE701A Operation Research U14CE704A Elements of Structural Dynamics U14CE705A Advanced Structural Design U14OE701B

U14OE701C

U14OE701D

Management Information systems

Entrepreneurship Development

Forex and Foreign Trade

U14CE704B

U14CE704C

Bridge Engineering

Remote Sensing and Geographical Information systems

U14CE705B U14CE705C

Airport Engineering

Design of Environmental En



VII SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME CIVIL ENGINEERING [(5+2) +1]

Structures


Total Credits: 28

Open Elective-II Professional Elective-II Professional Elective-III

gineering Systems.



U14OE701 A OPEARTIONS RESEARCH

Class: B.Tech. VII semester Branch: CE, ME and CSE


4 - - 4


LO1: concepts to solve linear programming problems arise in real life situations involving several parameters using various methods and their advantages

LO2: applications of linear programming namely transportation, assignment and travelling salesman problem which arise in different situations in all engineering branches

LO3: non-linearity in optimization problems, direct search techniques and iterative methods LO4: applications of optimization techniques in the problem of queuing systems under several situations and their

practical relevance

UNIT-I (12)

Linear Programming Problems (LPP): Mathematical models and basic concepts of linear

programming problem; Solution of linear programming problems - Graphical method,

Analytical method, Simplex method, Artificial variable technique (Big-M and Two-phase

methods), Duality principle and dual simplex method.

UNIT-II (12) Special type of LPPs: Mathematical model of transportation problem, Methods of finding initial basic feasible solution to find the optimal solution of transportation problem, Exceptional cases in transportation problem, Degenerate solution of transportation problem, Assignment problem as a special case of transportation problem, Hungarian algorithm to solve an assignment problem, Special cases in assignment problem.

The travelling salesman problem, Formulation of travelling salesman problem as an assignment problem.

UNIT-III (12)

Non-linear Programming Problems (NLPP): Classical method of optimization using Hessian

matrix, Iterative methods - Random search methods, Steepest decent method and Conjugate

gradient method; Direct methods - Lagrange‟s method, Kuhn-Tucker conditions, Penalty

function approach.

UNIT-IV (12) Queuing Theory: Elements of operating characteristics of a queuing system, Probability distribution of arrivals and services system, Generalized model (Birth-Death process), Poisson queuing system, Study of various queuing models with single server and multiple servers having finite and infinite populations.

Text Books:

1. Kanti swarp,P.K.Gupta, Man Mohan, “Operations Research”, S. Chand & Sons, New

Delhi. 16th edn., 2013. (Unit I,II,IV)

2. S.S. Rao, “Optimization Techniques”, New Age International, New Delhi, 3rd edn., 2013.

(Unit III)

Reference Books:

1. Hamdy. A. Taha, Operations Research, Prentice Hall of India Ltd, New Delhi, 7th edn.,

2002.

2. J.C. Pant, “Introduction to Optimization”, Jain Brothers, New Delhi, 7th edn., 2012.


Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: develop the mathematical model of an optimization problem and identify particular case of activities

among the several alternatives and solve a given linear programming problem using suitable method

CO2: obtain solution for a special type linear programming problem namely transportation, assignment

& travelling salesman problem and infer their practical relevance

CO3: analyze the characteristics of non-linearity in optimization and solve certain NLPP using searching

and iterative techniques

CO4: state the importance of queuing system and solve the problems of Poisson queuing models of

different types



U14OE701B MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM

Class:B. Tech VII-Semester Branch:Common to CE, ME, CSE

Teaching Scheme : Examination Scheme : L T P C 4 - - 4


This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on

LO1: essentials and strategies of managing information systems LO2: information technology impacts on society and decision making LO3: information system applications in manufacturing and service sectors LO4: information systems in enterprise and supply chain management

UNIT-I (12)

Management information systems: Concepts, Role of the management information system, Impact of the management information system. E-Business enterprise: Introduction, Organization of business in an E-enterprise, E-business, E- commerce, E-communication, E-collaboration. Strategic management of business: The concept of corporate planning, Essentiality of strategic planning, Development of the business strategies, Types of strategies, Short-range planning, Tools of planning, Strategic analysis of business. Information security challenges in E-enterprises: Introduction, Security threats and vulnerability, Controlling security threat and vulnerability, Management security threat in E- business, Disaster management, MIS and security challenges.

UNIT-II (12)

Information technology impact on society: Introduction, Impact of IT on privacy, Ethics, Technical solutions for privacy protection, Intellectual property, Copyright and patents, Impact of information technology on the workplace, Information system quality and impact, Impact on quality of life. Decision making: Decision-making concepts, Decision-making process, Decision analysis by analytical modeling, Behavioral concepts in Decision-making, Organizational Decision-making, MIS and Decision-making. Information and knowledge: Information concepts, Information - a quality product, Classification of the information, Methods of data and information collection, Value of the information, General model of a human as an information processor, Knowledge, MIS for knowledge.

UNIT-III (12)

Development of MIS: Development of long range plans of the MIS, Determining the information requirement, Development and implementation of the MIS, Management of information quality in the MIS, MIS - Development process model. Applications in manufacturing sector: Introduction, Personal management, Financial management, Production management, Raw materials management, Marketing management, Corporate overview.

Applications in service sector: Introduction to service sector, Service concept, Service process cycle and analysis, Customer service design, Service management system, MIS applications in service industry.

UNIT-IV (12)

Business processing Re-engineering (BPR): Introduction, Business process, Process model of the organization, Value stream model of the organization, What delays the business process, Relevance of information technology, MIS and BPR. Decision support system and Knowledge management: Decision support systems (DSS) concepts and philosophy, DSS application in E-enterprise, Knowledge management, Knowledge management systems, Knowledge based expert system. Enterprise management systems: Enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems, ERP model and modules, Benefits of the ERP, ERP product evaluation, ERP implementation, Supply chain management (SCM), Information management in SCM.

Text Books:

1. Waman S Jawadekar, “Management Information Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, Third Edition, ISBN 0-07-061634-5, 2007.

Reference Books:

1. Ken Laudon, Jane Laudon, Rajnish Dass, “Management information system”, Pearson, Eleventh Edition, ISBN 978-81-317-3064-5, 2010.

2. Robert Schultheis, Mary Sumner, “Management Information Systems – The Manager‟s

View”, Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN: 0 – 07 – 463879 – 3, 2003. 3. Robert G.Murdick, Joel E.Ross, James R.Clagget, “Information Systems for Modern

Management”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India, ISBN: 81 – 203 – 0397 – 0, 2002. 4. Gordon B.Davis, Margrethe H.Olson, “Management Information Systems”, Second

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN: 0 – 07 – 040267 – 1, 2000.

Course Learning Outcomes(COs): After completion of this course, students will be able to

CO1: describe concepts of managing information systems in e-business enterprises CO2: evaluate privacy, security and quality of information management and decision making systems CO3: analyze systems for managing information in manufacturing and service sector CO4: asses effective of information systems which can be adopted in enterprise and supply chain

management



U14OE 701C ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT

Class: B. Tech. VII Semester Branch: CE, ME and CSE


4 - - 4



LO1: various characteristics of entrepreneur and his role in development of the nation LO2: market survey and demand survey LO3: functions of various managements/managers in industry LO4: legal issues in entrepreneurship and intellectual property rights

UNIT –I (12)

Entrepreneurship: Definition, Significance of entrepreneurship, Role of entrepreneurship in development of nation, Characteristics of an entrepreneur, Motivation theories, Role of women entrepreneurship, Types of business organizations, Agencies dealing with entrepreneurship and small scale Industries; Case studies of successful entrepreneurs-Identification of business opportunity.

UNIT-II (12)

Business opportunity: Definition, selection, opportunities in various branches of engineering, Sources of new ideas and screening of ideas Planning and Launching of an entrepreneurial activity: Market survey and demand survey. Feasibility studies: Technical feasibility, financial viability and social acceptability. Break even analysis: Graphical and analytical methods, Preparation of preliminary and bankable project reports, Factors influencing site selection.

UNIT-III (12)

Project Planning: Product planning and development process, Definition of a project, Sequential steps in executing the project. Plant layout: Principles, types and factors influencing layouts. Material Management: Purchase procedures, procurement of material. Fundamentals of Production Management: Production Planning and Control (PPC)-Concepts and Functions, Long & short run problems. Marketing Management: Definition, Functions and market segmentation. Financial Management: Objectives & Functions; Sources of finance-internal and external.

UNIT-IV (12)

Human Resource Management: Introduction, Importance, Selection, Recruitment, Training, Placement, Development, Performance appraisal systems. Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship: Mechanisms for resolving conflicts; Industrial laws- Indian Factories Act, Workmen Compensation Act; Intellectual Property Rights.

Text Books: 1. Robert D.Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, “Entrepreneurship”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 5th Edition

2002. 2. David H. Holt, “Entrepreneurship New venture creation” Prentice Hall of India.2004.

Reference Books 1. Handbook for “New Entrepreneurs”, Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India,

Ahmadabad. 2. T.R. Banga, “Project Planning and Entrepreneurship Development”, CBS Publishers, New

Delhi,1984. 3. Personnel efficiency in Entrepreneurship Development-“A Practical Guide to Industrial

Entrepreneurs”, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.


Upon completion of this course, students will be able to….

CO1: describe characteristics of entrepreneur and his role in development of the nation CO2: apply market survey and demand survey methods to real time situations CO3: explain the functions of production, marketing and financial managements CO4: identify the legal issues in entrepreneurship and explain intellectual property rights



U14OE701D FOREX & FOREIGN TRADE

Class: B.Tech. VII semester Branch: CE, ME and CSE


L T P C

4 - - 4

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES (LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on…

LO1: business, business system and its objectives LO2: fundamentals of foreign trade, procedure and documents required in all the clearances of foreign trade LO3: foreign exchange market, exchange rate and its determination under various monetary systems LO4: exchange control objectives, features and methods of exchange control

UNIT-I (12) Business: Nature and scope, Classification of business activities, Functions of commerce & trade. Business System: Characteristics and components of business system. Objectives of Business: Concept, Significance and classification of objectives, Objections against profit maximization.

UNIT-II (12) Foreign Trade: Introduction of international trade, Basic of external trade, special problems of foreign trade, stages in import procedure, stages in export procedure-bill of lading, mate‟s

receipt, certificate of origin. Corporations assisting foreign trade: state trading corporation of India, export credit and guarantee corporation, minerals and metals trading corporation of India.

UNIT-III (12)

Foreign Exchange: meaning and importance of exchange rate, methods of foreign payments, the demand and supply of foreign exchange, the equilibrium rate of foreign exchange, functions of foreign exchange market, determination of foreign exchange rate under different monetary systems, mint policy theory, balance of payment theory.

UNIT-IV (12)

Objectives of Exchange Control: characteristics, advantages and disadvantages of exchange control, methods of exchange controls-intervention, exchange restriction, multiple exchange rates, exchange clearing agreements, method of operation, exchange clearing agreements in practice, payments agreements, transfer moratoria; indirect methods.

Text books: 1. C.B. Guptha, “Business Organization & Management” Sultan & Sons Publishers, New Delhi 14/e, 2012.

2. M.L. Seth, “Macro Economics “ Lakshmi Narayan Agarwal, Publishers, New Delhi , 22/e 2014.

3. M.C. Vaish, Ratan Prakashan Mandir, “Monetary Theory “Vikas Publications, New Delhi 16/e, 2014.

Reference Books: 1. Y.K.Bhushan, “Business Organization and Modern Management” Sultan & Sons Publishers, New Delhi.

15/e, 2014.

2. S.A. Sherlekhar “Business Organization and Management”, Himalaya Publishing House, 2000.

3. K.P.M. Sundaram, “Money Banking, Trade & Finance “, Sultan & Sons Publishers, New Delhi.

4. P.N.Chopra, “Macro Economics”, Kalyani Pubnlishers, 1/e, Ludhiana

COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (COs): After completion of this course, students will be able to CO1: describe business, business system and classify the business objectives CO2: outline the foreign trade procedure and explain the special problems involved in foreign trade CO3: describe the foreign exchange market, determine exchange rate and explain theories of exchange rate determination CO4: state objectives and illustrate methods of exchange control



U14CE702 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING AND HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

Class: B.Tech. VII-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


3 1 - 4



LO1: methods of irrigation and channel design LO2: weirs, canal falls, and regulation works on permeable foundations LO3: cross-drainage works and components of hydropower plant LO4: hydraulic structures

UNIT-I (9+3)

Methods of Irrigation: Necessity and scope of Irrigation - Types of Irrigation, Methods of applying water to crops, Soil-water-plant relationship, Soil moisture, Field capacity, Permanent wilting point, Function of Irrigation water, Duty, Delta, Irrigation frequency, Water requirements of crops, Irrigation efficiencies, Benefits and Ill effects of irrigation, Crop rotation. Canal Irrigation: Classification of canals, Canal alignment, Channel design based on Kennedy‟s

theory & Lacy‟s regime theory, Channel cross-section in cutting and filling, Balancing depth, Necessity of canal lining, Types of lining, Canal outlets, Causes, Effects and remedial measures of water logging.

UNIT-II (9+3)

Diversion Head works: Components, layout of diversion head work, Weirs and barrages, Types of weirs, Bligh‟s creep theory, Lane‟s theory and Khosla‟s theory on design of weirs on

permeable foundations, Divide wall, Fish ladder, Under sluice, Silt ejectors and Silt excluders,

Upstream and downstream protection measures. Canal fall and Head regulators: Canal fall, Necessity, Location and types of falls, Cistern design, Design principles of slopping glacis fall. Head regulators and cross regulators, Design principles of head regulator and Cross regulator.

UNIT-III (9+3)

Cross - drainage works: Necessity, Types of cross-drainage works and selection, Design principles of Aqueduct and Siphon aqueduct, Bank connections, Bed and bank protection. River meandering and its causes, River training works, Groynes and Guide banks. Hydropower Engineering: Introduction – Source of energy, Power potential studies, Flow duration and Power duration curves, Load curves, Load factor, Utilization and capacity factor - Classification of hydropower plants, General layout and components, Penstock and Water hammer effect. Power house general layout and its classifications based on location.

UNIT-IV (9+3)

Design of Weir and Fall structure: Vertical drop weir – Hydraulic calculations for fixing various elevations, Design of weir wall, Design of impervious aprons, Design of inverted filter and d/s talus. Fall with Baffle wall - Baffle platform, baffle wall, Cistern, upstream wings, Downstream wings, Downstream wings, Downstream glacis.

Design of Regulator and Aqueduct: Head regulator – Crest levels, Conditions of flow for design, Cistern level, Length of downstream floor, Cut-offs, total floor length, Uplift pressures and floor thickness, Protection works. Siphon Aqueduct. – Design of drainage waterway, Design of canal waterway, Design of bed levels, Design of transitions, Design of trough, and Uplift on bottom floor of barrel.

Text books:

1. B. C. Punmia, “Irrigation and Water Power Engineering”, Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 16th

edn., 2009. 2. S. K. Garg, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers, New

Delhi, 30th edn., 2013.

References:

1. G. L. Asawa, “Irrigation Engineering”, New Age Publications, New Delhi, 4th edn., 1994. 2. K. R. Arora, “Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering”, Standard Publications,

New Delhi, 4th edn., 2002. 3. R. S. Varshney, et. al., “Theory and Design of Irrigation of Structures – Volume I and II, Nem

Chand Bros, Roorkee, 4th edn., 1982.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): Upon completion of this course, students will be able to…

CO1: distinguish methods of irrigation and design channel CO2: design weirs, canal falls, and regulation works on permeable foundations CO3: design cross-drainage works and identify components of hydropower plant CO4: design hydraulic structures


U14CE703 ESTIMATION AND VALUATION

Class: B.Tech. VII -Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


L T P C 1 3 - 4


LO1: measurements and Estimation of various elements in Civil Engineering works LO2: detailed Estimate for a given building and preparing a tender document LO3: performing rate analysis and preparing valuation report for a residential building LO4: types of contract and estimating Civil Engineering works

UNIT-I (3+9)

Elements of Quantity Surveying: Scope of Civil Engineering works- Standard terminology used in quantity Surveying- Standard method of measurement. Measurements: General, Units of measurements, Requirements of estimation, Advantages, Estimation of Isolated and Step foundations. Importance and maintenance of M-Book, Measurement of earth work, Brick Masonry work, Concrete Work, Prestressed concrete work, Steel work and Timber work.

UNIT-II (3+9)

Estimate of Buildings: Different types of estimates- Methods of estimation - Centre line method and individual wall method-Calculation of quantities of brick work, RCC, PCC, Plastering, White washing and Painting, Estimate of wood works for doors and frames. Preparation of detailed and abstract estimate for framed structures –RCC work, Steel work including bar bending schedule. Tenders: Types of tender, Tender notice, Earnest money, Security deposit, Liquidated Damages, Arbitration, Escalation, Costing and preparation of tender document.

UNIT-III (3+9)

Specification and Rate analysis: Objective of specifications, General and detailed specifications for various items of work – Earth work excavation, Lime mortar, Cement concrete, damp proof course, Form work, Brick and stone masonry, Flooring, Painting and wood work, Purpose and requirements of schedule of rates, Procedure of rate analysis, Obtaining rate for different works namely cement works, DPC, Stone masonry, Brick masonry, Plastering, Flooring, and Painting. Valuation: Objective of valuation - Definition of various terms such as market value, Book value, Assessed value, Mortgage value, Replacement value, Capital cost, Cost escalation, Sinking fund and Depreciation methods, Fixation of rent, Preparation of valuation report for residential building.

UNIT-IV (3+9) Contracts: General requirements of contract, Types of contract, Conditions, Termination of contract, Departmental procedures for execution of works. Estimate of other civil works: Preparation of detailed and abstract estimate for Septic tank with soak pit, Slab culvert and Road project.

Text Books:

1. B. N. Dutta, “Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering”, UBS Publishers, New Delhi, 27th

edn., 2014. 2. M. Chakraborty, “Estimating, Costing, Specification and Valuation in Civil Engineering”

(English) 24th edn., 2010.

Reference Books:

1. D. D. Kohli and R. C. Kohli, “A Text Book of Estimating and Costing (Civil)”, S. Chand and

Company Ltd., 2004.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): At the end of the course, the students will be able to:

CO1: discuss types of measurements pertaining Civil Engineering works CO2: prepare detailed estimate and tender document for building CO3: prepare valuation report for a residential building CO4: prepare detailed contract document and estimate for Civil Engineering works



U14CE704A ELEMENTS OF STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS

Class: B.Tech. VII -Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


4 - - 4


LO1: basic of theory of vibration related to dynamic motion LO2: single and multi degree of freedom system LO3: vibration analysis and various cases of continuous systems LO4: basics of earthquake engineering

UNIT – I (12)

Theory of Vibrations: Introduction, Elements of vibratory system, Degrees of Freedom, Oscillatory motion, Simple Harmonic motion, Vectorial representation of simple harmonic motion, Free vibrations of single degree of freedom system, Undamped and damped vibrations, Critical damping, Logarithmic decrement, Forced vibration of single degree of freedom systems, Harmonic excitation, Dynamic magnification factor. Fundamentals of Structural Dynamics: Objectives of dynamic analysis, Types of prescribed

loading, Methods of discretization, Formulation of equations of motion by different methods, Direct equilibration using Newton‟s law of motion / D‟Alembert‟s principle, Principle of virtual

work and Hamilton principle.

UNIT – II (12)

Single Degree of Freedom Systems: Formulation and solution of the equation of motion, Free vibration response, Response to Harmonic, Periodic, Impulsive and general dynamic loadings, Duhamel integral. Multi Degree of Freedom Systems: Selection of the degrees of Freedom, Evaluation of structural property matrices, Formulation of the MDOF equations of motion, Undamped free vibrations, Solutions of Eigen value problem for natural frequencies and mode shapes, Analysis of Dynamic response, Normal co-ordinates, Uncoupled equations of motion, Orthogonal properties of normal modes.

UNIT – III (12)

Vibration Analysis single degree of freedom systems: Introduction, Stodola method, Fundamental mode analysis. Vibration Analysis of Multi degree of freedom systems: Vibration of Two and Multi degree of freedom systems, Concept of Normal Mode, Free Vibration Problems and Determination of Natural Frequencies, Forced Vibration Analysis, Vibration Absorbers, Approximate Methods, Dunkerley's Method and Holzer Method.

UNIT – IV (12) Application of I.S. Code method: I. S. Code methods of analysis, introduction to seismic coefficient method. Continuous Systems: Introduction, Flexural vibrations of beams, Elementary case, Derivation of governing differential equation of motion, Analysis of undamped free vibrations of beams in flexure, Natural frequencies and mode shapes of simple beams with different end conditions.

Text Books:

10. Mario Paz, “Structural Dynamics” C. B. S Publishers, New Delhi, 3rd edn., 2009.

Reference Books: 1. Clough and Penzien, “Dynamics of Structures”, McGraw Hill, Newyork3rd edn., 2. K. Anil Chopra, “Dynamics of Structures”, Pearson Education (Singapore), Delhi. 3. I.S: 1893 - 2002, “Code of practice for Earthquake resistant design of Structures”.


CO1: apply the theory of vibrations to structural dynamics CO2: evaluate the response for single and multi degree of freedom system CO3: apply the vibration analysis for beams CO4: describe various methods of earthquake analysis



U14CE704B BRIDGE ENGINEERING



4 - - 4


LO1: basics of bridges and design loads LO2: analyze and design deck slab and T-beam bridge LO3: plate girder and truss bridge LO4: design of bridge bearings, piers and abutments

UNIT – I (12)

Fundamentals of Bridges: Importance of bridges, Classification of bridges, Components, economic spans, Factors effecting types of bridge-natural and economic considerations, Linear water ways and Afflux. Design loads: IRC standard loading, Impact factors, Wind loading, Seismic forces, Longitudinal forces, Centrifugal forces, Buoyancy forces, Thermal forces, Erection stresses, Temperature effects, Standards for railway loading

UNIT – II (12)

Deck Slab Bridge: Design of Reinforced Cement Concrete deck Slab Bridge, Analysis and design of Slab culvert as per IRC loading, Analysis and Design of Box Culvert. T- Beam Bridges: General features, Introduction to Westergaard‟s analysis, Design of interior panel slab,

Courbon‟s method of analysis for design of longitudinal and cross girders.

UNIT – III (12)

Plate Girder Bridge: Components of plate Girder Bridge, Design of plate girder bridge for railway loading. Steel Truss Bridge: Types of Trusses, General and design features, Design of steel truss bridge

as per IRC loading.

UNIT – IV (12)

Bridge Bearings: Types of bearing, forces on bearing, Design of elastomeric bearings, Types of expansion joints. Pier and Abutments: Types of piers and abutments, Forces acting, Stability analysis and design.

Text Books: 1. N. Krishna Raju, “Design of Bridges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd., 3rd

edn., 2007. 2. T. R. Jagadeesh and M. A. Jayaram “Design of Bridge Structures”, PHI Learning Pvt., Ltd,

New Delhi, 2nd edn., 2009.

Reference Books:

1. D. J. Victor, “Essentials of Bridge Engineering, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd.

2. B. C. Punmia, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Volume-II, Laxmi Publishers, New Delhi.

3. Ram Chandra, “Design of Steel Structures”, Volume-II, Standard book house, 10th edn., 2007, New Delhi.

4. IRC 5, 6 and 7, “Code of Practice for Design of Bridges”, Indian Road Congress, New Delhi. 5. IS: 800-1984: “Code of practice for steel construction”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New

Delhi. 6. IS: 456-2000: “Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete”, Bureau of Indian

Standards, New Delhi.


CO1: classify bridges and loads acting on them CO2: design Deck slab and T-beam bridges CO3: design plate girder bridge and steel truss bridge CO4: design bridge bearings, piers and abutments



U14CE704C REMOTE SENSING AND GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS



L T P C

4 - - 4


LO1: basic concepts of remote sensing, aerial photography and photogrammetry LO2: basic Principles of Remote Sensing and Techniques LO3: various types of remote sensing and image interpretation LO4: components of GIS and its representation, scale of level of measurement

UNIT – I (12)

Fundamentals of Photogrammetry: Introduction to Aerial photography, Purpose of photography, Scale of photography, Types of aerial photography, Time and Season of photography. Basic Geometric characteristics of Aerial photographs resolution of Aerial photos, Tilt and relief displacement. Aerial Photography and Photogrammetry: Introduction, Terrestrial and Aerial photographs, Vertical and Oblique photographs, Height determination contouring, Photographic Interpretations, Stereoscopy, Parallax bar, Flight Planning- Photo Interpretation.

UNIT – II (12)

Fundamentals of Remote Sensing: Process of remote sensing, Characteristics, Measurement and Interaction of Electromagnetic radiation (EMR) with earth surface, Image, Pixel and Swath. Remote sensing satellite, Orbits, Sensors and Resolution. Image restoration and Image enhancement. Remote Sensing Technique: Physics of Remote Sensing, Energy Interactions with Earth Surface, Features of Vegetation, Water and Soil, Energy Interactions with Atmosphere.

UNIT – III (12)

Image Interpretation: Introduction- Active, Passive, Optical Remote sensing, visible, infrared, thermal, sensors and characters. Concept of Microwave remote sensing, SLAR, SAR Scattrometers- Altimeter, Characteristics, Image interpretation characters. Multi Band Images: Advantages of multi date and multi band images, Digital image processing concepts, Pre-processing, Image enhancement and Classification fundamentals.

UNIT – IV (12)

Introduction to GIS: Introduction, Concepts , Information system , Components of GIS, Geospatial data architecture, Geographic co ordinate systems, Map projections, Input data for GIS, level and Scale of measurement, Importance of data quality.

GIS data processing: GIS data types, Data Representation, Data sources, Typical GIS data sets, Data Acquisition.

Text Books: 1. M. Anji Reddy, “Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information systems”, BS

Publications, Hyderabad, ISBN: 81-7800-112-8, 2011.

2. A. M. Chandra and S. K. Gosh. “Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System”,

Narosa Publishing Home”, New Delhi, 2009

Reference Books: 1. Kang-tsung Chang, “Introduction to Geographical Information System”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th

edn., 2008. 2. A. Paul Longley, F. Micheal Goodchild, J. David Magaine and W. David Rhind,

“Geographical Information System” Volume I and II, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1999.


CO1: explain the Basic Principles of Remote Sensing and Techniques CO2: describe the remote sensing and interpretation technique CO3: describe the various types of remote sensing and image interpretation CO4: illustrate the components of GIS and its representation, sources of data and data acquisition



U14CE705A ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN



4 - - 4


LO1: design of doglegged staircase and grid slab LO2: behavior of retaining walls LO3: the behavior of water retaining structures LO4: the design of different types of foundations

UNIT – I (12)

Design of dog legged staircase: Introduction, Types of staircases, Loads on stair case slabs, Design of dog legged staircase. Grid Slabs: Introduction, Proportioning of grids dimensions, Design of grid slabs.

UNIT – II (12)

Cantilever Retaining wall: Introduction, Types of reinforced walls, Theories of earth pressure, Rankine‟s earth pressure theory, Columb‟s earth pressure theory, Design of cantilever retaining wall. Counter fort Retaining wall: Behavior of counter fort retaining wall, Design of counter fort retaining wall.

UNIT – III (12)

Rectangular Water Tank: Introduction, Design requirements as per IS 3370 – 1965, Earth pressure on tank walls, Uplift pressure on the floor of the tank, Design principles of underground rectangular water tank. Circular Water Tank: Joints in water tanks, Circular water tank with rigid joint between floor and wall, Wall with hinged base and free top, Wall monolithic with elastic base and hinged at top.

UNIT – IV (12)

Intz Tank: Introduction, Elements of Intz tank, Design of top dome, Design of top ring beam, Design of bottom dome, Design of bottom ring beam and Design of conical bottom.

Foundations: Design of raft foundation, Design of strip footings, Effective length of pile, Reinforcement in piles, Under-reamed piles, Pile cap, Grade beams, Design of pile foundation.

Text Books: 1.B. C. Punmia, “Reinforced Concrete Structures, Volume I, II, III and IV”, Laxmi Publishing

Company, New Delhi, 7th edn., 2008.

Reference Books: 1. N. Subramanian, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, Oxford Higher Education,

New Delhi, 2nd edn., 2014. 2. P. C. Varghese,”Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, PHI Publications, 2nd edn. 3. S. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdas Menon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi. 4. IS 456, “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete”, Bureau of Indian standards,

New Delhi, 2000. 5. IS 875 (part 1-5), “Code of Practice for Design Loads”, Bureau of Indian standards, New

Delhi, 1987. 6. IS 3370, “Code for Water Tanks (Parts I, II, III and IV)”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New

Delhi, 1965.


CO1: design and detail doglegged staircase and grid slab CO2: design and detail different types of earth retaining walls CO3: design and detail different types of water retaining structures CO4: design and detail different types of different types of foundations



U14CE705B AIRPORT ENGINEERING



4 - - 4


LO1: identifying and interpreting the process related to airport planning and also related surveys LO2: zoning laws, approach zone and runway length LO3: factors controlling taxiways and design of airfield pavement LO4: failure criterion of airfield pavements

UNIT – I (12) Air transportation: Structure and organization of air transport, Directorate of civil aviation, National and International airports authority, Airports Authority of India, International Civil Aviation Organization. Airport characteristics and airport planning: Relation between aircrafts and airports, Requirements of aircraft types, Field length regulations, Weight components, Aero plane component parts, Classification of flying activity, Relation of aircraft to landing facility, Airport master plan, Regional planning, Site selection, Surveys.

UNIT – II (12)

Runway design: Zoning laws, Classification of obstructions and approach zone, Runway orientation, Basic runway length, Correction for elevation, Temperature and gradient, Runway geometric design. Airport layout: Airport, Runway, gate and taxiway capacities, Airport and Runway configuration, Intersection design, Terminal and building area, Parking, Apron, Hanger

UNIT – III (12) Taxiway design: Factors controlling taxiway layout, Geometric design standards for taxiway, Exit taxiways. Structural design of airport pavements: Introduction, design factors, Design methods for flexible and rigid pavements, Load Classification Number system.

UNIT – IV (12)

Maintenance of airfield pavements: Need for maintenance, Airfield pavement failures, failures in flexible pavements, failure in rigid pavements.

Air Traffic Control: Need of air traffic control, air traffic control network, navigational aids, enroute aids, landing aids.

Text Books: 11. S. K. Khanna, M. G. Arora and S. S. Jain, “Airport Planning and Design”, Nem Chand and

Bros, 6th edn., 2014 12. G. Venkatapparao,”Airport Engineering”, Tata McGraw hill, 2nd edn., 1992.

Reference Books:

20. Norman Ashford, Paul H. Wright., “Airport Engineering”, 3rd edn., Wiley Publications, 2014.

21. Rangwala, “Airport Engineering”, Charotar Publishers, 14th edn., 2014. 22. C. Subhash Saxena, “Airport Engineering and planning”, CBS Publishers, 1st edn., 2014.


CO1: analyze the planning process required for airport CO2: compute runway length, its orientation and plan airport layout CO3: design taxiway and air field pavements CO4: explain airfield pavement failures and air traffic contro



U14CE705C DESIGN OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS



4 - - 4


LO1: air quality and prediction of concentration of air pollutants LO2: methods adopted for separation of pollutants from air LO3: self purification of streams and advanced wastewater treatment LO4: effluent treatment and Noise pollution

UNIT – I (12) Air Pollution: Introduction, Sources and Classification of air pollutants, Effects of air pollution, Global effects, Air quality and Emission standards, Sampling of pollutants in ambient air, Stack sampling. Meteorology: Factors influencing air pollution, Wind rose, Mixing depths, Lapse rates and Dispersion, Atmospheric stability, Plume rise and dispersion, Prediction of air quality- Box model, Gaussian model, Dispersion coefficient, Height of chimney.

UNIT – II (12)

Control of Particulate Pollutants: Properties of particulate pollutants, Particle size distribution, Control mechanism of settling chambers, Cyclones, Wet dust scrubbers, Fabric filters and Electro static precipitators. Control of Gaseous Pollutants: General Process and Equipment for the removal by chemical methods, Operation of absorption, Adsorption, Combustion and condensation equipment.

UNIT – III (12)

Stream Sanitation: Introduction, Characteristics of the treatment plant effluents, Self purification in a stream, Zones of pollution in the stream, Oxygen sag analysis, Mathematical analysis using Streeter Phelps equation. Advanced Biological Wastewater Treatment: Introduction, Nitrogen removal by biological nitrification and de-nitrification, Phosphate removal, Sequential batch reactors, Upflow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor.

UNIT – IV (12) Industrial Effluent Treatment: Characteristics of industrial effluent, Methods of treatment adopted for sugarcane, Distillery, textile and Dairy industry. Noise Pollution: Definition, Characteristics of sound, Effects, measurement, Control of noise pollution.

Text Books: 1.M. N. Rao and H. V. N. Rao, “Air Pollution”, Tata – McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., 1st edn., 2014. 2.P. N. Modi,”Sewage Treatment and Disposal – Environmental Engineering-II”, Standard Book

House., New Delhi, 4th edn., 2013.

Reference Books: 1..S. Howard Peavy, R. Donald Rower and George Tchobanoglous, “Environmental Engineering”,

Mc Graw-Hill International Edition, 1st edn., 2014. 2..G. S. Birdie, J. S. Birdie, “Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 1st

edn, 2013. 3..Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering – Treatment and Reuse”, McGraw Hill Education

(India) Pvt. Ltd., 4th edn., 2002.


CO1: asses air quality and calculate pollutant concentration CO2: summarize the equipment and methods required for removal of pollutants CO3: model stream water quality and describe advanced methods of wastewater treatment CO4: describe effluent treatment methods and noise pollution control measures



U14CE706 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY



- - 3 2


LO1: physical analysis of water sample LO2: chemical analysis of water sample

LO3: optimum coagulant dosage for effective sedimentation

LO4: determination of dissolved oxygen of water sample

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Acidity of water sample 2. Determination of Alkalinity and pH of water sample 3. Determination of Total Solids, Total dissolved solids and Suspended solids of water

sample 4. Determination of Conductivity of water sample 5. Determination of Temporary and Permanent Hardness of water sample 6. Determination of Optimum Coagulant dosage of water sample using Jar test 7. Determination of Break-point Chlorination 8. Determination of Chloride content of water sample 9. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen of water sample 10. Determination of Biological Oxygen Demand of water sample 11. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand of water sample 12. Introduction to Bacteriological Analysis – MPN Test

Laboratory Manual: 1. “Environmental Engineering Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Civil Engineering.

Reference books: 9. B. Kotaiah and Dr. N. Kumara Swamy, “Environmental Engineering Laboratory Manual”,

Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 1st edn., 2007. 10. P. N. Modi, “Water supply Engineering- Environmental Engineering –I”, Standard Book House.,

New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013. 11. P. N. Modi,”Sewage Treatment and Disposal – Environmental Engineering-II”, Standard Book

House, New Delhi, 5th edn., 2013.


After completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to CO1: characterize the quality of water for suspended matter by physical tests. CO2: evaluate the quality of water for hardness, chlorides using chemical analysis. CO3: measure Dissolved Oxygen concentration to assess the quality of water. CO4: measure the concentration of degradable organic matter.


End Semester Exam 60 marks

U14CE707 CIVIL ENGINEERING DETAILING LABORATORY



- - 3 2


LO1: detailing Beams LO2: detailing Slabs LO3: detailing Columns LO4: detailing Footings

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Preparation of working drawings using AUTO CAD for the following structural elements as per SP-34, the elements are to be designed prior to preparation of drawings. 1. Detailing of R.C.C beams 2. Detailing of R.C.C One Way and Two Way Slabs 3. Detailing of R.C.C Simply Supported Slab 4. Detailing of R.C.C Continuous Slab 5. Detailing of Tied Columns and Spirally Reinforced Columns 6. Detailing of R.C.C Combined Footings 7. Detailing of R.C.C Isolated Footings 8. Detailing of R.C.C Rectangular Footings 9. Detailing of R.C.C Trapezoidal Footings 10. Detailing of Beam Column steel joints 11. Detailing of RCC Water tank 12. Detailing of RCC Retaining wall 13. Detailing of steel braced column 14. Detailing of grillage foundation Laboratory Manual: 1. “Civil Engineering Detailing Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Civil Engineering.

References: 1. “Hand book on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing-SP 34-1987”, Bureau of Indian Standards-

New Delhi. 2. B. C. Punmia, A. K. Jain. “R.C.C Designs”, Laxmi publishers, New Delhi, 2013. 3. Arya and Ajmani,”Design of steel structures “Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee, U.P 1992.


CO1: prepare working drawings for Beams CO2: prepare working drawings for Slabs CO3: prepare working drawings for Columns CO4: prepare working drawings for Footing

Continuous Internal Evaluation 100 marks End Semester Examination -

U14CE708 MAJOR PROJECT WORK PHASE-I



L T P C

- - 7 4


LO1: problem based & project based learning LO2: major project design in one of the selected areas of specialization with substantial

multi-disciplinary component LO3: analytical and research skills LO4: team work, leadership and interpersonal skills

Student has to take up Major project on innovative ideas, innovative solutions to common problems using their knowledge relevant to courses offered in their program of study, which would supplement and complement the program assigned to each student.

The major project work is a practical, in-depth study of a selected problem and showing an implementable solution the problem

Major project work enables the student to synthesize and integrate knowledge, connect theory and practice as well as demonstrate holistic achievement of program learning outcomes

Guidelines:

1. The HoD shall constitute a Department Project Evaluation Committee (DPEC) 2. Major project work shall be normally conducted in two stages: Major project work Phase-

I in seventh semester and Major project work Phase-II in eighth semester 3. There shall be only continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) for Major project Phase-I 4. CIE for the Major project Phase-I in seventh semester is as follows:


Project Supervisor Assessment 50%

DPEC Assessment: Registration, Presentation, Progress presentation-I, Report submission, oral (PPT) presentation & viva-voce

50%


DPEC shall decide the course of action on the students, who fail to complete the Major project Phase-I, submission of preliminary report and oral (PPT) presentation.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1: demonstrate creativity in the design of components, systems or processes of their program of study CO2: design an innovative product by applying current knowledge and adopt to emerging applications of

engineering & technology CO2: work cooperatively with others to achieve shared goal by motivating team-mates with a clear sense of

direction, values and ethics CO4: write concisely & convey meaning in a manner appropriate to different readers and verbally express ideas

easily understood by others who are unfamiliar with the topic

U14CE803A Finite Elements Analysis U14CE804A Earthquake Engineering U14CE803B Earth Retaining Structures U14CE804B Construction Contracts Management U14CE803C U14CE803D

Watershed Management Repair and Rehabilitation of Structures

U14CE804C U14CE804D

Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning Environmental Impact Assessment



VIII SEMESTER OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME


Sl. No

Course

Category

Course

Code

Course Name

Periods

Credits

Evaluation Scheme

L

T

P

CIE ESE

Total Marks TA MSE Total

1.

HS

U14MH801 Management Economics and

Accountancy

3

1

-

4

15

25

40

60

100

2.

PC

U14CE802 Construction Technology and Management

3

1

-

4

15

25

40

60

100

3. PE U14CE803 Professional Elective – IV 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

4. PE U14CE804 Professional Elective – V 4 0 - 4 15 25 40 60 100

5.

PC

U14CE805 Civil Engineering Software Applications Laboratory

-

0

3

2

40

-

40

60

100

6. PC U14CE806 Engineering Geology Laboratory - 0 3 2 40 - 40 60 100

7. PR U14CE807 Major Project Work: Phase - II - - 13 7 40 - 40 60 100

Total 14 2 19 27 180 100 280 420 700


Total Credits: 27

Professional Elective-IV Professional Elective-V


U14MH801 MANAGEMENT ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTANCY

Class: B.Tech. VIII semester Branch: CE, ME & CSE


3 1 - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop student‟s knowledge in/on…

LO1: the concepts of management LO2: the concepts of economics and forms of business organizations LO3: fundamentals of accountancy LO4: preparation of final accounts

UNIT-I (9+3) Management: Meaning and definition, Scope of management, Principles of management; Scientific management- Definition, Characteristics. Functions of Management: Planning-Definition, Process, Characteristics. Organizing; Definition of organization, Characteristics, Types, Principles of organization. Centralization and Decentralization; Definitions, Features, Merits and Demerits. Communication; process of communication- channels- media and barriers. Staffing: Meaning and functions of personnel management. Coordination : Definition, steps to achieve effective coordination. Controlling: Definition and process.

UNIT-II (9+3) Economics: Meaning and definition, scope; Micro and macro-Assumptions-Methods and usefulness of economics. Laws of economics-Differences with laws of physical sciences. Factors of Production: Meaning, definition and characteristics of Land-Labor-capital and entrepreneur. Division of Labor: Types, advantages and disadvantages. Forms of Business Organization: Sole Proprietor ship, Partnership firm, Types of Partners Cooperative society & Joint stock company-features-Types of Joint stock companies-Merits and demerits.

UNIT-III (9+3)

Double Entry System and Book Keeping: Accounting concepts and conventions, Overview of accounting-cycle. Journal-meaning and journalisation; Ledger- meaning, Ledger posting, Balancing; Two- column-cash book (cash and bank), Preparation of trial balance.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Preparation of Final Accounts: Trading Account, profit and loss account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments. Text Books:

1. Y.K Bhushan, Business Organization and Mamgt., Sultan Chand,2012, (Unit I)

2. K.K. Dewett, Modern Economic Theory., Pearson Ed., 2010 (Unit II).

3. T S Grewal. Introduction to Accountancy., Sultan Chand.,(Unit III & IV).

Reference Books:

1. Koontz and O‟Donnell, Management. ,Oxford Publications.,2011

2. L.M.Prasad, Principles and Practice of Management Sultan Chand.,2010

3. R.L.Gupta Principles of Accountancy., Sultan and Chand Co.,2010


After completion of this course, the students will be able to

CO 1: judge the differences between practical and theoretical management. CO 2: associate an idea of Micro, Macro Economics and Forms of Business Organisations CO 3 distinguish between Journal and Ledger. CO 4: assess the profits and losses & financial position through the Balance Sheet.



U14CE802 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

Class: B.Tech. VIII-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


3 1 - 4


LO1: pre-requisites for a project LO2: functions of construction management and network development LO3: network and cost analyses and for scheduling the project LO4: construction equipment and implementation of quality and safety measures

UNIT – I (9+3)

Fundamentals of Construction Technology: Definition, Construction activities, Processes, Workers, Estimating, Schedule, Productivity and Mechanized construction, Construction documents, Quality and Safety. Preliminary Project Planning: Site layout, Infrastructure Development-security, Office and Residence, Power, Water, Access roads, Drainage, Illumination, Storage yards, Workshop, Garage, Parking, Testing facilities, Medical care, Firefighting facilities, Communication and Fuel station facilities.

UNIT – II (9+3)

Construction Management: Stages of construction project, Construction team and their functions, Functions of construction management-planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing, Controlling and Coordinating. Project scheduling: Methods of scheduling-Bar charts/Gantt chart, Milestone charts, Network analysis, Limitations and advantages, Network and its development, Work breakdown structure.

UNIT – III (9+3)

Network Techniques: Introduction and necessity, Definition- activity, Event and network, modes of network, Network diagram by Critical Path Method (CPM) and Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT) and calculating activity and event times, Floats and Slacks. Cost Management: Direct and indirect cost of project, cost slope and crashing of activities. Introduction to resource allocation- leveling and smoothing.

UNIT – IV (9+3)

Construction Equipment: Introduction and necessity, Classification of tractor and dozer- wheel, Crawler units and their uses, Classification of excavator- front shovel and its operation. Hoisting equipment: tower crane and heavy lifting crane. Hauling equipment- Trucks, dumpers, elevators and conveyors.

Quality Control and Safety Measures: Techniques for ensuring quality of construction, Safety measures taken to avoid accidents, Location hazards and their elimination, Safety in demolition of buildings, Safety in handling and transport of materials and equipment.

Text Books:

1. B. L. Gupta, “Construction Management, machinery and accounts”, Standard publishers, 3rd edn., 2005.

2. Subhajit Saraswati, “Construction Technology”, Oxford University Press, 2008.

Reference Books:

1. L. S. Srinath, “PERT and CPM principles and applications”, East west press. 2. "CPWD 7/8: General Conditions of Contracts”, Govt of India, Central Public Works

Department, 3. S. Seetharaman, “Construction Engineering and Management”, Umesh Publications,

New Delhi, 1997. 4. S. B. Patil, "Building and Engineering Contracts" Pune.


CO1: frame the methodologies involved in various construction project CO2: describe the functions of construction management CO3: develop the network and schedule the project CO4: suggest suitable construction equipment and implement quality and safety aspects

https://www.google.co.in/search?tbo=p&tbm=bks&q=inauthor:%22Subhajit+Saraswati%22



U14CE803A FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS



4 - - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on LO1: principles of Finite Element Method LO2: properties of general elements and formulation for Isoparametric elements LO3: formulation of stiffness matrix for Trusses, Beams and Frames LO4: evaluation of stiffness matrices for Two Dimensional solids and Axi-symmetric members

UNIT – I (12)

Concepts of Finite Element Method: Introduction, Basic concepts, Need for study, Advantages, Disadvantages, Basic equations of elasticity – Plane stress, Plane strain and Axi- symmetric problems, Steps in finite element method. Finite Element Formulation: Virtual Work and Variational Principle, Galerkin Method, Finite Element Method: Displacement Approach, Stiffness Matrix and Boundary Conditions.

UNIT – II (12)

General elements: Properties - Natural Coordinates, Triangular Elements, Rectangular Elements, Lagrange and Serendipity elements. Isoparametric elements: Isoparametric Formulation, Stiffness Matrix of Isoparametric Elements, Numerical Integration: One and Two Dimensional using Gauss-Quadrature and Jacobian methods.

UNIT – III (12)

Trusses and Beams: Formulation of stiffness matrices for truss and beam members, Assembly of elements and solution techniques for static loads. Plane frames: Formulation of stiffness matrix for plane frame, Assembly of elements and solution techniques for static loads.

UNIT – IV (12)

Two Dimensional Elements: Formulation and evaluation of stiffness matrix for various 2D elements-Constant Strain Triangle, Linear Strain Triangle, Rectangular Elements. Axi-symmetric Elements: Axi-symmetric Element, Finite Element Formulation of Axi- symmetric Element.

Text Books:

1.P. Sheshu, “Finite Element Analysis”, PHI Learning Private Limited-New Delhi, 10th

edn., 2012. 2.R. Tirupati, Chandupatla and D. Ashok Belegundu , “Finite Elements Methods in

Engineering”, Pearson Education Publications, New Delhi, 2nd edn, 1997.

Reference Books: 1. O. C. Zienkiewicz, R. L. Taylor, ”The Finite Element Method”, Butterworth and

Heinemann publishers, New Delhi, 5th edn, 2000. 2. C. S. Krishna Murthy “Finite Element analysis – Theory and Programming” Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nd edn., 2001. 3. S. S. Bhavikatti,”Finite element analysis”, New Age International Publishers, 2005.

4. D. Robert Cook, S. David Malkus and E. Michael Plesha, “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis”, John Wiley and Sons, 4th edn, 2007.

5. Daryl Logan, “A first course in the finite element method”, Cengage Learning, 5th edn., 2012.


CO1: appraise importance of Finite Element Method CO2: develop Stiffness matrices for Isoparametric elements CO3: analyze Trusses, Beams and Frames by developing Stiffness matrices. CO4: develop stiffness matrices for two dimensional solids and axi-symmetric members



U14CE803B EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES



4 - - 4


LO1: design principles of earth and rock fill dams LO2: design of sheet pile walls and earth retaining walls LO3: loads on conduits LO4: design components of braced cuts and cofferdams

UNIT – I (12)

Earth Dams: Introduction, Types of earthen dams, Site selection, Methods of construction, Densities and their relations, Pore-water pressure and its significance in the design of earth dams, Dam failures- Hydraulic, Seepage and Structural failures, Design criteria of earth dams, Design for slope stability under critical conditions, Seepage control in earth dams, Design of filters, Slope protection, Advantages and disadvantages of earthen dams. Rock fill dams: Definition, Site selection, Types of rock fill dams, Construction methods, Merits and demerits of rock-fill dams.

UNIT – II (12)

Earth retaining Walls: Types of retaining walls, Design principles of retaining walls, Gravity and cantilever retaining walls, Constructional aspects of retaining walls, Expansion and contraction joints. Underground Conduits: Types of conduits- positive, Negative projecting and ditch conduits, Imperfect ditch conduit, Tunnel conduits, Loads on Conduits, Construction of conduits.

UNIT – III (12)

Shafts and Tunnels: Arching in soils, Stresses in the vicinity of vertical shafts and tunnels. Sheetpile Walls: Types of sheet piles, Use of sheet pile walls, Design of cantilever sheet pile walls in granular and cohesive soils, Design of anchored sheet pile walls by free earth method in granular and cohesive soils, Rowe‟s moment reduction theory, Design of

anchored sheet pile wall by fixed earth method, Design of anchors, Location of anchorage.

UNIT – IV (12)

Braced cuts: Introduction, Lateral earth pressure on sheeting in sand and clayey soils, Types of sheeting and bracing system, Design components of braced cuts, Safety of bottom of excavation against boiling and heave. Coffer Dams: Uses of coffer dams, Types of coffer dams, Relative merits and demerits, Design of circular cellular coffer dam by TVA method on rocks and on soil.

Text Books: 1. K. R. Arora, “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers

Distributors, Delhi. 9th edn., 2013. 2. Swami Saran, “Analysis and Design of Substructures Limit State Design”, Oxford and

IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.9th edn., 2013.

Reference Books:

1. M. Braja Das, “Principles of foundation engineering”, International Student edn.

2. Peck, Hanson and Thornborn, “Foundation Engineering”, John Wiley Publications, New York.


After completion of this course, students will be able to CO1: learn design principles of earth and rock fill dams CO2: design earth retaining walls and conduits CO3: design sheet pile walls CO4: design the components of braced cuts and cofferdams



U14CE803C WATERSHED MANAGEMENT

Class: B.Tech.VI-Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


L T P C

4 - - 4

Course Learning Objectives(LOs): This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on

LO1: concept, characteristics of watershed and soil erosion LO2: participatory rural appraisal and erosion control measures LO3: water conservation, harvesting and ground water management LO4: ecosystem and grassland management

UNIT – I (12)

Watershed Basic Concepts: Definition, Objectives and need for watershed development, Characteristics of Watershed - Size, shape, Physiographic, Slope, Climate, Drainage, Land use, Vegetation, Geology and Soils, Hydrology, Hydrogeology and Socioeconomic, Watershed management. Soil erosion: Basic processes, Factors affecting soil erosion, Land capability classification.

UNIT – II (12) Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) in Watershed Programme: Basic principles, Assumptions, Basis, Important types, Benefits, tools, Maps and Models of PRA programmes. Erosion Control Measures on Agricultural Land: Contour cultivation, Contour bunding,

Graded bunds, Bench terracing, Grassed water ways, Mechanical erosion control measures for non agricultural land, Contour trenching, Gully control measures, Vegetative control measures, Check dams, Brush dams, Semi permanent gully, Control structures.

UNIT– III (12)

Water Conservation and Harvesting: Rainwater harvesting, Catchment harvesting, Harvesting structures, Soil moisture conservation, Check dams, Artificial recharge, Farm Ponds, Percolation tanks. Groundwater Management in Watershed: Types of aquifers, vertical distribution of groundwater, Conjunctive use of surface and Use of groundwater.

UNIT - IV (12+0)

Ecosystem Management: Role of ecosystem, Crop husbandry, Soil enrichment, Inter mixed and strip-cropping, Cropping pattern, Sustainable agriculture, Bio-mass management, Dry land agriculture, Silvi pasture, Horticulture, Social forestry and Afforestation. Grassland Management: Joint forestry management Monitoring and evolution of watershed, Planning of watershed management activities, Preparation of Action plan, Administrative requirements.

Text Books: 1.J. V. S. Murthy “Watershed Management”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi,

2nd edn., 1998. 2. V. V. N. Murthy, “Land and Water Management”, Kalyani Publications, 6th edn., 2011.

References: 1. R. Awurbs and W. P. James, “Water Resource Engineering”, Prentice Hall Publishers, 1st

edn., 2001. 2. Rajesh Rajora, “Integrated watershed management”, Rawat publications, 2nd edn., 1998. 3. D. K. Majumdar, “Irrigation and Water Management”, Printice Hall of India, 2nd edn., 2005.

Course Learning Outcomes(Cos):

After completion of this course, students will be able to…

CO1: explain concept, characteristics of watershed and evaluate soil erosion. CO2: describe participatory rural appraisal and apply erosion control measures CO3: apply water conservation, harvesting and ground water management CO4: apply ecosystem and grassland management



U14CE803D REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

Class: B.Tech.VIII-Semester Branch:Civil Engineering


4 - - 4


LO1: damage assessment and causes of distress LO2: non-destructive evaluation tests LO3: essential parameters for repair materials and various repair materials LO4: various repair methods and repair strategies

UNIT – I (12)

Overview:Maintenance, Repair and Rehabilitation, importance of Maintenance, Various aspects of Inspection. Damage assessment:Site survey, Cracking, Disintegration and spalling, Scaling, Dusting,Distortion, Erosion, Seepage, Crack survey, Joint inspections, Physical and chemical analysis, NDT testing, Causes of deterioration- Accidental loading, Chemical reactions, Corrosion, Freezing and thawing, Settlement and movement, Shrinkage, Temperature changes.

UNIT – II (12)

Condition Survey:Definition, Objective, Stages, Consideration for Repair Strategy. Non-destructive Evaluation Tests:Concrete Strength Assessment - Rebound Hammer Test, Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity (UPV) and Core Sampling and Testing, Chemical Tests - Carbonation Test and Chloride Content, Corrosion Potential Assessment - Cover meter survey, Fire Damage Assessment - Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) and X-ray Diffraction (Xrd), Soundness Assessment – Radiography, Impact-echo test, Dynamic Testing of Structures.

UNIT – III (12)

Essential Parameters for Repair Materials:Low Shrinkage, requisite setting/hardening properties, workability, Bond with the Substrate, Compatible Coefficient of thermal Expansion, Compatible Mechanical Properties & Strength, Minimal or no curing Requirement, Alkalinity, Low air & water permeability, Aesthetics, Cost, Durability, Non- Hazardous/Non-Polluting. Materials for Repair:Premixed cement concrete/mortars, Polymer Modified Mortars and Concrete (PMM/PMC), Epoxies and Epoxy Systems including Epoxy Mortars/Concretes, Polyester Resins, Surface Coatings.

UNIT – IV (12)

Repair Methods: Repairs using Mortars, Shotcrete, Concrete Replacement, Epoxy Bonded Concrete, Silica Fume Concrete, Polymer Concrete System, Resin modified Cement Slurry injection, Protective Seal Coats, Ferro-cement, Plate bonding, RCC Jacketing, Propping and Supporting, Fibre Wrap Technique, Foundation Rehabilitation Methods.

Repair and Rehabilitation Strategies:Stress Reduction, Repair/Strengthening Columns, Beams and slabs, Compressive Strength of Concrete, Cracks/Joints, Masonry Protection, Foundation Base Isolation

Text Books:

13. R. N. Raikar, “Diagnosis and treatment of structures in distress”, R and D Centre of Structural Designers and Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai, 1994.

14. M. L .Gambhir, “Concrete Technology”, 5th edn., Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.

Reference Books:

6. “Handbook on Repair and Rehabilitation of R.C.C Buildings”, Central Public Works Department (CPWD), Government of India, New Delhi, 2002.

7. M. S. Shetty, “Concrete Technology – Theory and Practice”, S. Chand and Company, 7th

edn,. 8. Dov Kaminetzky “Design and Construction Failures” Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.,

2001. 9. K. Ravishankar, T. S. Krishnamoorthy, ”Structural Health Monitoring, Repair and

Rehabilitation of ConcreteStructures”, Allied Publishers, 2004.


CO1: appraise importance of Repair, Rehabilitation and Maintenance CO2: develop familiarity with various non-destructive evaluation tests CO3: list out properties to be considered to choose from available repair materials CO4: develop familiarity with various repair methods and rehabilitation strategies



U14CE804A EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING



4 - - 4


LO1: basics of Earthquake engineering and terminology involved LO2: analysis of Single and Multi Degree Of Freedom systems LO3: estimation of Storey shear and Torsional moments &seismic design of footings LO4: restoration and retrofitting of RC and masonry buildings

UNIT I (12)

Fundamentals of earthquakes: Geology of earth, configuration of tectonic plates in a globe, influence of Geology on earthquake, behavior of plates, their motion and effects, causes of earthquake and their characteristics, Earthquake parameters, magnitudes, intensity, scales, seismic zoning of India, seismic coefficients for different zones, Liquefaction, causes and its remedial measures. Disaster Mitigation: Natural disasters, mitigation and social aspects. Lessons from past earthquake: - Study of damages caused due to past, earthquakes in/ outside India and remedial measures.

UNIT II (12)

Single Degree of Freedom Systems: Vibrations, Definition, Causes, classifications. Single Degree of Freedom systems (SDOF), free, forced, damped, un-damped vibrations. Multi Degree of Freedom systems: Introduction to Multi-degrees of Freedom systems (MDOF), Derivations of related equations and solutions to two degree of freedom systems.

UNIT III (12) Seismic design of Symmetrical RC structures: Effect of earthquake on RC structure, IS provision, Seismic coefficient method. Basic requirements, Estimation of story shear. Seismic design of Unsymmetrical RC structures: Effect of unsymmetrical geometry and masses, mass center and stiffness center, Estimation of story shear and torsional moments for unsymmetrical buildings, IS 1893 provisions to response spectrum, Concept of ductile detailing, IS 13920 provisions for RC frame.

UNIT IV (12)

Seismic Base Isolation: Necessity of Base Isolation Systems, Types of Seismic Isolation Systems, Configuration and Qualitative Behavior of Isolated Building. Analysis of Structures with Seismic Isolation Systems: Behaviour of RC structures with Isolation Systems, Review of Building code requirements.

Text Books: 1. Jaikrishna, Chandarsekaran and Brijesh Chandra “Elements of Earthquake

Engineering”, South Asian Publishers, New Delhi, 1st edn., 1994. 2. S. K .Duggal “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Oxford University Press,

New Delhi, 1st edn., 2007.

Reference Books: 1. Anil Chopra, “Dynamics of Structures”, Prentice Hall India Publications, 3rd edn.,

1995. 2. R. W. Clough and J. Penzien “Dynamics of Structures” McGraw Hill Civil

Engineering Series, 3rd edn., 2003. 3. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikande, “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”,

Prentice Hall of India Publications, 1st edn., 2006. 4. Relevant Latest Revisions of IS codes. IS 1893, IS 4326, IS 13920, IS 13827, IS 13828, IS

13935


After completion of this course, students will be able to….

CO1: illustrate basics of Earthquake engineering viz., causes, characteristics, remedial measures CO2: evaluate Single and Multi Degree of Freedom systems CO3: evaluate storey shear and torsional moments for R.C. frames.

CO4: explain methodologies of Restoration and retrofitting of RC and masonry buildings



U14CE804B CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS MANAGEMENT



4 - - 4

Course Learning Objectives (LOs) This course will develop students‟ knowledge in/on

LO1: project cost estimate and rate analysis LO2: stages of pre-tendering and standard forms of contract LO3: contractual conditions and contract administration LO4: Indian Contract Act, Arbitration and Conciliation Act

UNIT – I (12)

Quantity Surveying: Basic principles of estimating, Project cost estimation-preliminary and detailed estimation. Bill of Quantities (BOQ) and specification. Rate Analysis: Principles of rate analysis, Direct, Indirect cost and overhead charges. Standard methods followed by government and contractors organization.

UNIT – II (12)

Pre- Tendering and Procurement: Pre-tending process and stages, Pre-Qualification of bidders, Overview of Procurement Management, Basic Steps in Procurement Process, Public Procurement in India, E-Procurement, Indian Contract Act 1872, Definition of Contract and its applicability. Construction contracts: Understanding project contracts, Types of construction contracts, Standard conditions in construction contracts, Contractual documents, Conditions and specifications of contract.

UNIT – III (12)

Contracts Performance Management: Control and flexibility in contracts, Monitoring and controlling, Technical and operational performance of contracts, Controlling risks, Incentives and penalties, Change order management. Contract Conditions: Important contract clauses, Terms of payments, Retention, Acceptance and final payment, Time of completion, Extension of time, Maintenance period, Termination of contract and condition for termination.

UNIT – IV (12)

Claims and Arbitration: Indian contract act and arbitration act, Variations in work and conditions, Claims and disputes, Liquidated damages. Rights, Responsibilities and duties of client (Owner). Architect, Engineer and Contractor.

Dispute Resolution: Cause of disputes and importance of role of various stakeholders in prevention of disputes, Alternate Dispute Resolution methods- mediation, conciliation and arbitration.

Text Books:

1. G. T. Gajaria, “Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India”, M. M. Tripathi Private Ltd., Bombay, 1982 Tamilnadu PWD Code, 1986

2. K. S. Kharb, "A Guide to Quantity Surveyors, Engineers Architects and Builders (Volume-

I: Taking off quantities, Abstracting and Billing; Volume-II: Analysis of Prices)" Sushila Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Jimmie Hinze, “Construction Contracts”, McGraw Hill, 2001. 2. V. K. Raina., “Construction and Contract Management” Shroff Publishers 3. B. S Ramaswamy, ”Contracts and their Management”, LexisNexis India, 2008. 4. B. S. Patil, "Building and Engineering Contracts" Mrs. S.B. Patil, Pune 5. “Analysis of Rates for Delhi (Volume 1 and 2). and Delhi Schedule of Rates“, Govt of India,

Central Public Works Department. 6. “CPWD 7/8: General Conditions of Contracts“, Govt of India, Central Public Works

Department.


CO1: identify and describe the procedure for calculating project cost CO2: explain the pre-tendering stages and standard forms of contract CO3: appraise the performance of contract and contract administration CO4: expedite the importance of Contract Act, Arbitration and Conciliation Act



U14CE804C TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND TRANSPORTATION PLANNING

Class: B.Tech. VIII -Semester Branch: Civil Engineering


4 - - 4


LO1: elements, characteristics and measures of traffic flow system LO2: various types of traffic studies and surveys, causes and preventive measures for traffic accidents LO3: concepts of traffic signaling, rotaries and interchanges in highways LO4: traffic control devices, transportation planning and warrants for sign provision

UNIT – I (12)

Traffic Characteristics: Road user characteristics, Perception reaction time, Driver strategy, Characteristics of vehicle, Kinematics and dynamics of vehicle. Traffic Flow and Capacity: Nature of traffic flow, Relation between speed, Flow and density, Traffic capacity, Level of service (LOS), Basic definitions, Factors affecting capacity and LOS, Capacity of urban/rural highway with or without access control.

UNIT – II (12)

Traffic Studies and Surveys: Traffic volume studies, Methods and presentation of data, Origination-destination surveys, Methods and uses, Speed studies, Methods and presentation of data, Time and delay studies, Methods, Merits and demerits. Accident Investigations: Traffic accident terminology, Accident studies- causative factors of road accidents, Accident analysis, Accident prevention.

UNIT– III (12)

Traffic Signals: Purpose of traffic signalling, Signal warrants, Signal design, Webster‟s

method and IRC method, Signal coordination, Terminology, Principles of coordinated operations. Rotary and Interchanges: Channelization, Design of intersection, Capacity of rotary, Interchanges at grade and grade separated.

UNIT – IV (12)

Traffic Operations and Control Devices: Traffic regulations, One way streets, Conflict points, Traffic signs, Traffic markings. Transportation Planning: Introduction, Objectives and policies, Urban transport planning process, Travel demand forecasting, Trip generation, Trip distribution and traffic assignment.

Text books:

1. S. K. Khanna, C. E. G. Justo, A. Veeraraghavan, ”Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand and Bros, 10th edn., 2014.

2. L. R. Kadiyali, “Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning” Khanna Publishers,

7th edn., 2014.

Reference Books: 1. Relevant IRC Codes IRC-53, IRC-65, IRC-64, IRC-67, IRC-66. 2. Fred Mannering and Walter Kilareski., “Principles of Highways Engineering and Traffic

Analysis” - John Wiley and Sons Publication, 2012. 3. “Highway Capacity Manual”, 2000.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of the course, the student will be able to….

CO1: explain the elements of traffic engineering, their characteristics and effects on traffic system CO2: discuss the different traffic studies and surveys, causes and measures for traffic accidents CO3: determine the signal time and state the different types of rotaries and interchanges CO4: explain the different traffic control devices and stages of transportation planning



U14CE804D ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT



4 - - 4


LO1: basic concepts of environmental impact assessment LO2: prediction, assessment of impacts on air and water environment LO3: prediction, assessment of impacts on noise, soil and biological environment LO4: environmental management plan and case studies of different projects

UNIT – I (12+0)

Basic Concept of Environmental Impact Assessment: Introduction, Definition, Scope, Objectives , Basic principles, Classification, Project Cycle, Grouping of environmental impacts - Direct impacts, Indirect impacts, Cumulative impacts and Induced impacts. Criteria/Methodology to determine the significance of the identified impacts. Methods for Impact Identification: Background information, Interaction-Matrix methodologies - simple matrices, Stepped matrices, Development of a simple matrix, Other types of matrices, Summary observations on matrices, Network methodologies - Checklist methodologies, Simple checklists, Descriptive Checklists, Summary observations on simple and descriptive checklists.

UNIT – II (12+0)

Prediction of Impacts – Air Environment: Basic information on air quality, Sources of Pollutants, Effects of pollutions, Conceptual approach for addressing air environment impacts, Air quality standards, Impact prediction, Impact significance. Prediction of Impacts – Water Environment: Basic information on surface water quantity and quality, Conceptual approach for addressing surface water environment impacts, Identification of surface water quantity or quality impacts, Impact predictions, Assessment of impact significance.

UNIT – III (12+0) Prediction of Impacts – Noise and Soil: Basic information on noise key federal legislation and guidelines, Conceptual approach for addressing noise environment impacts, Identification of noise impacts, Procurement of relevant noise standards and guidelines, Impact prediction, Assessment of impact significance. Soil environment, Human health and society Prediction of Impacts – Biological and Socio-economic: Basic information on biological systems, Conceptual approach for addressing biological impacts, Identification of biological impacts, Description of existing biological environment conditions, Procurement of relevant legislation and regulations, Socio-economic impacts, Impact prediction, Assessment of impact significance.

UNIT – IV (12+0)

Environmental Management Plan (EMP): EMP for air environment - Dust control plan, Procedural changes, Diesel generator set emission control measures, Vehicle emission controls and alternatives, Greenbelt development, EMP for water environment - Water source development, Minimizing water consumption, Domestic and commercial usage, Horticulture, Storm water management, EMP for land environment - Construction debris, Hazardous waste, Waste from temporary labour settlements. Case studies: Case studies and preparation of Environmental impact assessment statement for Water resources project, Thermal power plant, Municipal solid waste processing plant.

Text Books: 1.Y. Anjaneyulu and V. Manickam, “Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies”, Tata

Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2nd edn.,2014. 2.R. R. Barthwal, “Environmental Impact Assessment”, New Age International Publishers,

New Delhi, 1st edn., 2013.

Reference Books: 1. L. W. Canter, “Environmental Impact Assessment”, Mc Graw Hill, 2nd edn., 1996. 2.“Technological guidance Manuals of EIA”, Ministry of Environment and Forest, Govt. of

India.


CO1: appraise the importance of environmental impact assessment studies CO2: predict, asses the impacts on air and water environment CO3: predict, asses the impacts on noise, soil and biological environment CO4: prepare environmental management plan and appraise case studies of EIA

U14CE806 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LABORATORY


U14CE805 CIVIL ENGINEERING SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS LABORATORY

Class: B.Tech. VIII –Semester

Teaching Scheme: Branch: Civil Engineering Examination Scheme:

L T P C - - 3 2


LO1: analysis and design of beams using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method LO2: analysis and design of columns, footings and slabs using STAAD PRO LO3: analysis and design of portal frame using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

LO4: analysis of beams and slabs using ANSYS and validation by manual method

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Analysis and design of RCC beams using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

2. Analysis and design of RCC columns using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

3. Analysis and design of RCC slabs using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method. 4. Analysis and design of one storey RCC portal frame using STAAD PRO and validation by

manual method

5. Analysis and design of two storey RCC portal frame using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

6. Analysis and design of isolated RCC footings using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

7. Analysis and design of combined RCC footings using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

8. Analysis and design of steel beams using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

9. Analysis and design of steel columns using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method

10. Analysis and design of roof truss using STAAD PRO and validation by manual method 11. Analysis of beams using ANSYS and validation by manual method 12. Analysis of slabs using ANSYS and validation by manual method

Laboratory Manual:

1. “Civil Engineering Software Applications Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of

Civil Engineering.

Text Books: 1. “Manual of STAAD. Pro V8i”, Bentley software. 2. “Manual of ANSYS”. 3. S. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdas Menon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata Mc.Graw-

Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 3rd edn., 2011. 4. A. K. Jain, “Limit State Design”, Nem Chand Brothers, Roorkee, 7th edn., 2012.


After completion of this laboratory course, students will be able to CO1: analyze and design of beams using STAAD PRO and validate by manual method CO2: analyze and design of columns, footings and slabs using STAAD PRO CO3: analyze and design of portal frame using STAAD PRO and validate by manual method CO4: analyze of beams and slabs using ANSYS and validate by manual method



U14CE806 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LABORATORY



L T P C

- - 3 2


LO1: identification of different minerals LO2: identification of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks LO3: geological maps LO4: geophysical exploration technique

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Identification of Quartz and Feldspar minerals 2. Identification of rock forming and ceramic minerals 3. Identification of ore forming minerals 4. Identification of Igneous rocks

5. Identification of Sedimentary rocks 6. Identification of Metamorphic rocks 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Study of geological maps: Out crop completion Study of geological maps: Profile drawing Study of geological maps: Bed thickness determination and structural features Visual Interpretation of Aerial photographs Visual Interpretation of Remote sensing imagery

12. Demonstration of working model for geophysical exploration technique

Laboratory Manual:

2. “Engineering Geology Laboratory Manual”, prepared by the faculty of Civil Engineering.

Reference Books: 1. D. Venkat Reddy, “Engineering Geology”, Vikas publishing house, New Delhi, 2009. 2. K. V. G. K. Gokhale, “Principles of Engineering Geology”, BS Publications, Hyderabad,

1st edn., 2013.


CO1: identify properties of different minerals CO2: classify rocks as igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic CO3: interpret different geological maps CO4: apply geophysical exploration technique


U14CE807 MAJOR PROJECT WORK PHASE-II



L T P C

- - 13 7


LO1: problem based and project based learning LO2: major project design in one of the selected areas of specialization with substantial

multi-disciplinary component LO3: analytical and research skills LO4: team work, leadership and interpersonal skills

Student has to continue the major project work in eighth semester as Major Project Work Phase-II.

The evaluation for Major project work Phase-II is as follows:


Project Supervisor Assessment 20%

DPEC Assessment : Progress presentation-II, Final presentation & Viva-voce and Final Project Report

20%

End Semester Examination: Oral (PPT) Presentation & Viva Voce

60%


DPEC shall decide the course of action on the students, who fail to complete the Major project work Phase-II, submit final project report and give oral (PPT) presentation.

Course Learning Outcomes (COs): After completion of this course, the students will be able to CO1: demonstrate creativity in the design of components, systems or processes of their program of

study CO2: design an innovative product by applying current knowledge and adopt to emerging applications of

engineering & technology CO2: work cooperatively with others to achieve shared goal by motivating team-mates with a clear sense of

direction, values and ethics, CO4: write concisely & convey meaning in a manner appropriate to different readers and verbally express ideas

easily understood by others who are unfamiliar wi with the topic

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND EVALUATION

I SEMESTER OF II YEAR OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Periods of Instruction per week Evaluation Scheme Total

Course

Course

Tutorial Drawing/

External

Evaluation

Sessional

s Marks

No. Lectures Duration Max. Max.

s Practicals

of Exam Marks Marks

HS 211 Mathematics – II 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 212 Strength of Materials – I 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 213 Building Materials and Construction 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 214 Fluid Mechanics – I 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

ME 216 Mechanical Technology 3 1 0 3 Hrs 100 50 150

EE 219 Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 215 Fluid Mechanics Lab. 0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

CE 217 Material Testing Laboratory 0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

18 5 6 1050


II SEMESTER OF II YEAR OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Course Periods of Instruction per week Evaluation Scheme

Course

Practicals/

External Evaluation Sessionals Total

No.

Lectures Tutorials Duration Max. Max. Marks

Drawing

of Exam Marks Marks

HS 221 Mathematics – III 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 222 Surveying – I 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 223 Strength of Materials – II 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 224 Fluid Mechanics – II 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 225 Engineering Geology 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 226 Computer Aided Building Drawing 0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

CE 227 Engineering Geology Laboratory 0 0 3 2 Hrs. 50 25 75

CE 228 Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machinery 0 0 3 2 Hrs. 50 25 75

Laboratory

CE 229 Survey Field Work – I 0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

15 3 12 1050


I SEMESTER OF III YEAR OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME CIVIL ENGINEERING

Periods of Instruction per week Scheme of Evaluation

Course

Course

Drawing/


No. Lectures Tutorials

Marks

Duration of Max. Max.

Practicals

Exam Marks Marks

HS 311 Management, Economics &

Accountancy CE 312 Structural Analysis - I

CE 313 Structural Design-I

CE 314 Geotechnical Engineering – I

CE 315 Surveying – II

CE 316 Hydrology

CE 317 Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory

CE 318 Survey Field Work – II

3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

3 2 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

18 6 6 1050


II SEMESTER OF III YEAR OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME

CIVIL ENGINEERING


Course

Course

Drawing/


No. Lectures Tutorials Duration Max. Max. Marks

Practicals

of Exam Marks Marks

OE 321 Open Elective 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 322 Structural Analysis-II 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 323 Structural Design-II 3 2 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 324 Geotechnical Engineering – II 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 325 Concrete Technology 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 326 Transportation Engineering.-I 3 1 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 327 Concrete Laboratory 0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

CE 328 Transportation Engineering 0 0 3 3 Hrs 50 25 75

Laboratory

18 6 6 1050

OE 321 – Open Elective

OE 321 A - Operations Research

OE 321 B - Management Information Systems

OE 321 C - Entrepreneurship Development

OE 321 D - FOREX and Foreign Trade


I SEMESTER OF IV YEAR OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME

CIVIL ENGINEERING


Course

Course

Drawing/


No. Lectures Tutorials Duration Max. Max. Marks

Practicals

of Exam Marks Marks

CE 411 Structural Design – III 3 2 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 412 Irrigation Engg & Hydraulic Structures 4 0 2 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 413 Transportation Engineering – II 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 414 Environmental Engineering – I 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 415 Professional Elective – I 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 416 Estimation & Valuation 1 3 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 417 Environmental Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 3 Hrs 50 25 75

CE 418 Project Work* 0 0 3 -- 50* 50

17 5 8 1025

* Based on Report and Seminar

CE 415 Professional Elective – I CE 415 A Earth Retaining Structures CE 415 B Advanced Transportation Engineering CE 415 C Earthquake Resistant Structures CE 415 D Remote Sensing & GIS CE 415 E Watershed Management


II SEMESTER OF IV YEAR OF 4-YEAR B.TECH. DEGREE PROGRAMME

CIVIL ENGINEERING


Course

Course

Drawing/


No.

Lectures Tutorials Duration Max. Max. Marks

Practicals

of Exam Marks Marks

CE 421 Structural Design-IV. 3 2 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 422 Construction Management 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 423 Environmental Engineering – II 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 424 Professional Elective – II 3 0 0 3 Hrs. 100 50 150

CE 425

Civil Engineering Software Application

0 0 3 3 Hrs. 50 25 75

Laboratory

CE 426 Project work* 0 - 8 100 150* 250

12 2 11 925

* Based on Report, Seminar and Viva-Voce.

CE 424 Professional Elective- II

CE 424 A - Geo-Technical Processes

CE 424 B - Bridge Engineering

CE 424 C - Finite Element Method

CE 424 D - Natural Disaster Mitigation & Management

COURSE OUTCOMES (COS):

B.Tech I - Year

Course Code: HS 101 Course Name: COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH Course

Outcomes

To help the graduates cultivate the habit of reading passages from the computer monitor, thus providing them

with the required facility to face online competitive exams

To train them to use language effectively to face interviews, group discussions, public speaking.

Mapping of CO and PO table

Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l m HS 101

To help the graduates cultivate the habit of reading passages from the computer monitor,

thus providing them with the required facility to face online competitive exams

To train them to use language effectively to face interviews, group discussions, public

speaking.

X

X

Course Code: HS 102 Course Name: MATHEMATICS-1

Course Outcomes

Graduates will have a composite understanding of the modular elements: complex numbers, vectors,

linear algebra, functions and classical mathematical analysis, introduction to numerical methods,

single variable differential and integral calculus, including the solution of ordinary differential

equations, multiple variable differential calculus.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l m

HS 102

Graduates will have a composite understanding of the modular elements:

complex numbers, vectors, linear algebra, functions and classical mathematical analysis,

introduction to numerical methods, single

variable differential and

integral calculus, including the solution of ordinary

differential equations, multiple variable

differential calculus.

X

X

X

Course Code: HS 103 Course Name: APPLIED PHYSICS

Course Outcomes

Develop conceptual and analytic skills solving a broad range of problems in solid state physics, quantum

mechanics, material science

To introduce the graduates to gain the knowledge of the latest technology in Lasers, Fiber optics, Super

conductivity and Nano Technology.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l m HS 103

Develop conceptual and analytic skills solving

a broad range of problems in solid state

physics, quantum mechanics, material science

To introduce the graduates to gain the knowledge of the latest technology in Lasers,

Fiber optics, Super

conductivity and Nano Technology.

X

X

Course Code: HS 104 Course Name: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Course

Outcomes

Develop conceptual and analytic skills solving a broad range of problems in electro chemistry,

material chemistry,

To introduce the graduates to gain the knowledge of the latest technology in Polymers, Super conductivity

and Nano Materials


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


HS 104

Develop conceptual and analytic skills solving a broad range of problems in electro chemistry,

material chemistry,

To introduce the graduates to gain the knowledge of the latest technology in Polymers, Super

conductivity and Nano Materials.

X

X

Course Code: CE 105 Course Name: ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Course Outcomes

The student should be prepared to continue the study of dynamics bodies and the mechanics of solids

and fluids.

To make graduates aware of real world mechanism concepts Force system, Plane trusses, Friction, Gravity

and Dynamics.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l m CE 105

The student should be prepared to continue the

study of dynamics bodies and the mechanics of

solids and fluids. To make graduates aware of

real world mechanism concepts Force system,

Plane trusses, Friction, Gravity and Dynamics.

X

X

X

Course Code: CS 106 Course Name: PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS AND

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Course Outcomes

To provide graduates with knowledge of storing and organizing data. To make

graduates aware of computer fundamental.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j K l m CS 106

To provide graduates with knowledge of storing and organizing data.

To make graduates aware of

computer fundamental.

X

X

Course Code: CE 107 Course Name: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Course Outcomes

Topics in the subject help the graduate know about the natural resources, their depletion, effects and

solutions for the Problems.

Graduate will known the concepts of eco system and biodiversity.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i J k l M

CE 107

Topics in the subject help the graduate know about the natural resources, their

depletion, effects and solutions for the Problems. Graduate will known the concepts of eco system

and biodiversity.

X

X

Course Code: ME 108 Course Name: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

Course Outcomes

The course illustrates the techniques of drawing in actual practice.

This preliminary course aims at building a foundation for the further course in drawing and other allied

subjects.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


ME 108

The course illustrates the techniques of drawing

in actual practice.

This preliminary course aims at building a foundation for the further course

in drawing and other allied subjects.

X

X

Course Code: ME 109 Course Name: WORK SHOP PRACTICE

Course Outcomes

Students will be able to perform house wiring & will have knowledge of plumbing and Carpentry


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


ME 109

Students will be able to perform house wiring & will have knowledge of plumbing and Carpentry

X

Course Code: HS 110 Course Name: APPLIED PHYSICS LABORATORY

Course Outcomes

To verify the theoretical ideas and concepts of oscillation, polarization and ultrasonic b completing a

host of experiments.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


HS 110

To verify the theoretical ideas and concepts of oscillation, polarization and ultrasonic b completing a host of experiments.

X

Course Code: HS 111 Course Name: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB Course

Outcomes

Verify the theoretical ideas and concepts of electro chemistry, surface chemistry, polymers and

gaseous state chemistry by completing a host of experiments.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l M HS 111

Verify the theoretical ideas and concepts of electro chemistry, surface chemistry, polymers and gaseous state chemistry by completing a host

of experiments.

X

X

Course Code: CS 112 Course Name: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB Course

Outcomes

To teach the graduate to write programs in C to solve problem.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l m CS 112 To teach the graduate to write programs in C to

solve problem.

X

X

X

B.Tech II – Year / I - Semester

Course Code: MH 211 Course Name: MATHEMATICS – II

Course Outcomes (COs):

Graduates will have a composite understanding of the modular elements: complex integration,

Laplace transformations and Fourier series.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l M

MH 211

Graduates will have a composite

understanding of the modular elements: complex

integration, Laplace transformations and Fourier

series.

X

Course Code: EI 213

Course Name: ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION


An ability to understand the concept of electronics instrumentation

An ability to analyze electronics circuits

An ability to build and make measurements, test and trouble shoot electronic instruments.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EI 213

An ability to understand the concept of

electronics instrumentation

An ability to analyze electronics circuits An

ability to build and make measurements, test and

trouble shoot electronic instruments.

X

Course Code: EC 214 Course Name: SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN Course

Outcomes (COs):

Graduates will have a composite understanding logic circuits

Design of sequential circuits

Minimization methods for sequential machines

Capable in recognizing and integrating electronic components in specific applications. The course is

taught from a systems engineering point of view where the system is defined in terms of its

operational inputs, outputs and functionality. Complex systems are broken down into subsystems. The student will become competent in realizing digital systems by using digital design methods and digital

electronic components.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 214


understanding of Flip flops ,

Design of sequential circuits, Minimization

methods for sequential machines

Capable in recognizing and integrating electronic components in specific

applications. The course is taught from a

systems engineering point of view where the

system is defined in terms of its operational inputs, outputs and functionality. Complex

systems are broken down into

subsystems. The student will become competent in realizing

digital systems by using digital

design methods and digital electronic

components.

X

Course Code: EI 215 Course Name: ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS – I


Understand the basic semi conductor devices and their behavior and applications

Identify, formulate and solve electronic circuit problems

Build simple electronic circuits to fulfill simple functions like amplifiers, filters etc.., Understand special

semiconductor devices for power applications and communication engineering.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EI 215

Understand the basic semi conductor devices and their behavior and

applications

Identify, formulate and solve electronic circuit

problems

Build simple electronic circuits to fulfill simple

functions like amplifiers, filters etc..,

Understand special semiconductor

devices for power applications and

communication engineering.

X

X

Course Code

Course Outcomes Program Outcomes


EI 2110 Understand the functioning of electronic devices

X

X

X

Course Code: EE 216 Course Name: ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY


Students will be able to understand working of electrical machines


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EE 216 Students will be able to understand

working of electrical machines

X

Course Code: EE 218 Course Name: NETWORK ANALYSIS & SYNTHESIS


Students will be able to analyze & synthesis for a given network


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EE 218 Students will be able to analyze &

synthesis for a given network

X

X

Course Code: EE 219

Course Name: ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY & NETWORKS LAB




Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EE 219


X

X

Course Code: EI 2110 Course Name: ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS-I LAB


Understand the functioning of electronic devices


Course Code



EC 222

Learning the Electro Magnetic Wave propagation modes.

Analyzing the Characteristics of transmission lines.

X

B.Tech II – Year / II - Semester

Course Code: MH 221 Course Name: MATHEMATICS – III


Learn Numerical analysis Methods

Learn methods to solve system of Linear system equations and ordinary differential equations

These students will develop the statistical skills needed for their own research programs. Depending on

particular graduate needs, necessary skills may include knowledge of advanced statistical concepts,

design of experiments, collection of data, and analysis of data.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


MH 221

Learn Numerical analysis Methods, Learn

methods to solve system of Linear system

equations and ordinary differential equations

These students will develop the

statistical skills needed for their own research

programs. Depending on

particular graduate needs, necessary skills may include knowledge of

advanced statistical concepts, design of

experiments, collection of data, and analysis of data.

X

Course Code: EC 222 Course Name: ELECTRO MAGNETIC WAVES & TRANSMISSION LINES


Learning the Electro Magnetic Wave propagation modes. Analyzing

the Characteristics of transmission lines.


Course Code: EC 223 Course Name: DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Course

Outcomes (COs):

An ability to analyze and design simple CMOS, TTL circuits

An ability to write VHDL programs using different models

An ability to design different combinational & sequential logic circuits and write VHDL

programs

Course Code



EC 225

Analyzing different signals in time & frequency domain. Analysis of statistical properties of random signals

Analysis of LTI system

X

X

X

X

Mapping of CO and PO table Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 223

An ability to analyze and design simple

CMOS, TTL circuits

An ability to write VHDL programs using

different models

An ability to design different

combinational & sequential logic

circuits and write VHDL programs

X

Course Code: EI 224 Course Name: ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS – II


Determine the output power and efficiency of power amplifiers & Tuned amplifiers

Understand different types of amplifiers at low frequency & high frequency

Analysis of different types of feedback amplifiers & oscillators

Design of power amplifiers & tuned amplifiers


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EI 224

Determine the output power and

efficiency of power amplifiers &

Tuned amplifiers

Understand different types of

amplifiers at low frequency & high frequency

Analysis of different types of feedback

amplifiers & oscillators


X

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 225 Course Name: SIGNALS & SYSTEMS


Analyzing different signals in time & frequency domain.

Analysis of statistical properties of random signals

Analysis of LTI system


Course Code: CS 2210 Course Name: PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES


To provide graduates with knowledge of storing and organizing data.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


CS 2210

To provide graduates with

knowledge of storing and organizing data.

X

Course Code: EC 227 Course Name: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB


Graduates will have a composite understanding of Flip flops and also sequential &

combinational circuits


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 227


understanding of Flip flops and also sequential & combinational circuits,

X

X

Course Code: EI 228 Course Name: ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS-II LAB


Determine the output power and efficiency of power amplifiers & Tuned amplifiers Understand

different types of amplifiers at low frequency & high frequency Analysis of different types of

feedback amplifiers & oscillators



Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EI 228

Determine the output power and efficiency of power amplifiers &

Tuned amplifiers

Understand different types of amplifiers at low frequency & high frequency

Analysis of different types of feedback

amplifiers & oscillators


X

X

B.Tech III – Year / I - Semester

Course Code: HS 311 Course Name: ECONOMICS MANAGEMENT AND

ACCOUNTANCY


Learns the concepts of drawing network based on logical sequence and identify critical path in the network

and probability of completing project in given time.

Learns the concept of corporate planning.

Learns the contemporary management practices in modern business


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


HS 311

Learns the concepts of drawing

network based on logical sequence and identify critical path in the network and probability

of completing project in given time.

Learns the concept of corporate

planning.

Learns the contemporary management practices

in modern business

X

Course Code: EC 311 Course Name: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE


Ability to write an assembly language programs


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 311 Ability to write an assembly

language programs.

X

Course Code: EC 312 Course Name: ANALOG COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS


Analysis & Design of Transmitters & Receivers


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 312 Analysis & Design of Transmitters &

Receivers

X

Course Code



EE 319 Learn the concepts of state variable analysis of continuous systems

X

Course Code



EC 313 Design of Linear & Non-Linear wave shaping circuit

X

X

Course Code



EC 315

Understand the basic operation of Linear & Non Linear wave shaping circuit.

X

X

X

X

Course Code: EE 319 Course Name: CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING


Learn the concepts of state variable analysis of continuous systems


Course Code: EC 313 Course Name: PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS


Design of Linear & Non-Linear wave shaping circuit


Course Code: EC 314 Course Name: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS


Understand the basic concepts of Linear & Non Linear circuits using Op-Amp. Designing of

Linear Integrated Circuits & Timers


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 314

Understand the basic concepts of Linear

& Non Linear circuits using Op-Amp

Designing of Linear Integrated Circuits

& Timers

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 315 Course Name: PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS LAB


Understand the basic operation of Linear & Non Linear wave shaping circuit.


Course Code: EC 316

Course Name: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LABORATORY


Understand the basic operation of Linear & Non Linear circuits using Op-Amp


Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 316

Understand the basic operation of Linear & Non Linear circuits using Op-

Amp.

X

X

X

B.Tech III – Year / II - Semester

Course Code: OE 321A Course Name: OPERATIONS RESEARCH


To prepare graduates to use OR concepts whenever necessary.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


OE 321A To prepare graduates to use OR

concepts whenever necessary.

X

Course Code: OE 321B Course Name: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS


To prepare graduates capable of design effective information system.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


OE 321B To prepare graduates capable of

design effective information system.

X

X

X

Course Code: OE 321C Course Name: ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT


To make students good entrepreneurs


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


OE 321C To make students good entrepreneurs X X X

Course Code: OE 321D Course Name: FOREX AND FOREIGN TRADE


To prepare graduates capable of design systems for Forex and Foreign Trades.


Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


OE 321D

To prepare graduates capable of design

systems for Forex and Foreign Trades.

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 322 Course Name: ANTENNAS & WAVE PROPAGATION


Design of various MF, VHF, UHF antennas

Understand the wave propagation


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 322

Design of various MF, VHF, UHF

antennas

Understand the wave propagation

X

Course Code: EI 323 Course Name: MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS


Ability to create a new application oriented programs

Ability to write an assembly language programs for 8086 processor & microcontroller 8051


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EI 323

Ability to create a new application

oriented programs

Ability to write an assembly language

programs for 8086 processor &

microcontroller 8051

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 324 Course Name: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS


The aim of the course is to introduce students to the basic knowledge of communication,

tools for its realization, and to the conditions of its realization in

contemporary as well as prospective telecommunication systems.


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 324

The aim of the course is to introduce students

to the basic knowledge of communication,

tools for its

realization, and to the conditions of its

realization in contemporary as well as prospective telecommunication

systems.

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 325 Course Name: TV and RADAR ENGINEERING


Learn Basics concepts of RADAR, Typed of RADAR like CW, FMCW etc


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes


EC 325 Learn Basics concepts of RADAR, Typed of RADAR like CW, FMCW etc

X

Course Code: EC 326 Course Name: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


Design of various IIR & FIR filters

Understand the operation of DSP processor (TMS 320C5X)


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g H i j k l m

EC 326

Design of various IIR & FIR filters

Understand the operation of DSP

processor(TMS 320C5X)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 327

Course Name: ANALOG & DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB


Learn about various modulation skills


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j K l m

EC 327 Learn about various modulation skills X X

Course Code: EI 328

Course Name: MICROPROCESSORS & MICROCONTROLLERS LAB


Ability to create a new application oriented programs

Ability to write an assembly language program for 8086 processor


Course

Code

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j K l m

EI 328

Ability to create a new application

oriented programs

Ability to write an assembly language

program for 8086 processor

X

B.Tech IV – Year / I - Semester

Course Code: EC 411 Course Name: MICROWAVE ENGINEERING Course

Outcomes (COs):

Understand the basic operation of Microwave tubes & Microwave solid state devices.


Course

code Course outcomes Program outcomes


EC 411 Understand the basic operation of

Microwave tubes & Microwave solid state

devices.

X

Course Code: EC 412

Course Name: OPTICAL & SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Course

Outcomes (COs):

Students will have understanding of optical & satellite communication systems


Course

code

Course outcomes Program outcomes


EC 412

Students will have understanding of optical & satellite communication systems

X

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 413 Course Name: VLSI DESIGN


Students will understand the subsystem design & various CAD tools


Course

code



EC 413

Students will understand the subsystem design & various CAD

tools

X

X

Course Code: EC 414(A) Course Name: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING Course

Outcomes (COs):

Understand the concepts of image segmentation & morphological processing and are able to apply

this knowledge to the development of Image Processing or to the exploration of research problems


Course

code



EC 414

(A)

Understand the concepts of image

segmentation & morphological processing and are able to apply this

knowledge to the development of Image

Processing or to the

exploration of research problems

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 414 (B) Course Name: NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY LOGIC Course

Outcomes (COs):

students should possess a firm grounding in the existing techniques and

component areas of Neural network s.


Course

code

Course outcomes

Program outcomes


EC

414(B)

students should possess a firm

grounding in the existing techniques and component

areas of Neural network s.

X

X

X

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 414 (C) Course Name: INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS Course

Outcomes (COs):

Understand the basic operation of power devices, chopper circuits and inverter circuits


Course

code



EC 414(C)

Understand the basic operation of power devices, chopper circuits and inverter

circuits

X

X

Course Code: EC 414 (D) Course Name: ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING Course

Outcomes (COs):

Students will have understanding about Adaptive Signal processing


Course

code



EC 414(D)

Students will have understanding

about Adaptive Signal processing

X

Course Code: EC 415 Course Name: E CAD LAB Course

Outcomes (COs): Students will have understanding of usage of various CAD tools


Course

code



EC 415

Students will have understanding of usage of

various CAD tools

X

Course Code: EC 416 Course Name: MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LAB Course

Outcomes (COs):

Understand the functioning of various microwave devices & components


code



EC 416

Understand the functioning of

various microwave devices & components

X

Course Code: EC 417 Course Name: PROJECT WORK


To make graduate apply the engineering concepts in project development.

To prepare the graduate to analyze a problem, identify and define the computing requirements

appropriate to its solutions.

To provide knowledge of various functionalities so that they can perform effectively on teams.

To provide knowledge of design and development principles in the construction of software systems

of varying complexity

Course

code



EC 417

To make graduate apply the

engineering concepts in project development.

To prepare the graduate to analyze a problem,

identify and define the computing requirements appropriate to its

solutions.

To provide knowledge of various functionalities so that they can

perform effectively on teams.

To provide knowledge of design and development principles in the

construction of software systems of varying

complexity.

X

X

X

X

X

X

B.Tech IV – Year / II - Semester

Course Code: EC 421 Course Name: CELLULAR AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION Course

Outcomes (COs):

Understand the basic concepts of Mobile communication


Course

code



EC 421 Understand the basic concepts of

Mobile communication

X

X

Course Code: EC 422 Course Name: DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORKS


Understand the use of different function of seven layers in OSI model Understand the error detection &

correction methods in data transmission Understand different methods of audio & video encryption &

decryption methods and data authentication & security methods


Course



EC 422

Understand the use of different function of seven

layers in OSI model

Understand the error detection &

correction methods in data transmission

Understand different methods of audio & video

encryption & decryption methods and data

authentication & security

methods.

X

Course Code: EC 423 (A) Course Name: EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN Course

Outcomes (COs):

Understand engineering issues in the development of embedded software, such as the importance of

addressing the user’s concerns, working with limited resources, maintainability, and dependability


Course



EC 423(A)

Understand engineering issues in the development

of embedded software, such as the importance of addressing the user’s

concerns, working with limited resources,

maintainability, and dependability.

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 423(B) Course Name: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN Course

Outcomes (COs): Students will have understanding about digital system design


Course

code



EC 423(B)

Students will have understanding about

digital system design

X

X

X

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 423(C) Course Name: MIXED SIGNAL PROCESSING Course

Outcomes (COs):

Students will have understanding about mixed signal processing


Cours

e code



EC

423(C)

Students will have

understanding about mixed signal processing

X

X

X

X

X

Course Code: EC 423(D) Course Name: RADAR SIGNAL PROCESSING Course

Outcomes (COs):

Students will have understanding about Radar Signal processing


Course

code



EC423(D)

Students will have

understanding about Radar Signal

processing

X

Course Code: EC 424 Course Name: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB Course

Outcomes (COs):

Design FIR and IIR Filters in MATLAB using DSP Toolbox


Course

code



EC 424 Design FIR and IIR Filters in

MATLAB using DSP Toolbox

X

Course Code: EC 425 Course Name: PROJECT WORK &SEMINAR


To make graduate apply the engineering concepts in project development.

To prepare the graduate to analyze a problem, identify and define the computing requirements


To provide knowledge of various functionalities so that they can perform effectively on teams.

To provide knowledge of design and development principles in the construction of software systems

of varying complexity.


Course



EC 425

To make graduate apply the

engineering concepts in project development.

To prepare the graduate to analyze a

problem, identify and define the computing requirements


To provide knowledge of various functionalities so that they can

perform effectively on teams.

To provide knowledge of design and development principles in the construction of software systems of varying complexity.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Head, Dept. of ECE

Date post:	28-Aug-2018
Category:	Documents
Upload:	vuongnhu
View:	227 times
Download:	0 times

CURRICULUM, PROGRAM OUTCOMES AND … OUTCOMES - CIVIL.pdf · 2018-03-22 · linear equations using...

Documents